‫نحو ُ‬

‫نحو‬
‫نحو ُ‬
‫نحواألمازيغية‬
‫نحواألمازيغية‬
‫نحواألمازيغية‬
‫ُ ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫اللغة ال‬
‫اللغة ال‬
‫قواعدل‬
‫اللغة ا‬
‫قواعد‬
‫تو�ضيح‬
‫قواعد‬
‫تو�ضيح‬
‫تو�ضيح‬
‫هو هو‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫هذا هو‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫هذا‬
‫أليفأليف‬
‫هذا‬
‫من تا‬‫أليفا‬
‫من ت‬
‫أ�ضا�ضي‬
‫أ�ضا�ضيتا‬
‫أ�ضا�ضيلمن‬
‫الهدف ا‬
‫الهدف ال‬
‫الهدفإنال‬
‫اإن اإن ا‬

‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫خا�ضا‬ ‫أمازيغية‪.‬ل‬
‫خا�ضا‬ ‫نحواا‬
‫اللغة‬
‫نحواال‬
‫خا�ضا‬ ‫اللغة‬
‫قواعد‬
‫نحواال‬
‫ولي�س‬‫اللغة‬
‫قواعد‬
‫ولي�س‬‫تو�ضيح‬
‫قواعد‬
‫تو�ضيح‬
‫املوحدة‬
‫ولي�س‬ ‫هو‬
‫املوحدة‬‫تو�ضيح‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫املغربيةهو‬
‫املوحدة‬ ‫الكتاب‬
‫املغربية‬ ‫املغربيةهو‬
‫هذا‬‫الكتاب‬
‫هذا‬
‫أليف‬
‫أمازيغية‬ ‫أليف‬
‫هذاا‬
‫أمازيغيةت‬
‫منل‬
‫أمازيغية‬ ‫أليفتاا‬
‫منل‬
‫أ�ضا�ضي‬
‫للغة‬ ‫نحواتا‬
‫أ�ضا�ضي‬
‫منل‬
‫للغة ا‬ ‫للغةلا‬
‫أ�ضا�ضي ا‬
‫نحوا‬‫الهدف‬
‫نحوا ال‬
‫كونه‬ ‫الهدف‬
‫يفل‬
‫كونه‬‫الهدفا اإن‬
‫جدته اإن‬
‫كونه‬
‫يف‬
‫جدته‬ ‫وتكمنإن‬
‫يف‬ ‫جدته ا‬
‫وتكمن‬ ‫وتكمن‬
‫خا�ضا‬
‫خا�ضا‬
‫مرجعي‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫خا�ضا‬
‫مرجعي‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫ولي�س‬
‫مرجعي‬
‫نحونحو‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫ولي�س‬
‫املوحدة‬
‫و�ضع‬‫ولي�س‬
‫املوحدة‬
‫نحو‬
‫و�ضع‬ ‫املغربية‬
‫املوحدة‬
‫م�رشوع‬
‫و�ضع‬ ‫املغربية‬
‫م�رشوع‬ ‫املغربية‬
‫أمازيغية‬
‫م�رشوع‬ ‫أمازيغية‬
‫إطارإطار‬ ‫ل‬
‫إطار ايف ا‬‫أمازيغية‬
‫ا‬
‫يف‬‫للغة‬
‫ل‬ ‫ا‬
‫الكتاب‬‫للغة‬
‫نحوا‬
‫ل‬
‫الكتاب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫الكتاب يف‬‫للغة‬
‫كونه‬
‫هذاهذا‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫كونه‬
‫يف‬
‫ويدخل‬ ‫هذا‬‫كونه‬
‫جدته‬
‫يف‬
‫ويدخل‬ ‫جدته‬
‫يف‬‫وتكمن‬
‫ويدخل‬
‫فروعها‪.‬‬ ‫جدته‬
‫وتكمن‬
‫فروعها‪.‬‬ ‫وتكمن‬
‫فروعها‪.‬‬
‫من من‬ ‫بفرعبفرع‬
‫بفرع من‬
‫مرجعي‬
‫مرجعي‬ ‫نحو‬
‫مرجعي‬ ‫نحو‬
‫و�ضع‬ ‫نحو‬
‫و�ضع‬‫م�رشوع‬
‫و�ضع‬
‫م�رشوع‬‫إطار‬
‫م�رشوع‬
‫إطار‬
‫إطار ايف ا‬
‫يف‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫الكتاب ا‬
‫هذا يف‬ ‫الكتاب‬
‫هذا‬
‫ويدخل‬ ‫ويدخل‬
‫فروعها‪ .‬هذا‬
‫ويدخل‬
‫فروعها‪.‬‬ ‫فروعها‪.‬‬
‫من من‬ ‫بفرعبفرع‬‫بفرع من‬

‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫نحو‬
‫نحو ُ‬
‫نحو ُ‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫أليفه‪ ،‬اا‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫أليفه‪ ،‬ا‬
‫العتبارتتا‬
‫يفا‬
‫يف‬
‫أليفه‪،‬‬
‫العتبارتاتا‬
‫يف‬
‫العتبار‬
‫العتبارتا‬
‫بعنييف‬
‫العتبار‬
‫أخذتبعني‬
‫بعني‬‫أخذت‬
‫بعني‬
‫أخذت‬
‫التي ا‬‫أخذت‬
‫التي ا‬
‫املبادئ‬
‫التي ا‬
‫املبادئ‬‫املبادئ‬
‫بني‬ ‫بني‬
‫ومن‬ ‫ومن‬
‫بني‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫ومن‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬ ‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‬
‫أمازيغية‬
‫أمازيغية‬
‫لل لل لل‬

‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬‫نحوُ‬
‫نحو‬
‫نحو ُ‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫أليفه‪ ،‬ا‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫أليفه‪،‬‬
‫يف تا‬
‫أليفه‪،‬ا ا‬ ‫بعني يف‬
‫العتبار‬‫بعنيأخذت‬
‫أخذتاالتي ا‬
‫التي‬
‫املبادئ‬
‫املبادئ ا‬
‫بنيالتي‬‫املبادئ‬
‫بني‬
‫ومنومن‬‫بني‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغيةومن‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‬‫أمازيغيةل‬
‫لل لل ل‬

‫ُ‬
‫وكذا‬
‫وكذا‬‫وكذا‬‫وكذا‬
‫والبنيات‬
‫والبنيات‬
‫وكذا‬ ‫وكذا‬
‫والبنيات‬
‫والبنيات‬ ‫والبنيات‬
‫والبنيات‬
‫النحوية‬‫النحوية‬
‫النحوية‬
‫النحوية‬
‫أدوات‬‫النحوية‬
‫أدواتل‬
‫النحوية‬
‫أدوات‬ ‫أدوات‬
‫م�ضتوىلا‬
‫م�ضتوى ا‬‫أدواتل ا‬
‫أدواتل‬ ‫م�ضتوى‬
‫علىال‬
‫م�ضتوىا‬
‫م�ضتوى‬
‫علىل‬
‫م�ضتوى ا‬
‫على‬
‫غناها‬ ‫على‬
‫غناها‬
‫على‬ ‫غناها‬
‫على‬ ‫على‬
‫غناها‬‫غناها‬
‫على‬ ‫على‬
‫احلفاظ‬ ‫غناها‬
‫احلفاظ‬
‫على‬ ‫على‬‫احلفاظ‬
‫اللغة‪،‬‬ ‫على‬
‫احلفاظ‬‫احلفاظ‬
‫اللغة‪،‬‬
‫وحدة‬ ‫اللغة‪،‬‬
‫احلفاظ‬
‫اللغة‪،‬‬
‫وحدة‬ ‫اللغة‪،‬إىل‬
‫وحدة‬
‫وحدةا‬
‫إىل‬ ‫اللغة‪،‬ا‬
‫وحدة‬
‫إىلإىل‬
‫وحدة ا‬
‫اإىل اإىل ا‬
‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫للتنوع‪.‬‬ ‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫العقلين‬ ‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫العقلين‬ ‫العقلين‬
‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫التدبري‬
‫العقلين‬ ‫العقلين‬
‫التدبري‬ ‫العقلين‬
‫التدبري‬
‫التدبري‬ ‫التدبري‬ ‫التدبري‬

‫ⴰⴳⵉⴰⴳⵉ‬ ‫ⴰⴳⵉ‬‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵉⴰⴳⵉ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰⵏ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⴰⴷ,‬‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ‬‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬ ‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⴷⴰⴷⴰ‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬
‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬ ‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬ ‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵉ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ ⵏ‬ ‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬ ‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬

‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ ⵏⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ ⵏⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ ⵏⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵍⴰⵍⵍ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵍ‬‫ⴰⵍⵍ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵍ‬ ‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ ⴰⵍⵍ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⴳ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ‬
‫ⴳ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ ⴳ‬
‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ‬
‫ⴳ‬ ‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜⴷⴰⴳ‬
‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ ⴳ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬ ‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ ⴰⴳⵜⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⴷⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵜ ⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬
‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬
‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬
‫ⵔⵓ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬ ‫ⵔⵓ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬
‫ⵔⵓ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬‫ⵙⴰⵖ‬
‫ⵔⵓ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵖ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬‫ⵙ‬ ‫ⵊⵊⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬‫ⵙⴰⵖ‬
‫ⵙ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵖⵔⵓ‬ ‫ⵊⵊⵉ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵙ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵖ‬ ‫ⵏ‬‫ⵊⵊⵉ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵖ ⵙ‬‫ⵊⵊⵉ ⵏⵙ‬
‫ⵊⵊⵉ‬ ‫ⵊⵊⵉ ⵙⵏ‬
‫ⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬
‫ⵏ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬ ‫‪ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬ ‫ⵏ‬ ‫‪ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵏ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬ ‫‪ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬
‫‪ⵏ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫‪ⵏ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬ ‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬
‫ⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬‫ⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰⵜⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵉⵣ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵣ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵣ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬‫ⵉⵣ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬
‫ⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ ⵉⵣ‬ ‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ ⵏ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ ⵏ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ ⵏ‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬ ‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬‫ⴰⵏⵏⵏⴰⵢ‬
‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬ ‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬
‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓⴰⵏⵏⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉⴷⴰⴰⵏⵏⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬
‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬
‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬‫ⵜⴰⵢ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬‫ⵜⴰⵢ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⴰⵢ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ ⵏ‬‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⴰⵢ‬
‫ⵜⴰⵢ ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⴰⵢ‬ ‫ⵔⵓⵖ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ ⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬ ‫ⵔⵓⵖ‬‫ⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖ ⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖ‬ ‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖ ⴰⵏⵏ‬‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬ ‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬ ‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ ⵏⵏⴳ ⵏⵏ‬ ‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜⵏⵏ ⴳ‬
‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ ⴳ‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⵙⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉⵙⵏⵏ‬‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉ‬ ‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉⵎⴰ‬
‫ⵎⴰ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ‬‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ ⵎⴰ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬ ‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵏ‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⴷ‬ ‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⴷ‬
‫ⴷ ⵏⵏ‬‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⵏⵏⵏⴳ‬
‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉⵏⵏ ⵏⴳ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ ⵏⴳ‬
‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉⵙⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ‬‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵓ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵓⵙⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵎⴰ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ ⴰⵍⵓ‬
‫ⵎⴰ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ‬‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ ⵎⴰ‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⵙ.ⵏⵏⵙ. ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⴷ‬
‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⴷ‬
‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓⵏ ⴷ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ ⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ ⵏ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵓ ⴰⵍⵓ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ ⴰⵍⵓ‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⵙ.ⵏⵏⵙ. ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬

‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫بوخريص‬
‫بوخريص‬ ‫بوخريص‬
‫فاطمة‬‫فاطمةفاطمة‬
‫بوخريص‬
‫بوخريص‬
‫بوخريص‬
‫فاطمة‬
‫بومالك‬
‫فاطمة‬
‫بومالك‬‫بومالك‬
‫فاطمة‬
‫اهلل اهلل‬
‫عبدعبد‬
‫عبد اهلل‬
‫بومالك‬
‫بومالك‬
‫بومالك‬
‫املجاهداهلل‬
‫املجاهد‬‫اهلل‬
‫املجاهدعبد‬
‫عبد‬
‫احلسنياهلل‬
‫احلسني‬ ‫احلسنيعبد‬
‫املجاهد‬
‫املجاهد‬
‫املجاهد‬
‫احلسني‬
‫سويفي‬ ‫احلسني‬
‫سويفي‬ ‫احلسني‬
‫سويفي‬
‫حميد‬ ‫حميدحميد‬
‫سويفي‬
‫سويفي‬
‫سويفي‬
‫حميد‬
‫حميد‬
‫حميد‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫رشيد‬
‫رشيد‬
‫رشيد و‬
‫األزرق‬
‫األزرق و‬
‫نورةو‬
‫األزرق‬
‫نورة‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬
‫نورة‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬ ‫‪50 DH‬‬
‫‪50 DH50 DH‬‬

‫لعبدلوي‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫رشيد‬
‫رشيد‬
‫رشيدو‬
‫األزرق‬
‫األزرق و‬
‫نورة و‬
‫األزرق‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬نورة‬
‫نورة‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬ ‫‪50 DH‬‬
‫‪50 DH‬‬
‫‪50 DH‬‬
‫‪2014 2014‬‬
‫‪2014 2014‬‬
‫‪2014 2014‬‬
‫ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ ‪2013‬‬
30

2014 MO 0804

978 - 9954 - 28 - 172 - 7

OPTIMIZED BY SSS1337
 ‫اﻟﻔﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ‪5 .........................................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪7 ..........................................................................‬‬

‫‪12 ..............................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪12 ..........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﲤﻬﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪13 .........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .1‬ﺟﺮﺩ‬

‫‪16 .......................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .1‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺒﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪17 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .1‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ‪22 .....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .1‬ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪29 .............................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪29 .................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪38 ...........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .2‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﺴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ‪40 ......................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫‪40 ..................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .3‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ‪62 ...........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .3‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‬

‫‪71 ..................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .3‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪74 ..............................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .3‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‪80 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .3‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫‪97 ......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‪97 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1.4‬ﺿﻤﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪106.....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .4‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ‬

‫‪107........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .4‬ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ‪108......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .4‬ﺿﻤﲑ‬

‫‪111................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .4‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ‪113....................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪113.........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .5‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻖ ‪135 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .5‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻬﻴﺔ ‪147 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .5‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪149 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .5‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪157...................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪157 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫‪164 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪166 ...........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.3 .6‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ‪168 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .6‬ﺩﻻﻻﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ‪169 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .6‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ‪176....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ‪176 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .7‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪179 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .7‬ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫‪182 .........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .7‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ‪183 ...............................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .7‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ‪/‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪186.............................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ‪186 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ‪203..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪212 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫‪224 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪230..............................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪231 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .9‬ﺻﻼﺕ‬

‫‪239..............................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭﺓ ‪246 .........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪.3 .9‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪253 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺒﻠﻴﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ‪266................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪276....................................................................‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ‬

‫‪2008‬‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ" ﺣﲔ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻫﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﰲ ﻬﺗﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﺻﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﰲ ﴰﻮﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﳓﻮ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﺑﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﳏﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﰲ ﳓﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻼ ﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﻟﻔﻮﻧﻮﳉﻴﺎ ﻭﺻﺮﻑ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺯﺍﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻟﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺳﻴﺠﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﲨﲔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺨﺘﻪ ﲡﺮﺑﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﲨﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪،‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﲔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﲔ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓ ﻭﻣﺪﺭﺳﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﲔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳛﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﻜﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﰒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻬﻧﺪﻑ ﺑﺘﺮﲨﺘﻨﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ ﲜﻌﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳚﺪ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺀﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻭُﻳﱪﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﲟﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﳍﺎ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﲡﺴﻴﺪﺍ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻧﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﲞﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓ ﻛﺮﱘ ﺑﻨﺴﻜﺎﺱ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﺣﺚ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻴﺪ ﺯﻫﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﺣﺚ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲜﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺯﻫﺮ ﺑﺄﻛﺎﺩﻳﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳏﻤﺪ ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﺎ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﲟﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺣﺜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﻀﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺗﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﱳ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺮﲨﺎﻥ‬

‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳉﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ 2003‬ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻓﻖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ )ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﲔ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﺍ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻏﲎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳓﻮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻛﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻀﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﳓﻮ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻤﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﻗﺮﻧﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻛﺘﺐ ﳓﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻬﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﳓﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﲝﺎﺙ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﲟﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﳒﺰﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﳍﻴﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻪ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺪﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﻬﺗﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻔﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﺻﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻌﻮﺑﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﲎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺪﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣُﺴﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﻼﺋﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﻴﺔ ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ ⴰ ⵏⵉⵡⴰⴼⵉⵜ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﳒﺰﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻃﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳓﻮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻖ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﳏﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺨﺎﻃﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻜﻚ ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﰎ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﱯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﺎﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺄﺳﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗُﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﺩﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﳓﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ .(....‬ﺇﺫ ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ)ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ⵙⵉ ﺃﻭ ⴰⵎ‪.‬‬

‫• ﲣﺼﻴﺺ ﺣﻴﺰ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻮﻉ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﲎ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺑﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺄﰐ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻞ ﲜﺮﺩ ﻟﻸﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺒﻮﺃ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻨﻮﻋﺖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﹸﺧﺘﲑﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻌﲎ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻌﻄﻰ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺴﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺻﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺟﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺴﻴﺲ ﺑﻐﲎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﲝﺜﺎ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳓﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﳚﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻛﻞ‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺻﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﺳﻬﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﲡﻨﺒﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺫﻱ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﻼﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﳜﻠﻘﻪ ﻟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﻤﲎ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻬﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻸﻧﺎ ﺛﻐﺮﺓ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺗﺸﻜﻮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻟﻠﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻧﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺷﻜﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﻬﻤﻮﺍ‬

‫ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺇﻋﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻋﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻟﻌﺒﺪﻟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻋﻨﺴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﻮﻥ‬

‫‪11‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﲤﻬﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻠﺠﺄ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﰐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﰐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻠﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﻟﻠﺠﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﰐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻓﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﳌﱰﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ .1 :‬ﺟﺮﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ(‪ .2 ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ .3 ،‬ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﲢﻴﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪ .1 .1‬ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 33‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 27 -‬ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻳﺎﺕ )ⵎ ‪(ⴼ, ⴱ,‬‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ )ⵍ ‪(ⵜ, ⵟ, ⴹ, ⴷ, ⵕ, ⵔ, ⵏ,‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻠﺜﻮﻳﺎﺕ )ⵥ ‪(ⵙ, ⵣ, ⵚ,‬‬
‫• ﺍﳊﻨﻜﻴﺎﻥ )ⵊ ‪(ⵛ,‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻴﺎﻥ )ⴽ ‪(ⴳ,‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﻔﻬﺎﻥ )ⵯⴽ ‪(ⴳⵯ,‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻮﻳﺎﺕ )ⵇ ‪(ⵖ, ⵅ ,‬‬
‫• ﺍﳊﻠﻘﻴﺎﻥ )ⵄ ‪(ⵃ,‬‬
‫• ﺍﳊﻨﺠﺮﻱ )ⵀ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺷﺒﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﺎﺀ "ⵢ" ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻭ)ⵡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻮﺍﺋﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ ⴰ :‬ﻭ ⵉ ﻭ ⵓ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﺲ )ⴻ(‪.‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ : 1‬ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪:1‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﻘﻲ ﻣﺸﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻨﺠﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ‬

‫ﺷﻔﺘﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺣﻨﻜﻲ‬

‫ﺃﺳﻨﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻲ‬

‫ﻃﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫ﳍﻮﻱ‬

‫ﻟﺜﻮﻱ‬

‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﺨﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻐـﻠــــــﻘـﺔ‬
‫ⵇ‬ ‫ⵯⴽ‬ ‫ⴽ‬ ‫ⵜ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻮﺱ‬

‫ⵯⴳ‬ ‫ⴳ‬ ‫ⴷ‬ ‫ⴱ‬ ‫ﳎـﻬﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﻮﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺨﻤﺔ‬
‫ⵟ‬
‫ﳎـﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ⴹ‬

‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﺤﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻨـﻘـﺒﻀــﺔ‬
‫ⵀ‬ ‫ⵃ‬ ‫ⵅ‬ ‫ⵛ‬ ‫ⵙ‬ ‫ⴼ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻤﻮﺱ‬

‫ⵄ‬ ‫ⵖ‬ ‫ⵊ‬ ‫ⵣ‬ ‫ﳎـﻬﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻤﻮﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺨﻤﺔ‬
‫ⵚ‬
‫ﳎـﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ⵥ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔـﻴـــــﺔ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵎ‬
‫ⵔ‬ ‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﺨﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻳﺔ‬
‫ⵕ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺨــﻤﺔ‬
‫ⵍ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ⵢ‬ ‫ⵡ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ )‪ ،(2004‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.16‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ : 2‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ⵓ‬ ‫ⵉ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺝ ﺃﺩﱏ‬

‫ⴻ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺝ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ⴰ‬

‫ⴰ ﻭⵓ ﻭⵉ‬‫ﻭﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﶈﺎﻳﺪ‪ ⴻ 2‬ﻋﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺋﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺻﻴﺎﰐ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺰﻭﻉ ﻓﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳛﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﶈﺎﻳﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﲡﻨﺐ ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﲔ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
 ‫ⵔⵜⵜⴻⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫*ⵔⵜⵜⵜ "ﻃﻠﺒﺖ"‬
‫ⵙⵉⵎⵎⴻⵎ‬ ‫*ⵙⵉⵎⵎⵎ "ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‪/‬ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ" ←‬

‫ⵎⴻⵎⵎⴷ‬ ‫←‬ ‫*ⵎⵎⵎⴷ "ﺗﻮﺳﱠﻞ"‬

‫ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵣ‬ ‫←‬ ‫*ⵎⵎⵎⵣ "ﺳﺠﻞ"‬
‫• ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵍⴻⵍⵎ‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﻴﺾ"‬
‫ⵖⴻⵖⵍ‬ ‫"ﻻﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺧﻲ"‬
‫ⵏⴻⵏⵙ‬ ‫"ﻃﺒﺦ"‬
‫‪ .2 .1‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺒﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺃﻟﻔﺒﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻴﻔﻴﻨﺎﻍ ﻳﺮﻛﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻭﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﱢﻦ ﻣﻦ ﲡﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ )ﻣﺜﻞ )‪ ch (ƒ‬ﻭ )‪ph (f‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﰲ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗُﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺸﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ‪ 3‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻻ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﳝﻨﺢ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﲰﺔ ﳑﻴﺰﺓ ﻟﻸﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔⵊ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭⵊ ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﲢﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺤﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻈﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻈﻴﺔ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3 .1‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺟﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .3 .1‬ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻮﺛﺔ‬

‫ⵜ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺚ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻳﺔ ⴱ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭⴷ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ⴳ :‬ﻭⴽ‪ .‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﲔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﻐﻠﻖ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻔﺚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬

‫‪ 3‬ﳛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﲔ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﻓﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪" ⵉⵣⵎ :‬ﺃﺳﺪ" ‪ⵉⵍⵎ /‬‬
‫"ﺟﻠﺪ"‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫ⴷⵉⵔⴲⴰ ﻭⵝⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰⵝ‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫وⵎⵓⵙⴿⴰ ﻭⵣⴰⴴⵔⴰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ‪" ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ"‪ ،‬ﻭⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰⵜ "ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ"‪،‬‬
‫ﻭⵎⵓⵙⴽⴰ "ﳊﻢ"‪ ،‬ﻭ ⵣⴰⴳⵔⴰ "ﺭﺟﻞ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﰐ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﲔ ⴽ ﻭⴳ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺚ )ⴿ ﻭⴴ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻐﻮﻳﺮ )ⵛ ﻭⵊ ﻭⵢ(‪.‬‬
‫ⴼⴰⵏⵛⴰ → ⴼⴰⵏⴿⴰ → ⴼⴰⵏⴽⴰ ‪ⴽ → ⴿ4 → ⵛ :‬‬ ‫"ﻛﺒﺪ‪/‬ﺷﻮﺍﺀ"‬
‫ⵔⴰⵎⵢⴰ → ⵔⴰⵎⴴⴰ → ⵔⴰⵎⴳⴰ ‪ⴳ → ⴴ → ⵢ :‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﺎﻥ"‬
‫ⵍⵉⵜⵔⵊⴰ → ⵍⵉⵜⵔⴴⴰ → ⵍⵉⵜⵔⴳⴰ ‪ⴳ → ⴴ → ⵊ :‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﲑ"‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﲔ ⴽ ﻭⴳ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻨﻐﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻔﻮﺙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻀﻤﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ⵜ )ﺕ( ﻧﻈﲑﻬﺗﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ⵝ )ﺙ(ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵝ ⵖⵉⵖⵙ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ )ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻪ(‬ ‫)ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ(ⵜ ⵖⵉⵖⵙ‬

‫‪ .g = ⴴ ، ⴿ k 4‬ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺜﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻟﻔﺒﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻴﻔﻴﻨﺎﻍ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﺧﻂ ﻭﺇﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ "‬
‫‪ (2006) Graphie et orthographe de l’amazighe‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.160‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
‫ⵜ‬ ‫ﻭﻳُﻤﺜﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺎﺀ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺗﺎﺀ ﻣﻀﻌﻔﺔ ⵜⵜ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵜ ⵖⵉⵖⵙ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫ⵜⵜ ⵖⵉⵖⵙ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .2 .3 .1‬ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ )ﺍﳌﺰﺟﻴﺎﺕ(‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺻﻴﺎﰐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍⵉ ‪ⵍⵍ → ⴷⵊ :‬‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﱵ"‬ ‫]ⵉⵊⴷⵉ[ →‬

‫"ﺃﺧﱵ" ⴰⵎⵜⵍⵓ ‪ⵍⵜ → ⵜⵛ :‬‬ ‫]ⴰⵎⵛⵜⵓ[ →‬

‫ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺰﺟﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳑﻴﺰﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵎⴰⵊⵊⵃⴰ‬ ‫"ﺣﻼﻕ" ⵎⴰⵊⴷⵃⴰ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ "ﻭﺷﻢ"‬
‫ⵊⴷⵉⵀ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ "ﺳُﻢ"‬ ‫"ﻫﺎﺝ" ⵊⵉⵀ‬

‫‪ .3 .3‬ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ⵟ ﻭⴹ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺒﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭⵕ ﻭⵚ ﻭⵥ‪ .‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗُﻌﺪ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻔﺨﱠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﻥ ⵍ ﻭⵏ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ⴹ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ⵍⴹⵎ "ﺩﻓﻦ"‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻧﻮﻧﺎ ﺍ ‪.‬‬ ‫ⴹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ]ⵍⴹⵏ[ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳُﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﻲ ⵎ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻳُﻜﺘﺐ ⵍⴹⵎ ﻋﻮﺽ ]ⵍⴹⵏ[ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻢ ⵍ ﻣﻔﺨﻤﺎ ﻓﺘﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ⵀⴰⵍⵍ "ﺍﷲ" ﻭⴰⵍⵓⴱ‬

‫"ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ⵊ ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﳑﻴﺰﺓ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺪ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ‪) ⵉⵊⵊⴰ :‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ( "ﻓﺎﺡ" ﻭⴰⵊⵊⵉ )ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺨﻴﻢ( "ﻧﱳ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺔ ⵍ ﻭⵎ ﻭⵊ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4 .3 .1‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻔﻬﺔ‬

‫ⵯⴽ ﻭⵯⴳ ﻭⵯⵅ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻔﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭⵯⵖ ﻭⵯⵇ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ ⵅⵯ :‬ﻭⵯⵖ ﻭⵯⵇ ﱂ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺑـ ⵯⴽ ﻭⵯⴳ‬

‫ﻭﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ ﰲ ﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫‪ .5 .3 .1‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﲑﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ⵣ‬ ‫ﻭⴷ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ⵙ‬ ‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﰐ ﻟـ ⵜ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ⴰⵙⴰⵜ‬ ‫]ⴰⵙⴰⵙ[→ "ﻛﺒﺪ"‬
‫ⵎⴷⵓ‬ ‫]ⵎⵣⵓ[→ "ﻭﺟﻪ"‬

‫ﻭﺳﻴُﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘُﻜﺘﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ‪ ⵜⴰⵙⴰ :‬ﻭⵎⴷⵓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6 .3 .1‬ﺍﻟﻠﺜﻎ‬
‫ⵔ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﻠﺜﻎ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻑ ⵍ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⵍⵉ‬ ‫"ﻟﺴﺎﻥ"‬ ‫]ⵙⵔⵉ[ →‬

‫ⵍⴰⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﻼﻡ"‬ ‫]ⵔⴰⵡⴰ[→‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﺎﺩ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻜ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻢ ⵍ ‪ ⴰⵡⴰⵍ :‬ﻭⵙⵍⵉ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻑ ⵍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ⵊ ]ⵎⵉⵊⴰ[ "ﺗﱭ"‪ ،‬ﻭ ]ⵓⵎⵊⴰ[ "ﺑﺮﺳﻢ"‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻱ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ ⴰⵍⵉⵎ :‬ﻭⵓⵎⵍⴰ‬

‫‪21‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺘﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﲢﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺒﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﱂ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺋﺖ ﻛﺎﳌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﳏﺪﺩﺓ) ]‪" → 5[ⵖⴰ:‬ﻋﻨﺪ"ⵔⴰⵖ (‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻧﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺋﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺫﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ) ]ⵙⵓⴼ[ → "ﻳﺪ"ⵙⵓⴼⴰ (‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4 .1‬ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .4 .1‬ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺻﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ .‬ﻭﻬﺗﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬
‫ﳐﺮﺟﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 5‬ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺨﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻔﺨﻢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺘﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺨﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ⵜ ﻭⴷ ﻭⵙ ﻭⵣ ﻭⵔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﹸﺨﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉⵕⵥⵉ‬ ‫"ﺑﺼﺮ"‬
‫ⵕⴰⴹⴰ‬ ‫"ﺭﹺﺟﻞ"‬
‫ⵕⴰⵥⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﻄﺮ"‬

‫‪ .II‬ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻼﺕ ﰲ ﳐﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﰲ ﺻﻔﺎﻬﺗﺎ‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺩﻏﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﲰﺎﺕ ﺻﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻶﺧﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳُﺪﻏﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ )ﺍﳉﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳍﻤﺲ( ﺃﻭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺮ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﻮﺱ ﳎﻬﻮﺭﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﳎﻬﻮﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ⵉⵔⵣⵜ‬ ‫]ⵉⵔⵣⴷ[→‬ ‫"ﻣﺮﱠﺕ"‬

‫ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻤﺲ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪23‬‬
 ‫ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻬﻮﺭ ﲰﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﻣﻬﻤﻮﺱ‪:‬‬
‫ⵜⵖⴰⴷⵣⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫]ⵜⵅⴰⴷⵣⵎⴰⵜ[ →‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻃﻨﺔ"‬

‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺗﺸﲑ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﺇﱃ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﻔﺘﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﱐ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﲡﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ⵎ ﻧﻮﻧﺎ ⵏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﱐ ⵜ‪:‬‬
‫ⵜⵎⴻⵎⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫]ⵜⵏⵎⵎⴰⵜ[ →‬ ‫"ﻋﺴﻞ"‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ‬

‫ﳝﺎﺛﻞ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻴﺪﻏﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻀﻌﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗُﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪" ،‬ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻼﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﺩﻏﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻴﺸﻜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻀﻌﻔﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)ⵜⵜ → ⵜ ‪ⴰⵢⵜ ⵜⴰⴷⴷⴰⵔⵜ → [ⴰⵢⵜⵜⴰⴷⴷⴰⵔⵜ] (ⵜ +‬‬
‫"ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ"‬
‫ⴰⵢⴷⴰⵏ ⵏ‬ ‫)ⵏⵏ → ⵏ ‪→ [ⵏⵏⴰⴷⵢⴰ] (ⵏ +‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻨﺎﺩﻳﺔ"‬
‫ⵖⵖ → ⵖ ‪ [ⴼⴼⵇⵇ] (ⵖ +‬ﺃﻭ ]ⵖⵖⴼⴼ[ →‬ ‫ﺖ"‬
‫"ﺧﺮﺟ ُ‬
‫ⵖⵖⴼⴼ‬

‫]ⵇⵇ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪24‬‬
 ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﲡﺎﻭﺭ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺭﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﹶﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛِﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ َ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ُ‬
‫ⴰⴷ ⵜⵏⴰⵎⵉⵇⵇ‬ ‫)ⴷⴷ → ⴷ ‪→ [ⵇⵇⵉⵎⴰⵏⴷⴷⴰ] (ⵜ +‬‬ ‫"ﺟﻠﺴﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫ⵙⵙⴰⵡ ⵏ ⵊⵊⵉ‬ ‫)ⵡⵡ → ⵡ ‪→ [ⵉⵊⵊⵡⵡⴰⵙⵙ] (ⵏ +‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‬
‫ⵔⵖ ⴰⴷⴷⵉ‬ ‫→ ⵍ ‪→ [ⵉⴷⴷⴰⵖⵍⵍⵄⵢⵓⵏ] ( ⵔ +‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ⵏⵓⵢⵄⵍ‬ ‫)ⵍⵍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ"‬

‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﹶﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛِﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ َ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ُ‬
‫‪ⵍ + ⵜ → ⵍⵍ :‬‬ ‫ⵜⵍⴰⵍⵍⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫]ⵍⵍⴰⵍⵍⵎⴰⵜ[ →‬ ‫"ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ"‬
‫‪ⴳ + ⵓ → ⴳⴳⵯ :‬‬ ‫ⵓⵕⵥⵓ ⴳ‬ ‫]ⵓⵕⵥⵓⵯⴳⴳ[ →‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﺭﻭ ‪ /‬ﻳﻨﺘﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﺯﺭﻭ"‬

‫‪ .2 .4 .1‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺋﺖ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺻﺎﺋﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺘﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﻟﻔﺼﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﻏﺎﻣﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
 ‫‪ .I‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻭⵡ ﺻﻴﺎﺗﻴﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ⵢ‬ ‫ﻭⵓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‬ ‫ⵉ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵣⵉ ⴰⵏⵏⵉ‬ ‫]ⵏⴰⵍⵣⵢⴰⵏⵏⵉ[ →‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍ"‬
‫ⴹⵉⵎⵎⵚⵓ ⴰⵍⵍⵉ‬ ‫]ⴹⵉⵎⵎⵚⵡⴰⵍⵍⵉ[ →‬ ‫"ﺍﳉﻮ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ"‬
‫ⵉⴳⴱⵏⵓ ⴰⴷⴷⵉ‬ ‫]ⵉⴳⴱⵏⵡⴰⴷⴷⵉ[ →‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻒ"‬

‫‪ .II‬ﺇﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ‬

‫ﻳُﻘﺤﻢ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﳊﻨﻜﻲ ⵢ ﺑﲔ ﺻﺎﺋﺘﲔ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﻗﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴳⴰ ⴰⵃⵢⵓⴹ.‬‬ ‫]ⴹⵓⵢⵃⴰⵢⴰⴳⵉ[ →‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﺃﲪﻖ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵏⵏⴰ ⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫]ⵙⴰⵢⴰⵏⵏⵉ[ →‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ‪ /‬ﳍﺎ"‬
‫! ⵓⵏⵉ ⵍⵓ ⴰ‬ ‫]ⵓⵏⵉⵍⵓⵢⴰ[ →‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﻗﻠﱯ"‬
‫! ⴰⵢⴰ ⵉⵙⵏⵎⵉ‬ ‫]ⴰⵢⴰⵢⵉⵙⵏⵎⵉ[ →‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﺸﺎﺀ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵍⵎⵓ ⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫]ⴷⴰⵢⵓⵎⵍⴰ[ →‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺝ"‬

‫‪ .III‬ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﳎﺎﻧﺲ ﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻘﻂ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵏⵏⴰ ⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫]ⵙⴰⵏⵏⵉ[ →‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ‪ /‬ﳍﺎ"‬

‫‪26‬‬
 ‫ﻭﻳُﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻴﺢ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3 .4 .1‬ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺽ‬
‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻌﻮﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺀ ⵔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰ‬ ‫]‪→ [ⴰⵎⵖⴰ:‬‬ ‫"ﺷﻴﺦ"‬
‫ⵎⵓⵔⵖⴰ‬ ‫]ⵎ‪→ [ⴰⵖⵓ:‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺒﺰ"‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﻓﺘُﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
 ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻟﻔﺒﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻴﻔﻴﻨﺎﻍ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻔﻴﻨﺎﻍ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‬ ‫ﻬﺗﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬

‫‪adrar‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫ﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪abrid‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫‪Agmar‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬ ‫‪g‬‬ ‫ﮒ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﮒ‬
‫‪Azgåav‬‬ ‫‪å‬‬ ‫‪gw‬‬ ‫ﮒ‘‬ ‫ﻳﺎﮒ’‬
‫‪Afud‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫‪Aäaë‬‬ ‫‪ä‬‬ ‫‪ḍ‬‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺽ‬
‫‪tettr‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬
‫‪Afus‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫‪f‬‬ ‫ﻑ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻑ‬
‫‪Akrkur‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫ﻛـ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻙ‬
‫‪amddaæl‬‬ ‫‪æ‬‬ ‫‪kw‬‬ ‫ﻛـ‘‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻛـ‘‬
‫‪ahddun‬‬ ‫‪h‬‬ ‫‪h‬‬ ‫ﻫـ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻩ‬
‫‪apidus‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪ḥ‬‬ ‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫‪aoban‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬ ‫‪ε‬‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻉ‬
‫‪Tixsi‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫ﺥ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺥ‬
‫‪aqrab‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬ ‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻕ‬
‫‪imi‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬ ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻲ‬
‫‪Ajaëif‬‬ ‫‪j‬‬ ‫‪j‬‬ ‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺝ‬
‫‪Amlal‬‬ ‫‪l‬‬ ‫‪l‬‬ ‫ﻝ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪Aman‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫ﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫‪Irdn‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪udm‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻮ‬
‫‪Urar‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪bëëa‬‬ ‫‪ë‬‬ ‫‪ṛ‬‬ ‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪avrum‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪γ‬‬ ‫ﻍ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻍ‬
‫‪Ils‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺱ‬
‫‪Ããabt‬‬ ‫‪ã‬‬ ‫‪ṣ‬‬ ‫ﺹ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺹ‬
‫‪acwwal‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫ﺵ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺵ‬
‫‪Tussna‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Tiïï‬‬ ‫‪ï‬‬ ‫‪ṭ‬‬ ‫ﻁ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻁ‬
‫‪awal‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻭ‬
‫‪ayyis‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫̂ﻱ‬ ‫̂ﻳﺎﻱ‬
‫‪Amaziv‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬ ‫ﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯ‬
‫‪Içi‬‬ ‫‪ç‬‬ ‫‪ẓ‬‬ ‫ﮊ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﮊ‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻷﻟﻔﺒﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻴﻔﻴﻨﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺮﱠﺳﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ُﺑﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺪﺃﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﲔ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻞ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﺴﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺘﻘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﳛﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﺿﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻮﻻﺕ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪:‬‬

‫)ﲪﺎﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺆﻧﺚ‪.ⵜⴰⵜⴱⵉⵔⵜ :‬‬ ‫ⵔⵉⴱⵜⴰ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‪ :‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵉⵔⵉⴱⵜⵉⵜ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ :‬ﲨﻊ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ‪ ،ⵉⵜⴱⵉⵔⵏ :‬ﻭﲨﻊ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‪ ، ⵓⵜⴱⵉⵔ :‬ﻭﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﰲ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ⵜⵔⵉⴱⵜⵜ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳُﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ⴰ ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬
 ‫ⵏⵏⴰ ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ ‪ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⵉⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬
‫)ⴰⴷ ‪ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⵍⵍⵉ (ⵏⵏⴰ/ ⵏⵏⵉ/‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ‬ ‫"ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ"‬
‫ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ ⴰⵇⵇⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬

‫ﻭﲤﺜﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ :1‬ﺃﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﰊ"‬ ‫ⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﰊ"‬
‫ⵎⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻮﻙ"‬ ‫ⴽⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻮﻙ"‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ⵙⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻮﻫﺎ"‬ ‫ⵙⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻮﻩ"‬
‫ⵖⵏⵜⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻮﻧﺎ"‬ ‫ⵖⵏⵜⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻮﻧﺎ"‬
‫ⵜⵎⵡ‪ⴱⴰⴱⴰⵜⵓⵏⵜ/‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻮﻛﻦ"‬ ‫ⵎⵡ‪ⴱⴰⴱⴰⵜⵓⵏ/‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻮﻛﻢ"‬ ‫ﲨﻊ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵙⵜⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻮﻫﻦ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵜⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﻮﻫﻢ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ(‪،‬‬ ‫ⵜⵖⴰⵔⵡⴰⵜ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‪ ⴰⵡⵔⴰⵖ) :‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‪/‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ﲨﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‪ⵜⵉⵡⵔⴰⵖⵉⵏ/‬‬ ‫ﲨﻊ‬ ‫)ⵏⵖⴰⵔⵡⵉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ(‪،‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ⵜⵖⴰⵔⵡⵜ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ⵓⵡⵔⴰⵖ) :‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﲨﻊ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‪/‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﲨﻊ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮﺍﺻﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵓⵙⵉⵖ, ⵜⵓⵙⵉⴷ,‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ )ﻗﺮﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ( ‪:‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ⵉⵙⵓⵏ ‪ⵢⵓⵙⵉ,‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ⴼⴽⵓⵙⵙ ‪ⵙⵙⵓⴼⵖ, ⵙⵙⴽⵛⵎ, ⵙⵙⵉⴷⴼ,‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵎⵢⴰⵙⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬ ‫‪ⵎⵙⵉⴼⵉⴹ,‬‬ ‫‪ⵜⵜⵎⵢⴰⴼⴰ,‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ⵢⴰⵔⴰⵣⵎ‬

‫ⵙⴽⴽⵉⵢⵜⵜ ‪ⵜⵜⵓⵢⵉⵙⵙⵏ, ⵜⵜⵡⴰⴽⴽⵙ,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫)ⵉⵏⵉⵜⵜ ‪ ،( ⵜⵜⴰⵡⵉ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺳﻄﻪ ) ‪ⵣⴷⴷⵖ,‬‬

‫ⵣⵔⵔⴽ ‪.( ⵙⵙⴰⵖ, ⵙⴽⴰⵔ,‬‬

‫ﻭﻳُﻔﺼَﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﱁ‪.‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
 ‫‪ⵎⵍⵉⵖ ⴰⵙⵏ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵡⵉⵏ ⵜⵜ ⵉⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺗﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⴷⴷⵉⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﺗﲔ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵜⵏⵜ ⵉⴷ ⵉⵡⵉⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﺗﲔ ﻬﺑﻦ"‬

‫• ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻬﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻄﺎﺑﻘﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ⵏⴼⴷⵉⵙⵙⵉ ‪ⵉⵙⵙⵓⴼⵖⵏ, ⵉⵙⵙⴽⵛⵎⵏ,‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵉⵏⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙⵎ ‪ⵎⵢⵓⵙⵙⴰⵏⵏⵉⵏ,‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵙⴽⴽⴰⵡⵜⵜⵉ ‪ⵉⵜⵜⵢⵓⵙⵙⵏⵏ,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 9‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﺍﳉﻬﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬

‫)ⵏⵉⵏⵉⵜⵜⵉ ‪ ،(ⵉⵜⵜⴰⵡⵉⵏ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻮﺳﻄﻪ ) ‪ⵉⵣⴷⴷⵖⵏ,‬‬

‫ⵏⵔⴰⴽⵙⵉ ‪(ⵉⵙⵙⴰⵖⵏ,‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ⵏⵉⵏⴰⴷⴷ ‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ‪ /‬ﺫﺍﻫﺒﻮﻥ"‬

‫ⵏⵉⵏⵖⴼⴼ ‪ⵉⴼⴼⵖⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ‪ /‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻮﻥ"‬

‫‪32‬‬
 ‫ﺿﻤﲑﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺧﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵜⵏ ⵥⵕⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺭﺍﻫﻢ"‬
‫!ⵏⵙⴰ ⵍⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﻫﻢ"‬
‫!ⵖⵍⵎ ⵏⵙⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﺭﻳﻬﻢ"‬

‫• ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵏⵜⵜⴰⵜ ⴰⴷ ⵥⵕⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ "‬

‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵓ ⴳⵉⵊⵊⴰ ‪ⴰⵊⵊⵉⴳ ⴰⴷ / ⴰⵊⵊⵉⴳ ⴰ /‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺓ"‬

‫ⵏⵏⵉ ⴳⵉⵊⵊⴰ ‪ⴰⵊⵊⵉⴳ ⴰⵏⵏ/‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏ ⴳⵉⵊⵊⴰ ‪ⴰⵊⵊⵉⴳ ⵍⵍⵉ / ⴰⵊⵊⵉⴳ ⵏⵏⵉ /‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺓ"‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻣﱴ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻀﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﲰﺎ‬

‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﺽ‪:‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
 ‫ⵕⴰⴹⵓ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ /‬ﺳﲑﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⴼⵉⵏⵅ ⵔⵖ‬ ‫"ﳓﻮ‪ /‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺧﻨﻴﻔﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⵕⴰⴹⵉⵎ ⵉⵣ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﻣﻴﻀﺎﺭ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⴽⴰⵏⵜ ⴼⵅ‬ ‫"ﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺑﻴﺔ"‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﲑﺍ ﻓﺘﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪:‬‬

‫ⵙⵔⵓⵖ‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ /‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ"‬

‫ⵙⴳⵉⴷ‬ ‫"ﻓﻴﻪ‪ /‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ"‬
‫ⵉⵔⴰⴷ‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪﻱ"‬

‫• ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﺩﻻﻻﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﲔ ﺑﻴﺎﺿﲔ ‪" ⴷⵖⵉ ) :‬ﻫﻨﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻭⵍⴰⵎⵉ "ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ"‪ ،‬ﻭⴰⴷ‬

‫"ﻫﻨﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻭⵜⴰⴷⵣ "ﺃﻣﺎﻡ"‪ ،‬ﻭⴰⵙⵙ "ﻫﻨﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻭⵊⴰⵊ "ﺩﺍﺧﻞ" ﻭⴷⵉⵖ "ﻫﻨﺎ" ﻭⵏⵏⵉⵖ‬

‫"ﻫﻨﺎﻙ" ﻭⵟⴰⵏⵏⴹⵉ "ﺃﻣﺲ" ﻭⵟⴰⵏⵏⵙⵙⴰ "ﺃﻣﺲ" ‪.(...‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫?ⴰⵔⵖⵉ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ؟"‬

‫?ⵖⴼⴼⵜ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ؟"‬

‫‪34‬‬
 ‫?ⵜⵏⵖⴼⴼ ⵔⴰⵖⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺟﻦ؟"‬
‫?ⴰⵙⵓⵜ ⴷ ⴼⵅⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺖ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⵓⵔⵜⵜⴻⵜ ⵉⵎⵢⴰⵎ‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﻜﻮﻥ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⵓⴷⴷⵜ ⴷⴰⵔ ⵙ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ؟"‬

‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷⴷⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ"‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴼⴼⵉⵖⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﳜﺮﺟﻦ"‬

‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵍⵍⴰ ⵙⴰⵡⴰⵍⵏ.‬‬ ‫" ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ"‬

‫‪ⴷⴰ ⵉⵙⵙⴰⵖ ⵉⵙⵍⵎⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ"‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ ⴷ ⴰⵡⵉⵏ ⴰⵎⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺠﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ"‬

‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ )ⵏ‪ (ⴷ /‬ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫!ⴷ ⵉⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺇﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬

‫!ⵏⵏ ⵉⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺧﺬ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵢⵉⵡⵉ ⵉⴷⵔⵉⵎⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻝ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵏⵏ ⵢⵉⵡⵉ ⵉⴷⵔⵉⵎⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ"‬
‫! ⵍⴰⵡⴰ ⵏⵏ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ"‬

‫‪35‬‬
 ‫! ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ ⴷ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬

‫)ⴷ(‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬ ‫•‬

‫!ⵏⴰⵃⴱⵚⴰ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﲨﻴﻞ! "‬

‫‪ⴷ ⵏⵜⵜⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ "‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ "‬
‫?ⴰⴽⴽⵣⴰ ⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻏﺪﺍ؟ "‬

‫‪ⵎⵔ, ⵎⵍⴰ, ⵎⴰⵔⴰ, ⵉⴳ, ⵉⵖ, ⵏⵖⴷ, ⴰⵢⵍⵍⵉⵖ,‬‬ ‫• ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ‪:‬‬
‫ⴷⵔⴰ ‪:ⵖⵎⴽⵍⵍⵉ, ⵖⵎⴽⴰⴷ,‬‬

‫‪ⵎⵔ ⵉⵙⵙⵉⵏ, ⵉⵙ ⴷ ⵉⴷⴷⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻷﺗﻰ"‬

‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ‬ ‫•‬

‫!ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰⵜ ⴰ‬ ‫" ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ! "‬

‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵀⴰ ⵉⵏⴱⴳⵉⵡⵏ.‬‬ ‫" ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻮﻑ"‬

‫ⵜ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ"‬
‫ⵉⵢⵉ ⴰⵇⴰ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ"‬
‫ⵜⵜ ⴰⵇⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ"‬

‫‪36‬‬
‫ⵓⵎⵎ‬ ‫• ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻜﻮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻒ ⵓⴱ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ⵓⵎ ﺃﻭ ⵎ ﺃﻭ ⵓ ﺃﻭ ⵜⵍⵓ ﺃﻭ ⵯⴳⴳ ﺃﻭ ⵜⵢⴰ ‪ ،‬ﺇﱁ‪.‬‬

‫ⵜⵏⴰⴳⴰⵜⵓⴱ‬ ‫"ﺧﱰﻳﺮ"‬
‫ⴰⴼⵕⵄⵓⴱ‬ ‫"ﺑﻮﻋﺮﻓﺔ )ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ("‬
‫ⵏⴼⵉⵍⵛⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻴﺸﻠﻴﻔﻦ )ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ("‬
‫ⴰⵎⵜⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺇﺧﻮﰐ"‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﲔ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻌﺠﻤﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﻜﻮﻛﺘﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ⵙⴰⵡⵍⵖ ⵉ ⴱⵓ ⵜⴳⵎⵎⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﻛﻠﻤﺖ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ"‬

‫‪ⵖⵔ ⵉ ⵍⴰⵍ ⵏ ⵓⵅⵅⴰⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﺩ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ"‬
‫‪ⵎ ⵜⵉⵟⵟⴰⵡⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻠﺔ"‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﻤﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⴰⵣⴳⵏ ⵏ ⵜⵓⵖⵔⵉⴼⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻴﻒ"‬

‫‪ⴰⵟⵟⴰⵚ ⵏ ⵉⵡⴷⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵓⴳⵜ ⵏ ⵎⵉⴷⴷⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵎⴰⵜⴰ ⵏ ⵉⵄⵔⵔⵉⵎⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ"‬

‫‪37‬‬
‫ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻻ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑﺍ ‪.‬‬

‫ⵏⵙⵏⵏ ⵚⴰⵟⵟⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ"‬

‫ⵏⵙⵏⵏ ⵜⴳⵓⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ"‬
‫ⵏⵙⵏⵏ ⴰⵜⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﻢ"‬

‫‪ .2 .2‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﺴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﺴﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻴﺴﲑﺍ ﻟﺘﻬﺠﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺗﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﲔ ﺟﺬﺭﻳﲔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﲔ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵍⴻⵍⵍⴷ‬ ‫"ﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﳌﺰﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﲏ"‬

‫ⵎⴻⵎⵎⴷ‬ ‫"ﺗﻮﺳﻞ"‬
‫ⵥⴻⵥⵥⴼ‬ ‫"ﻟﹸﻚ"‬

‫ﳉﺬﻭﻉ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫‪ⵜ-‬‬ ‫• ﺇﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫ⵜⵜ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵓⵜⵜ‬ ‫>‬ ‫ⵓⵜⵜⴻⵜ‬
‫"ﺍﻧﺲ"‬ ‫"ﻧﺴﻴﺖ"‬

‫‪38‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ⵉⵡⴰⵜⵜ‬ ‫>‬ ‫ⵉⵡⴰⵜⵜⴻⵜ‬
‫"ﺇﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ"‬ ‫"ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻪ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵔⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜ‬ ‫>‬ ‫ⵔⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⴻⵜ‬
‫"ﺳُﺮﹺﻕ"‬ ‫" ُﺳﺮﹺﻗﺖ"‬

‫ﻭﻳُﻠﺠﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻀﻌﻔﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ⵓⵜⵜⴻⵜⵜⴻⵜ‬ ‫ⵓⵜⵜⴻⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵓⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵓⵜⵜⴻⵜⵜⴻⵜ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻜﺘﺐ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ⵓⵜⵜⴻⵜⵜ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺼﺎﻣﺘﲔ ﺟﺬﺭﻳﲔ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﲔ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﲢﻮﻝ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺘﲔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭﻳﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ‪:‬‬

‫ⵍⴻⵍⵎ‬ ‫ﺾ"‬‫"ﺍﺑﻴ ّ‬
‫ⵖⴻⵖⵍ‬ ‫"ﺭﺧِﻲ"‬
‫ⵏⴻⵏⵙ‬ ‫"ﻃﻬﻰ‪/‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ"‬
‫‪39‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‬

‫‪ .1 .3‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎ‬
‫) ⵣⴰⴳⵔⴰ"ﺭﺟﻞ"‪" ⴰⴷⵍⵉⵙ ،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ"‪" ⵜⴰⵎⵓⵔⵜ ،‬ﺃﺭﺽ"( ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ‬
‫)ⴼⵓⵢⵢⵀⵓⴱ "ﳎﺎﻋﺔ" ⵎⴰⵜⵓⵅⵜⵓⴱ "ﺑﻨﺼﺮ"( ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺎ )ⴷⵎⵍⵙⴰ "ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ"‪،‬‬
‫ⵉⵎⵉⵖⵉ "ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ"‪" ⴰⵎⵢⴰⵡⴰⴹ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ"(‪.‬‬

‫)ⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⴰ "ﻃﺎﻟﺐ"‪ⵜⴰⵎⵃⴹⴰⵕⵜ/‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‬

‫"ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺔ"( ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ )ⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⴰ "ﻃﺎﻟﺐ"‪" ⵉⵎⵃⴹⴰⵕⵏ /‬ﻃﻠﱠﺎﺏ"( ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫)ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⴰ "ﻃﺎﻟﺐ"‪ /‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⵓ "ﻃﺎﻟﺐ"(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1 .1 .3‬ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‬
‫ﲤﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﺜﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ‪.‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﻣﺞ ﰲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﳛﺘﻔﻆ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲜﻨﺴﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﺕ ﻣﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺋﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ‪ ⴰ :‬ﺃﻭ ⵉ ﺃﻭ ⵓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ⴰ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⵓⴼⴰ‬ ‫"ﻳﺪ"‬
‫ⵕⴰⴹⴰ‬ ‫"ﺭﺟﻞ"‬
‫ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ‬ ‫"ﻃﺮﻳﻖ"‬
‫ⵍⵓ‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﺐ"‬
‫ⵎⴷⵓ‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﻪ"‬
‫ⴼⵅⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﺱ"‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫ⵙⵍⵉ‬ ‫"ﻟﺴﺎﻥ"‬

‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ‬

‫ﺑﺼﺎﻣﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵥⴰⵍ‬ ‫"ﺟﻮﻉ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⴼ‬ ‫"ﻋﻄﺶ"‬
‫ⵏⴷⴷⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺎﺱ"‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﺬ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻣﻲ"‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﻨﱵ"‬
‫ⴰⵎⵜⵍⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﱵ"‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﱪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉⵎⵎⴳⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﱰﻝ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵉⵎⵎⴳⵉ‬ ‫"ﻣﱰﻝ ﻛﺒﲑ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﱰﻝ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﱰﻝ ﻛﺒﲑ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﳊﻴﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵔⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﳊﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ"‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵜⵔⵓⴱⵏⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻋﺎﻧﺲ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵔⵓⴱⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﺴﺘﺮﺟﻠﺔ"‬

‫ⵜⵍⴰⴳⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﻣﻠﺔ‪/‬ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵍⴰⴳⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ"‬
‫ⵜⴹⵓⵟⵟⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴹⵓⵟⵟⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﺴﺘﺮﺟﻠﺔ"‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻻ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﳍﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵕⴰⵥⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﻄﺮ"‬
‫ⵍⴼⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺛﻠﺞ"‬
‫ⴷⵓⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺑﺬﻭﺭ"‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‬

‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻊ ⵜ‪ ،ⵜ...‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳝ ﱢﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺬﻉ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵔⴰⵎⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﺎﻥ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵔⴰⵎⴳⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻓﺮﺱ"‬
‫ⵉⵍⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻋﺮﻳﺲ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵉⵍⵙⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻋﺮﻭﺱ"‬
‫ⵏⵛⵛⵓ‬ ‫"ﺫﺋﺐ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵏⵛⵛⵓⵜ‬ ‫"ﺫﺋﺒﺔ"‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﺘﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪ⵜ-‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺑﺈﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺈﳊﺎﻗﻪ ⵜ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⴰⵍⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺭﺑﻄﺔ"‬
‫ⴰⵍⵡⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﲪﻰ"‬
‫ⵜⵢⵓⵎⵕⵕ‬ ‫"ﺗﻌﺐ"‬

‫ﻭﻳﻮﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺑﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺬﻉ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⵉⵢⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﺎﻥ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵔⴰⵎⴳⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻓﺮﺱ"‬
‫ⵉⵎⵎⴻⵎ‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﲏ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﻨﱵ"‬
‫ⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﺏ‪/‬ﺃﰊ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵎⵎⵉ‪ⵉⵎⵎⵉ/‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻣﻲ"‬
‫ⴳⵎⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻋﺒﺪ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵢⵢⴰⵡⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻣﺔ"‬

‫‪ .I‬ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‬

‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﲑ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉⵔⵜⵉ‬ ‫"ﳒﻢ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵉⵔⵜⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﳒﻤﺔ"‬
‫ⵙⵓⴼⴰ‬ ‫"ﻳﺪ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵙⵓⴼⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻳﺪﻳﺔ"‬
‫ⵕⴰⴹⴰ‬ ‫"ﺭﺟﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵕⴰⴹⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺭﺟﻴﻠﺔ"‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫ⵙⵓⴼⴰ‬ ‫"ﻳﺪ"‬ ‫ⵜⵙⵓⴼⴰⵜ →‬ ‫"ﻳﺪﻳﺔ"‬
‫ⵓⵎⵇⴰ‬ ‫"ﻓﻢ"‬ ‫ⵜⵓⵎⵇⴰⵜ →‬ ‫"ﻓﻮﻳﻪ"‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵎⵉⵍⴰⵥⴰ‬ ‫"ﺑﺼﻞ"‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵉⵍⴰⵥⴰⵜ →‬ ‫"ﺑﺼﻠﺔ"‬

‫ⵏⴰⴳⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺷﺠﺮ‪/‬ﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ"‬ ‫ⵜⵏⴰⴳⵔⴰⵜ →‬ ‫"ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ"‬
‫ⵓⵣⵣⵉⵅ‬ ‫"ﺟﺰﺭ"‬ ‫ⵜⵓⵣⵣⵉⵅⴰⵜ →‬ ‫"ﺟﺰﺭﺓ"‬
‫ⵔⴰⴳⵏⵙⴰ‬ ‫"ﺫﺭﺓ"‬ ‫ⵜⵔⴰⴳⵏⵙⴰⵜ →‬ ‫"ﺳﻨﺒﻠﺔ ﺫﺭﺓ"‬

‫ﻭﲢﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻤﺎﺀ )ﺟﻐﺮﺍﰲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺛﻘﺎﰲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺛﲏ‪: (...‬‬

‫ⵔⴰⵅⵅⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺎﺭﻕ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵔⴰⵅⵅⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺳﺮﻗﺔ"‬

‫ⴷⴰⵯⴳⴳⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﺋﻒ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⴷⵯⴳⴳⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺧﻮﻑ"‬
‫ⴼⴰⵣⵖⴰ‬ ‫"ﻃﻮﻳﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵉⵣⵖⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻃﻮﻝ"‬

‫‪45‬‬
 ‫‪ⵓ-, ⴱⵓ-, ⴰⵢⵜ-‬‬ ‫‪ .II‬ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﲰﺎﺀ ﻳُﺴﺒﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻧﻌﺘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵍⵃⵉ ⵓⴱ‬ ‫"ﻛﺬﹼﺍﺏ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵍⵃⵉ ⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﺬﹼﺍﺑﺔ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵓ‬ ‫"ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵔⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵜⵍⵓ‬ ‫"ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻨﺔ"‬
‫ⵎⴰⵅⵓ )ⵏ( ⵜⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﻫﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵎⴰⵅⵓ )ⵏ( ⵜⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ"‬

‫‪ .III‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﳍﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﻧﺜﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵕⴰⵥⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﻄﺮ"‬
‫ⵍⴼⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺛﻠﺞ"‬
‫ⵍⴰⴽⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺏ"‬
‫ⴰⵣⵉⵡⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ"‬
‫ⴰⵊⵡⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﺳﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⴰⴹⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﲢﺎﻟﻒ"‬

‫‪46‬‬
 ‫‪ .2 .1 .3‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﻧﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻴﻐﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺩ ‪ :‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺮﺩ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ( ؛‬

‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﺈﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ )ⵏ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﱂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﺩ؛‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺴﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ؛‬
‫• ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺗﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﰲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﱂ‬ ‫أ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ )ⵏ( ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﻬﺗﺎ )ⵏⵉ‪،-ⵡⵉⵏ ،-ⵡⴰⵏ ،-ⴰⵡⵏ ،-ⵡⵏ ،-ⴰⵢⵏ ،-ⴰⵏ ،-‬‬
‫ⵏⵜ‪.(-ⵢⵉⵏ ،-‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ‪ ، ⴰ-‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺩﻳﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺻﺎﺋﱵ ﻣﻊ ‪.ⵉ-‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻲ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ‪ ⴰ-‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰲ‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ‪، ⵓ-‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ⵉ ﻓﻼ ﳒﺪ ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ⵏ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﻬﺗﺎ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪: ⴰ-/ⵉ-‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻬﻢ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ‪ -ⵉ-‬ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻊ )ⵜ(‪: ⵜ-...-‬‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﺘﺎﺏ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬ ‫"ﻛﺘﺐ"‬
‫ⵕⴰⴹⴰ‬ ‫"ﺭﺟﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵕⴰⴹⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺟﻞ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺖ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺎﺕ"‬
‫ⵔⴰⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵔⴰⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﻏﺎﱐ"‬

‫‪:‬‬ ‫ⵏⵜ‪-ⵉⵏ, -(ⴰ)ⵡⵏ, -(ⵉ)ⵡⵏ, -ⵢⵏ, -‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵜⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺖ"‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⵉⵜ →‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺎﺕ"‬

‫‪48‬‬
 ‫ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ"‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵜⴰⵔⴱⵉⵜ →‬ ‫"ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ"‬
‫ⴼⵅⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﺱ"‬ ‫ⵏⵡⴰⴼⵅⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺭﺅﻭﺱ"‬
‫ⵎⵣⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺳﺪ"‬ ‫ⵏⵡⴰⵎⵣⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺃﺳﻮﺩ"‬
‫ⵍⴰⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﻗﻮﻝ"‬ ‫ⵏⵡⵉⵍⴰⵡⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ"‬
‫ⵉⴳⴱⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺿﻴﻒ"‬ ‫ⵏⵡⵉⴳⴱⵏⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺿﻴﻮﻑ"‬
‫ⴰⴷⵔⵖⴰ‬ ‫"ﻓﺄﺭ"‬ ‫ⵏⵢⴰⴷⵔⵖⵉ →‬ ‫"ﻓﺌﺮﺍﻥ"‬
‫ⵉⵖⵏⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺧﺼﺎﻡ"‬ ‫ⵏⵜⵉⵖⵏⵎⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺧﺼﺎﻣﺎﺕ"‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ )ﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﲑ(‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻋﱪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬ ‫‪ⴰ-/ⵉ-‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺘﻖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺋﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻱ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵔⴰⵔⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺟﺒﻞ"‬ ‫ⵔⴰⵔⵓⴷⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺟﺒﺎﻝ"‬

‫ⵙⵓⵖⴰⴱⴰ‬ ‫"ﻗﺮﺩ"‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵖⵓⴱⵉ →‬ ‫"ﻗﺮﺩﺓ"‬
‫ⵔⵉⴷⴰⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﺣﺎﺋﻂ"‬ ‫ⵔⴰⴷⵓⴳⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺣﻴﻄﺎﻥ"‬
‫ⵍⵉⵜⵔⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﲑﺓ"‬ ‫ⵍⴰⵜⵔⴳⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﺎﺋﺮ"‬
‫ⵜⵙⵎⵖⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺳﻦ"‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵎⵖⵉⵜ →‬ ‫"ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ"‬
‫ⵣⵎⵣⴰ‬ ‫"ﻓﺘﺮﺓ"‬ ‫ⵣⴰⵎⵣⵉ →‬ ‫"ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ"‬
‫ⵏⵓⴹⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﺮﻳﺾ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⴹⵓⵎⵉ →‬ ‫"ﻣﺮﺿﻰ"‬

‫‪49‬‬
 ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺼﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ⵏ‪:-‬‬
‫ⵉⵍⵉ‬ ‫"ﻧﺼﻴﺐ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺼﺒﺔ"‬
‫ⵔⴽⵉⵣⵉ‬ ‫"ﺣﺒﻞ"‬ ‫ⵏⵔⴰⴽⴰⵣⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺣﺒﺎﻝ"‬
‫ⵓⵜⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵜⵔⵓ →‬ ‫"ﺑﺴﺎﺗﲔ"‬
‫ⵏⵛⵛⵓ‬ ‫"ﺫﺋﺐ"‬ ‫ⵏⵏⴰⵛⵛⵓ →‬ ‫"ﺫﺋﺎﺏ"‬
‫ⵍⴳⵓ‬ ‫"ﺳﻦ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⴳⵓ →‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ⵓ-, ⵓⵍⵜ-‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ⵜⵔⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵓ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵔⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵜⵢⴰ‬
‫"ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ"‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵜⵍⵓ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵔⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵜⵙⵉ‬
‫"ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ"‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ"‬

‫ⴷⵉ‬ ‫ﻫـ‪ .‬ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺑـﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﻍ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴷⵉ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺼﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﳜﻀﻊ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫ⵏⴰⵔⵔⵓⵎ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵔⵔⵓⵎ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺟﺴﻮﺭ"‬ ‫"ﺟﺴﻮﺭﻭﻥ"‬
‫ⵎⵉⵀⴰⵔⴱ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵎⵉⵀⴰⵔⴱ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ"‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻤﻮﻥ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⴳⵜⵓⴱ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵔⴳⵜⵓⴱ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺳﻠﺤﻔﺎﺓ"‬ ‫"ﺳﻼﺣﻒ"‬
‫ⵜⵏⴰⴳⴰⵜⵓⴱ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵏⴰⴳⴰⵜⵓⴱ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺧﱰﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻱ"‬ ‫"ﺧﻨﺎﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺔ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵎⵍⵙⵉ ⵓⴱ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵎⵍⵙⵉ ⵓⴱ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ"‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﺋﻌﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ"‬
‫ⵙⵓⴼⵓ ⵎ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⵓⴼⵓ ⵎ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ"‬ ‫"ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ"‬
‫ⵉⵎⵎⴳⵜ ⵏ ⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵉⵎⵎⴳⵜ ⵏ ⴱⴰⴱ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ"‬ ‫"ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ"‬
‫ⵎⴰⵅⵓ ⵏ ⵍⴰⵍ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵎⴰⵅⵓ ⵏ ⵍⴰⵍ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺯﻭﺟﺔ"‬ ‫"ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺕ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰⵍ ⵔⴰⵡ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰⵍ ⵔⴰⵡ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺧﺎﺋﻦ‪ ،‬ﻏﺪﺍﺭ"‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﺋﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﺪﺍﺭﻭﻥ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰⵍ ⵔⴰⵜ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰⵍ ⵔⴰⵜ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺧﺎﺋﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﺪﺍﺭﺓ"‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻏﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ"‬
‫ⵉⵍⴰⵅ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵉⵍⴰⵅ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺧﺎﱄ"‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﻮﺍﱄ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬ ‫"ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ"‬
‫ⴼⵍⴰ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴼⵍⴰⵡ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺃﻟﻒ"‬ ‫"ﺁﻻﻑ"‬
‫‪51‬‬
 ‫ⵓⵢⵎⴰⴽⵍ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵓⵢⵎⴰⴽⵍ ⴷⵉ‬
‫"ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺔ"‬ ‫"ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺎﺕ"‬

‫ﻭ‪ .‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ ﲜﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴷⵉ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵎⵉⵔⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺩﺭﻫﻢ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵎⵉⵔⴷⵉ‬ ‫"ﺩﺭﺍﻫﻢ"‬

‫ⵜⵇⵉⵔⵡⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻭﺭﻗﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵇⵉⵔⵡⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ"‬
‫ⵢⵉⵍⵎⵔⴼⴰ‬ ‫"ﳑﺮﺽ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵢⵉⵍⵎⵔⴼⵉ‬ ‫"ﳑﺮﺿﻮﻥ"‬
‫ⵓⵢⴷⴰⴽⵓⴱⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻠﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵜⵓⵢⴷⴰⴽⵓⴱⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻼﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ"‬
‫ⵎⴰⵎⵎⵃⵍ‬ ‫"ﲪﱠﺎﻡ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵎⵎⵃⵍ‬ ‫"ﲪﱠﺎﻣﺎﺕ"‬

‫ﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺻﻴﻎ ﲨﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﳉﺬﺭ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬

‫ⵥⴰⵍ‬ ‫"ﺟﻮﻉ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⴼ‬ ‫"ﻋﻄﺶ"‬
‫ⵜⵓⵎⵍ‬ ‫"ﻣﻮﺕ"‬
‫ⴰⵣⵔⴽⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺣﺮﺙ"‬
‫‪52‬‬
 ‫ⵉⵔⵢⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺣﺐ"‬

‫‪ .II‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‬

‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺀ"‬
‫ⵏⵎⵎⴰⴷⵉ‬ ‫"ﺩﻣﺎﺀ"‬
‫ⵏⴷⴷⵉⵎ‪ⵉⵡⴷⴰⵏ/‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺎﺱ"‬

‫‪ .III‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﲨﻊ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻲ‬

‫ⵏⴰⵜⵉⵙⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺕ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵜⵙⴰⵏⵓⴼⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺑﻘﺮﺓ"‬

‫ⵏⵉⵍⵍⴰⵖⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺱ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵜⵔⴰⵎⴳⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻓﺮﺱ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵏⴷⵙⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻧﺴﺎﺀ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵜⴹⵓⵟⵟⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ"‬

‫‪ .3 .1 .3‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ )ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻳﺪﺓ( ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻬﺗﻢ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺻﺮﰲ ﻳﻄﺮﺃ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ‪.‬‬

‫) ‪ⴰ,‬‬‫ﻭﲣﻀﻊ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ‬

‫‪ .(ⵉ, ⵓ,‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﺴﺘﺜﲎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ‪ ⵜ-‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ ﺑﺈﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻊ ⵜ‪.ⵜ....‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻻ ﳜﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻷﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪ ⵜ-‬ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵣⴰⴳⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺭﺟﻞ"‬
‫ⵎⵣⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺳﺪ"‬
‫ⵓⵜⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⵓⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﺪ"‬
‫ⵉⵢⵢⴼⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﳊﻢ"‬
‫ⴰⵏⵙⵙⵓⵜ‬ ‫"ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ"‬

‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒـﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺘﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻧﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫! ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰⵜ ⴰ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ "‬

‫! ⵏⴰⴱⵔⵉ ⴰ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ"‬

‫‪54‬‬
 ‫ⵔⵓⵢⵢⴰ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻼﻝ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⵎⵍⵙⴰ ⵏⵏ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﺫﺍﻙ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ"‬
‫ⵢⴰⴽⵚⵓ ⵏⵏ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﺫﺍﻙ ﺳﻠﻮﻗﻲ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⵎⵍⵙⴰ ⴰⵇⴰ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ‬
‫? ⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⴰ ⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻱ ﻭﻟﺪ ؟"‬
‫? ⵜⴰⴱⵔⴰⵜ ⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻱ ﺑﻨﺖ ؟"‬
‫? ⴰ ⵜⵔⵓⵎⴰⵜ ⴰⵜⵜⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻱ ﺑﻠﺪ ؟"‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺷﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴷⴰ ⵜⵜⵓⵔⴰⵔⵏ ⴰⵃⵉⴷⵓⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺮﻗﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﺣﻴﺪﻭﺱ"‬
‫‪ⵢⵓⵣⵏ ⴰⵙⵏ ⵜⴰⴱⵔⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⵖⴰ ⵓⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷ ⴰⴷⵍⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ"‬
‫‪ⵇⴰⵔⵏ ⴰⵙ ⵉⵣⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺪ"‬

‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴰⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷ ⵉⵕⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺫﻫﺐ"‬

‫‪ⴰⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷ, ⵉⵕⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺐ"‬
‫‪ⵖⵓⵔⵙ ⵜⴰⵏⴰⴽⵔⴰ ⵉⵖⵓⴷⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻪ ﺯﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⴰⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵜⴰⵎⵓⵔⵜ ⵉⵏⵓ ⴰⵢⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻠﺪﻱ"‬
‫‪55‬‬
 ‫? ⴰⵢⴰ ⵙⵓⵖⴰⴱⴰ ⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺮﺩ؟"‬
‫? ⴰⴱⵔⴰ ⴷ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻫﻮ ﻭﻟﺪ؟"‬
‫‪ⵉⴳⴰ ⵣⵓⵏ ⴷ ⴰⵖⵔⴷⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻓﺄﺭ"‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎ )ﺻﻔﺔ( ﻻﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵏⴰⵔⵇⵎⴰ ⵡⴰⵔⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ"‬

‫ⵏⴰⴷⵍⴳⴰ ⴳⴰⵏⵉⵙⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻲ"‬
‫ⵜⴰⵡⵙⴽⴰ ⵙⵓⴷⵉⵃⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﺣﻴﺪﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ"‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵍⴰ"ﺇﱃ‪/‬ﺣﱴ" ﻭⴰⵍⴱ "ﺑﺪﻭﻥ" ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴰⵍ ⴰⴷⵔⴰⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ"‬

‫‪ⵜⴷⴷⴰ ⴱⵍⴰ ⴰⵇⵔⴰⴱ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ"‬

‫ⵙⴰⵖ ﻭⵔⵉⵖ "ﻓﻘﻂ" ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵖⴰⵙ ⴰⴼⵔⵓⵅ ⴰⵢ ⵥⵕⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ"‬

‫‪ⵖⵉⵔ ⴰⴼⵔⵓⵅ ⵉ ⵥⵕⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ"‬

‫"ﺩﻭﻥ" ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻭⵔⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺩﻭﻥ" ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ⵔⴰⵡ‬ ‫• ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﻴﺴﻲ ⵔⴰⴳ ‪:‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵎⵉⵔⴷⵉ ⵔⴰⵡ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵔⴰ ⵔⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﺮ"‬
‫ⵉⵔⵓⵡⴰⵜ ⵔⴰⴳ‬ ‫"ﻋﻤﻞ ﺳﻲﺀ"‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ ﻋﱪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻨﺴﻬﺎ )ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ )ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﲨﻊ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺣﲔ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻲ )ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵢⵓⵙ ⴷ ⵓⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ"‬

‫‪ⵜⵓⵙ ⴷ ⵜⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫﺓ"‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﲔ ⵔⴰ‪" ⴰⵍ/‬ﺇﱃ" ﻭⴰⵍⴱ "ﺑﺪﻭﻥ" ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵙⵉⵡⵍⵖ ⵉ ⵓⵏⵛⵛⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﲢﺪﺛﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻐﲏ"‬

‫‪ⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⵏ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻛﻼﻡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺓ"‬
‫‪57‬‬
 ‫‪ⵉⴼⴼⵖ ⴳ ⵓⵏⵥⴰⵕ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵍⵍⴰ ⵅⴼ ⵓⴽⴰⴱⴰⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﻠﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵥⵕⴰ ⵜ ⵖⵔ ⵓⵎⵣⵉⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺁﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﺍﺩ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵣⴷⵖ ⴳ ⵓⵊⴷⵉⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺄﺟﺪﻳﺮ"‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴹⵉⵎⵎⵚⵓ ⴷ ⵕⴰⵥⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺩ"‬

‫‪ⵓ,‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫)ⵎⵎ( ⵎ ‪ⵓⵍⵜ,ⴰⵢⵜ,ⵉⵙⵜ,ⴱⵓ,‬‬

‫ⵜⵔⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ"‬

‫ⵎⵉⵏⴰⵖⵓ ⵓⴱ‬ ‫"ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻱ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⵔⴽⴰⵏⵜ ⵎ‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﰊ"‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﲝﺮﻑ ⵏ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵢⴰⵏⵎⵓ ⵏⴰⵢ‬ ‫"ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‬

‫ⴰⴱⵔⵓ ⵏ ⵊⵊⵉ‬ ‫"ﻭﻟﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‬
‫ⵜⴹⵓⵟⵟⵎⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⴰⵢ‬ ‫"ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⵜ ⵏ ⵜⵛⵉ‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵙⴰⵔⵉⴼⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⴰⵏⵙ‬ ‫"ﺇﺟﺎﺻﺘﺎﻥ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵍⴰⵢⵢⵄⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⴹⴰⵕⴽ‬ ‫"ﺛﻼﺙ ﺷﺎﺑﺎﺕ"‬
‫‪58‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ⴷⵉ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴼⵍⴰⵡ ⴷⵉ ⵏⵉⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻥ"‬

‫ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ‬ ‫‪.II‬‬

‫‪ⵓ-‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪/ⵉ-/ⴰ-‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪: ⴰ- → ⵓ-‬‬ ‫¾‬

‫ⵙⴰⵔⵉⴼⴰ‬ ‫"ﺇﺟﺎﺹ"‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵔⵉⴼⵓ →‬

‫ⵛⴰⵡⵃⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﺣﻮﺍﺵ"‬ ‫ⵛⴰⵡⵃⵓ →‬

‫ⵎⵉⵍⴰⵥⴰ‬ ‫"ﺑﺼﻞ"‬ ‫ⵎⵉⵍⴰⵥⵓ →‬

‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ‪ ⵉ-/ⵓ-/ⴰ-‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ‪: ⵢ-/ⵡ-‬‬ ‫¾‬

‫ⵓⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺑﺌﺮ"‬ ‫ⵓⵏⴰⵡ →‬

‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺀ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰⵡ →‬

‫ⴼⵉⵙⴰ‬ ‫"ﻭﺍﺩ"‬ ‫ⴼⵉⵙⴰⵡ →‬

‫ⵎⴷⵓ‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﻪ"‬ ‫ⵎⴷⵓⵡ →‬

‫ⵖⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ"‬ ‫ⵖⵔⵓⵡ →‬

‫ⵉⵣⵉ‬ ‫"ﺫﺑﺎﺑﺔ"‬ ‫ⵉⵣⵉⵢ →‬

‫ⵉⵔⴼⵉ‬ ‫"ﻛﻬﻒ"‬ ‫ⵉⵔⴼⵉⵢ →‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫‪ⵜⵉ-/ⵜⵓ-/ⵜⴰ-‬‬ ‫• ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑـ‬

‫‪ⴰ-‬‬ ‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑـ‬ ‫¾‬

‫‪/ⵉ-‬‬

‫ⵜⵔⵓⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫"ﺑﻠﺪ"‬ ‫ⵜⵔⵓⵎⵜ →‬

‫ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫"ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ"‬ ‫ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ →‬

‫ⵜⵔⴽⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬
‫"ﺣﺒﻞ ﺻﻐﲑ"‬ ‫ⵜⵔⴽⵉⵣⵜ →‬

‫ⵜⵉⵔⴼⵉⵜ‬
‫"ﻛﻬﻒ ﺻﻐﲑ"‬ ‫ⵜⵉⵔⴼⵜ →‬

‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ‪: -ⴰ- /-ⵓ- /-ⵉ-‬‬ ‫¾‬

‫ⵜⵓⵏⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺑﺌﺮ ﺻﻐﲑ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵓⵏⴰⵜ‬

‫ⵜⵓⴳⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻏﻴﻤﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵓⴳⴰⵜ‬

‫ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﱰﻝ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ‬

‫ⵜⵉⴷⵢⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻛﻠﺒﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵉⴷⵢⴰⵜ‬

‫ⵜⵉⵜⵔⵓⵜ‬ ‫"ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺻﻐﲑ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵉⵜⵔⵓⵜ‬

‫ⵜⵉⴷⵓⵜ‬ ‫"ﺯﺑﺪﺓ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵉⴷⵓⵜ‬

‫ⵜⵏⵛⵛⵓⵜ‬ ‫"ﺫﺋﺒﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵏⵛⵛⵓⵜ‬

‫ⵜⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺫﺑﺎﺑﺔ‪/‬ﺫﺑﺎﺏ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬

‫ⵜⵉⵔⵜⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﳒﻤﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵉⵔⵜⵉⵜ‬

‫‪60‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ‪ ⵉ-‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺇﺳﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫¾‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵖⴰⵇⵍⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﲪﺎﻝ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵖⴰⵇⵍⵉ‬

‫ⵏⵉⵖⴰⵇⵍⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻧﻌﺎﺝ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵖⴰⵇⵍⵜ‬

‫ⵏⴰⵔⵔⵉⵛⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻻﺩ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵔⵔⵉⵛⵉ‬

‫ⵏⵉⵜⴰⵔⵔⵉⵛⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺎﺕ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵜⴰⵔⵔⵉⵛⵜ‬

‫ⵏⴰⵍⵣⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻏﺎﻥ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵣⵉ‬

‫ⵏⵉⵜⴰⵍⵣⵉⵜ‬ ‫ﺃﻏﺎﱐ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵜⴰⵍⵣⵜ‬

‫ⵏⴼⴼⴰⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻭﺩﻳﺎﻥ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⴼⴼⴰⵙⵉ‬

‫ⵏⵉⴼⴼⴰⵙⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺩﻳﺔ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵉⴼⴼⴰⵙⵜ‬

‫ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ⵡ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺏ ‪ ⴰ-/ⵓ-‬ﰲ‬ ‫¾‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵏⴰⴳⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺷﺠﺮ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵏⴰⴳⵔⴰⵡ‬

‫ⵏⵉⵏⴰⴳⵔⴰⵜ‬ ‫ﺷﺠﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵏⴰⴳⵔⴰⵜ‬

‫ⴰⵏⵓ‬ ‫"ﺁﺑﺎﺭ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵏⵓⵡ‬

‫ⴰⵏⵓⵜ‬ ‫"ﺁﺑﺎﺭ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵏⵓⵜ‬

‫ⵏⵡⴰⵎⴷⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺟﻪ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵡⴰⵎⴷⵓⵡ‬

‫‪61‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵉⵡⴰⵎⴷⵓⵜ‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵡⴰⵎⴷⵓⵜ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‬
‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜ----‬‬ ‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜⴰ----‬‬ ‫‪ⵓ----‬‬ ‫‪ⴰ----‬‬
‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜⴰ----‬‬ ‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜⴰ----‬‬ ‫‪ⵡⴰ----‬‬ ‫‪ⴰ----‬‬
‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜ----‬‬ ‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜⵉ----‬‬ ‫‪ⵉ/ⵢⵉ----‬‬ ‫‪ⵉ----‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜⵉ----‬‬ ‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜⵉ----‬‬
‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜⵓ----‬‬ ‫)ⵜ(‪ⵜⵓ----‬‬ ‫‪ⵡⵓ----‬‬ ‫‪ⵓ----‬‬
‫ⵏ‪ⵜ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵜⵉ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵉ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵉ----‬‬
‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜ----‬‬ ‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⴰ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵡⴰ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⴰ----‬‬
‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜ----‬‬ ‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⵉ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵉ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵉ----‬‬
‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⵓ----‬‬ ‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⵓ----‬‬ ‫)ⵏ(ⴰ‪ⵡⵓ----‬‬ ‫)ⵏ(ⴰ‪ⵓ----‬‬ ‫ﲨﻊ‬
‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⵉ----‬‬ ‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⵉ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵉ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵉ----‬‬
‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⵓ----‬‬ ‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⵓ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵡⵓ----‬‬ ‫ⵏ‪ⵓ----‬‬
‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⴰ----‬‬ ‫ⵏⵉ‪ⵜⴰ----‬‬ ‫‪c----‬‬ ‫‪c7----‬‬
‫)ⵜⴰ(‪c ----‬‬ ‫)ⵜⴰ(‪c ----‬‬ ‫‪ⵉⴷ c ----‬‬ ‫‪ⵉⴷ c ----‬‬

‫‪ .2 .3‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﱪﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﲔ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻴﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻛﺎﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 7‬ﻳﺸﲑ ‪ c‬ﺇﱃ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ‪consonne‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫‪ .1 .2 .3‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﻋﱪ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻲ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻄﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﲢﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﲣﻀﻊ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ )ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ( ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﺙ ﳎﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﳏﺴﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺬﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴰ-‬‬‫ﺇﺳﺒﺎﻕ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺇﺳﺒﺎﻕ ‪ⵓ-‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺇﺳﺒﺎﻕ ‪ⵉ-‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ )ⵜ(‪ⵜ---‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪63‬‬
‫ﺇﺳﺒﺎﻕ ‪) ⵍ-‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ(‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ‬

‫‪ .I‬ﺇﺳﺒﺎﻕ ‪ ⴰ-‬ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻗﺎ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ‬

‫ⵣⵓⵏⵣⵣⴰ ‪ⴰⵣⵏⵣⴰ/‬‬ ‫"ﺑﻴﻊ"‬ ‫ⵣⵏⵣⵣ ←‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻉ"‬

‫ⵔⴷⴱⴰ‬ ‫"ﺫﻛﺮ"‬ ‫ⵔⴷⴱ ←‬ ‫"ﺫﻛﺮ"‬
‫ⵔⴼⵔⴼⴰ‬ ‫"ﻃﲑﺍﻥ"‬ ‫ⵔⴼⵔⴼ ←‬ ‫"ﻃﺎﺭ"‬
‫ⵉⵙⵇⵙⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺆﺍﻝ"‬ ‫ⴰⵙⵇⵙ ←‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﻝ"‬
‫ⵔⴰⴷⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻗﺘﻼﻉ"‬ ‫ⵔⴷⵏ ←‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﻊ"‬
‫ⵢⴰⵜⵙⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ"‬ ‫ⵢⵜⵙ ←‬ ‫"ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ"‬
‫ⵙⴰⵎⵖⴰ‬ ‫"ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ"‬ ‫ⵙⵎⵖ ←‬ ‫"ﻏﻄﻰ"‬
‫ⵢⵓⵜⵜⴽⴰ‪ⴰⴽⵜⵜⴰⵢ/‬‬ ‫"ﺗﺬﻛﺎﺭ"‬ ‫ⵉⵜⴽ ←‬ ‫"ﺗﺬﻛﺮ"‬
‫ⵉⵎⵉⵖⴰ‬ ‫"ﺟﻠﻮﺱ"‬ ‫ⵎⵉⵇⵇ ←‬ ‫"ﺟﻠﺲ"‬
‫ⵢⴰⴱⴱⴰ‬ ‫"ﻗﻄﻊ"‬ ‫ⵉⴱⴱ ←‬ ‫"ﻗﻄﻊ"‬
‫"ﺗﻌﻠﱡﻢ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⴷⵎⵍ‬
‫ⴷⵎⵍⵙⴰ‬ ‫ⴷⵎⵍⵙⵙ ←‬
‫"ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻢ"‬
‫"ﻋﻠﱠﻢ"‬
‫"ﺗﺸﺮﱡﺩ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵙⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵙⵏⵓⵙⴰ‬ ‫ⵉⵙⵏⵓⵙ ←‬
‫"ﺗﺸﺮﱠﺩ"‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﺕ"‬

‫‪64‬‬
 ‫‪ .II‬ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ‪ ⵓ-‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵖⵓⴼⵓ‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﻭﺝ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵖⴼⴼ‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ"‬
‫ⴹⵓⴹⵓ‬ ‫"ﺭﺿﺎﻋﺔ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⴹⵟⵟ‬ ‫"ﺭﺿﻊ"‬
‫ⴹⵓⵏⵓ‬ ‫"ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⴹⵏⵏ‬ ‫"ﻟﺼﻖ"‬
‫ⵖⵉⵎⵓ‬ ‫"ﺧﺼﺎﻡ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵖⴰⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﺻﻢ"‬

‫‪ⵉ-‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ‬ ‫‪.III‬‬

‫ⴹⵉⵥⵉ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⴹⵥ‬

‫"ﻃﺤﻦ"‬ ‫ﺤ َﻦ"‬
‫"ﻃ َ‬
‫ⵉⵎⵥⵉ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵎⵥ‬
‫"ﺿﻐﻂ‪/‬ﻋﺼﲑ"‬ ‫"ﺿﻐﻂ‪/‬ﻋﺼﺮ"‬
‫ⵉⵖⵏⵎⵉ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵖⵏⵎ‬
‫"ﺗﻘﺎﺗﻞ"‬ ‫"ﺗﻘﺎﺗﻞ"‬

‫‪ .IV‬ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ )ⵜ(‪ ⵜ---‬ﺃﻭ)ⵜ(‪ ⵜⴰ----‬ﺃﻭ )ⵜ(‪ ⵜⵉ---‬ﺃﻭ‬

‫)ⵜ(‪ ،ⵜⵓ---‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺻﺎﺋﱵ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ⵜⵏⵓⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵏⵓⵎ‬
‫"ﲨﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ"‬ ‫"ﲨﻊ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻓﻖ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⴽⵏⴰⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵔⴽⵏ‬
‫"ﻗﻴﺎﻡ"‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻡ"‬
‫ⵜⵉⴳⵔⴰⵡⴰⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⴳⵔⴰⵡ‪ⵡⴰⵔⴳⴰ /‬‬
‫" ُﺣﻠﻢ"‬ ‫"ﺣﻠﻢ"‬
‫‪65‬‬
 ‫ⵔⴰⵎⵎⵣⵉⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵔⵎⵣ‬
‫"ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭﺓ"‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⴳⵉⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵓⵏⴳ‬
‫"ﺧﻴﺎﻃﺔ"‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﻁ"‬
‫ⴰⵙⵙⵉⵜ ‪ⵜⵉⵙⵙⵉ /‬‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵓⵙ‬
‫"ﺷﺮﺍﺏ‪ُ /‬ﺷﺮْﺏ"‬ ‫"ﺷﺮﺏ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⴷⵓⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵔⴷⴷ‬
‫"ﺣﻴﺎﺓ"‬ ‫"ﺣﻴﻲ"‬
‫ⵜⵓⵊⵊⵓⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵓⵊⵊ‬
‫"ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺯﻛﻴﺔ"‬ ‫"ﻓﺎﺡ "‬
‫ⴰⵏⵙⵙⵓⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵙ‬
‫"ﻋﻠﻢ"‬ ‫"ﻋﻠﻢ"‬

‫‪ .V‬ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ‪ ⵍ-‬ﺑﺎﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ⵍ-‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜ ﱢﻮﻧﺎ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎ ﻣﻀﻌﻔﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵓⵎⵃⵍ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵓⵎⵃ‬
‫"ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ‪/‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ"‬ ‫"ﺳﺨﻦ"‬
‫ⵜⵎⵃⵔⵔ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵎⵃⵔ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ"‬ ‫"ﺭﺣﻢ"‬
‫ⵕⴰⵢⵢⵥⵥ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵔⵢⵢⵥ‬
‫"ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪/‬ﺷﺪﺓ"‬ ‫"ﺃﺣﻜﻢ‪/‬ﺷ ﱠﺪ"‬
‫ⵍⴰⵀⵉⵜⵉⵍ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵍⵀⴰⵜ‬
‫"ﺯﻭﺍﺝ"‬ ‫"ﺗﺰﻭﺝ"‬

‫‪66‬‬
 ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳛﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﻳﺸﺘﻘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺒﱠﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﺙ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺬﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ‪.ⴰ-, ⴰⵎ / ⴰⵏ-, ⵉⵎ-, ⵉ- :‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﺬﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍ ﺻﺎﺋﺘﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵛⴰⵡⵡⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺛﻼﺏ"‬ ‫ⵛⵡⵡⵏ ←‬ ‫"ﺛﻠﺐ"‬

‫ⵔⴽⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺎﺭﻕ"‬ ‫ⵔⴽⴰ ←‬ ‫"ﺳﺮﻕ"‬
‫ⵢⴰⵏⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺭﺍﻛﺐ"‬ ‫ⵢⵏ ←‬ ‫"ﺭﻛﺐ"‬
‫ⵔⵉⵔⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﻐﲏ"‬ ‫ⵔⴰⵔⵓ ←‬ ‫"ﻏﲎ"‬
‫ⴼⵉⵣⵔⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺯﺍﺋﺮ"‬ ‫ⴼⵣⵣⵔ ←‬ ‫"ﺯﺍﺭ"‬
‫ⵎⵓⵥⴰⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺻﺎﺋﻢ"‬ ‫ⵎⵓⵥⴰ ←‬ ‫"ﺻﺎﻡ"‬

‫‪67‬‬
 ‫ⵓⴷⴰⵎⵎⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ"‬ ‫ⵓⴷⴷⵓⵎⵎ ←‬ ‫"ﺳﺎﻓﺮ"‬
‫ⵉⵔⵉⴽⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﻣﻜﺘﺮ"‬ ‫ⵓⵔⴽ ←‬ ‫"ﺍﻛﺘﺮﻯ"‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﱪ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ )ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬

‫‪ ⴰ- / ⴰⵙ-‬ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺻﺎﺋﱵ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﻣﱵ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵍⵣⵏⴰ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵍⵣⵏ‬
‫"ﻣﻬﻤﺎﺯ"‬ ‫"ﳘﺰ"‬
‫ⵍⴳⵔⵙⴰ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵍⴳⵔ‬
‫"ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺪﺍﺩﺓ"‬ ‫"ﺃﻗﻔﻞ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⴳⵙⵉ ‪ⴰⵙⴳⵏⵉ /‬‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵓⵏⴳ‬
‫"ﻣِﺨْﻴَﻂ"‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﻁ"‬
‫ⵍⴷⵙⴰ ‪ⴰⵙⴷⴷⵓⵍ /‬‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵍⴷ‬
‫"ﻏﻄﺎﺀ"‬ ‫"ﻏﻄﻰ"‬
‫ⵏⵓⵇⵇⵙⴰ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵏⵇⵇ‬
‫"ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﺪﺭ"‬ ‫"ﺃﻏﻠﻖ"‬
‫ⴼⵔⴽⵙⴰ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⴼⵔⴽ‬
‫"ﻗﻴﺪ"‬ ‫"ﻗﻴﱠﺪ"‬
‫ⴷⵙⵎⵙⴰ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⴷⵉⵙⵎⵉ‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺤﺬﺓ"‬ ‫"ﺷﺤﺪ"‬
‫ⵜⵉⵙⵅⵙⴰⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵉⵙⵅ‬

‫‪68‬‬
 ‫"ﻣﺸﻨﻘﺔ‪/‬ﻣﻄﻔﺄﺓ ﺳﺠﺎﺋﺮ"‬ ‫"ﺷﻨﻖ‪/‬ﻃﻔﺄ"‬
‫ⵜⵎⴰⵔⵔⵙⴰⵜ‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵎⵔⵙ‬
‫"ﻣﱪﺍﺓ"‬ ‫"ﺑﺮﻯ"‬

‫‪ .2 .2 .3‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﻜﻼﻥ ﺍﲰﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﻤﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﲔ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﱯ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﻥ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻮﻟﺘﲔ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﺩﺍ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ ‪ + ⵏ +‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﺂﻟﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ⵏ "ﻝ"‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﲰﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﳐﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻸﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﱪ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻜﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ‪+ ⵏ +‬ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﳚﻤﻊ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬
‫ⴷⵉ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵣⵉ ⵏ ⵔⵉⵔⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﻐﲏ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺋﺪ"‬
‫ⵔⵓⴱⵍ ⵏ ⵓⵔⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻀﻔﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﻱ"‬
‫ⵍⴰⴹⵎⵙⵉ ⵏ ⵜⵔⴰⵎⴳⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻓﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ"‬

‫‪69‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵛⵛⵓⵡ ⵏ ⵎⵉⵍⴰⵥⴰ‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺼﻞ"‬
‫ⵔⵓⵔⴰⵎ ⵏ ⵏⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺮﺍﺏ"‬
‫ⵉⴱⴱⵕ ⵏ ⵉⴳⴱⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺿﻴﻒ ﺍﷲ"‬
‫ⵉⴱⴱⵕ ⴰⴱⴰⴱ ⵏ ⵜⵎⵖⵍⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﷲ"‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ ‪ +‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻲ ﻋﱪ ﲡﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﲰﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﶈﺪﱢﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﶈﺪﱠﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻔﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵉⴱⴱⵕ ⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺭﰊ"‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ ‪ +‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﺻﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﲜﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵕⴹ ⵏⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻧﺪﻯ"‬
‫ⵏⵔⵓⵇⵇⵎ ⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺟﺪﻱ"‬

‫‪70‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ +‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪ ﻭﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻜﻴﻜﻬﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰ ⵍⵚⴰⵡ‬ ‫"ﻣﻨﺸﻔﺔ"‬

‫ⵍⵓ ⴹⵕⴽⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﱂ"‬
‫ⵏⵔⵯⴳⴳⴰ ⵎⵍⵙ‬ ‫"ﻓﺮﺍﺷﺔ"‬
‫ⴰⵛ ⵖⵏⵉ ‪ⵜⵜⴰⵖ ⴽⵔⴰ /‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺮﺽ"‬
‫ⵍⴰⵍⵍⵎ ⵔⴽⴰ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻪ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ"‬

‫ﻫـ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻭﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﺴﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵙⵓⵖⵉ ⵎⵕⵕⴱ‬ ‫"ﻣﺸﻮﻱ"‬

‫ⵉⴷⵣ ⵉⴱⴱ‬ ‫"ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻊ"‬

‫‪ .3 .3‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪71‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻫﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .3 .3‬ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺻﺎﺋﱵ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫‪ⴰ-‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ‪:‬‬

‫ⴼⴰⵣⵣⵖⴰ‬ ‫← "ﻃﻮﻳﻞ"‬ ‫ⴼⵉⵣⵖⵉ‬ ‫"ﻃﺎﻝ"‬

‫ⵏⴰⴽⵔⴱⴰ‬ ‫← "ﺃﺳﻮﺩ"‬ ‫ⵏⴽⵔⴱ‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﻮﺩ"‬
‫ⵍⴰⵖⵕⴹⴰ‬ ‫← "ﺃﻋﻤﻰ"‬ ‫ⵍⵖⵕⴹ‬ ‫"ﻋﻤﻲ"‬
‫ⵔⴰⵙⵙⵡⴰ‬ ‫← "ﻋﺠﻮﺯ"‬ ‫"ﺷﺎﺥ" ⵔⵓⵙⵡ ‪ⵡⵙⵙⵉⵔ /‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ⴰⵎ- /ⴰⵏ-‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵔⵓⵖⵎⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﺒﲑ"‬ ‫ⵔⵓⵖⵎ ←‬ ‫"ﻛﱪ"‬

‫ⵔⵓⴱⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﺋﺮ"‬ ‫ⵔⵓⴱ ←‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﺭ"‬
‫ⵓⵥⴰⵍⵍⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺋﻊ"‬ ‫ⵥⵓⵍⵍ ←‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﻉ"‬
‫ⵓⵔⴰⴳⴳⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﲑ"‬ ‫ⵔⵉⴳⴳ‪← ⴳⴳⵔⵓ/‬‬ ‫"ﺗﺄﺧﺮ"‬

‫‪72‬‬
 ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ⵉ-‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵉⵍⵉⴹⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﻮ ﱠﺩ" ⵓⵍⴹ ← "ﺃﺳﻮﺩ"‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ⵓ-‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪: -ⵉ-‬‬

‫ⵏⵉⵛⵅⵓ‬ ‫"ﻗﺒﻴﺢ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵏⵛⵅ‬ ‫"ﻗﺒﺢ"‬

‫ⵍⵉⵍⵎⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻴﺾ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵍⵓⵍⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﻴﺾ"‬
‫ⵍⵓⵍⵎ ‪/‬‬
‫ⵔⵉⵎⵇⵓ‬ ‫"ﺿﻴﻖ"‬ ‫←‬ ‫ⵔⵎⵇ‬ ‫"ﺿﺎﻕ"‬

‫‪ .2 .3 .3‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‬
‫) ⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰ"ﺍﻷﻭﻝ" ⵜⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰⵜ "ﺍﻷﻭﱃ"(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ) ⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰ"ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⵓⵡⵣⵎⵉ "ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ"(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ) ⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰ)ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ( ⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⵓ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ((‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ‬ ‫ⴷ‬ ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ⴳⴳ‪: ⴳ/‬‬

‫ⵏⴰⵔⵇⵎⴰ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﻛﺒﲑ"‬

‫ⵖⴰⵔⵡⴰ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵃⴱⵚⴰ ⴰⴳⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﲨﻴﻞ"‬

‫‪73‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵍⴰⵍⵍⵎⴰ ⵔⴰⵜⴽⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ"‬

‫ⵜⴹⴰⵎⵍⵥⴰⵜ ⵜⵙⵓⴼⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﺮﻯ"‬
‫ⵏⵏⴰⵢⵥⵥⵎⵉ ⵏⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺻﻐﺎﺭ"‬

‫‪ .4 .3‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵉⵙ ⵏⵜⵓⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺛﻨﺎﻥ"‬

‫ⵥⵓⴽⴽ ⵖⵉⵔⵥ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ"‬
‫ⵏⵏⴰ ⵢⴰ ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ‬ ‫"ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .4 .3‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﱂ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻷﲰﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 10‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ⵜ ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ‬ ‫"ﲬﺲ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ‬ ‫"ﲬﺴﺔ"‬

‫ⴰⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺒﻊ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⴰⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺒﻌﺔ"‬
‫‪74‬‬
 ‫ⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵎⴰⵜ → "ﲦﺎﱐ"‬ ‫"ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ"‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 10‬ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵣⴰⴳⵔⵉ )ⵏ( ⵥⵓⴽⴽ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⵣⵓⴽⴽ‬
‫"ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ"‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ"‬
‫ⵏⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⵉ )ⵏ( ⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ‬
‫"ﲬﺴﺔ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ"‬ ‫"ﲬﺲ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎﺕ"‬
‫ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‬
‫ⵊⴷⵉ‪ⵢⴰⵏ, ⵢⵓⵏ, ⵉⵊⵊ/‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‬ ‫ⵜⵛⵉ ‪ⵢⴰⵜ, ⵢⵓⵜ,‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵙ‬ ‫"ﺇﺛﻨﺎﻥ"‬ ‫ⵜⴰⵏⵙ‬ ‫"ﺇﺛﻨﺘﺎﻥ"‬
‫ⴹⴰⵕⵛ‪ⴽⵕⴰⴹ /‬‬ ‫"ﺛﻼﺙ"‬ ‫ⵜⴹⴰⵕⵛ‪ⴽⵕⴰⴹⵜ /‬‬ ‫"ﺛﻼﺛﺔ"‬
‫ⵥⵓⴽⴽ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺑﻊ"‬ ‫ⵜⵥⵓⴽⴽ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ"‬
‫ⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ‬ ‫"ﲬﺲ"‬ ‫ⵜⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ‬ ‫"ﲬﺴﺔ"‬
‫ⵚⵉⴹⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺖ"‬ ‫ⵜⵚⵉⴹⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺘﺔ"‬
‫ⴰⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺒﻊ"‬ ‫ⵜⴰⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺒﻌﺔ"‬
‫ⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﲦﺎﱐ"‬ ‫ⵜⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ"‬
‫ⴰⵥⵜ‬ ‫"ﺗﺴﻊ"‬ ‫ⵜⴰⵥⵜ‬ ‫"ﺗﺴﻌﺔ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ‬ ‫"ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ‬ ‫"ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬

‫‪75‬‬
 ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .4 .3‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ 11‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ⵊⴷⵉ‪ ⵢⴰⵏ/ⵢⵓⵏ/ⵉⵊⵊ/‬ﺇﱃ ⴰⵥⵜ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ⴷ "ﻭ" ‪:‬‬

‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵊⵊⵉ‪ⵢⴰⵏ/ⵢⵓⵏ/‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬

‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵏⵉⵙ‬ ‫"ﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⴹⴰⵕⴽ‬ ‫"ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⴰⵥⵜ‬ ‫"ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵏ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵣⴰⴳⵔⵓ ⵏ ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵏⵉⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﺟﻼ"‬

‫ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ ⵏ ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ‬ ‫"ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ"‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺆﻧﺜﺎ ﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻱ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ( ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵏⴰⵢ‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵏⴰⵢ‬
‫"ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫"ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵏⵉⵙ‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵏⵉⵙ‬
‫"ﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫"ﺍﺛﻨﺘﺎ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬

‫‪76‬‬
 ‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⴹⴰⵕⴽ‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⴹⴰⵕⴽ‬
‫"ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫"ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵥⵓⴽⴽ‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵥⵓⴽⴽ‬
‫"ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ‬
‫"ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫"ﲬﺲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵚⵉⴹⵙ‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵚⵉⴹⵙ‬
‫"ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫"ﺳﺖ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⴰⵙ‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⴰⵙ‬
‫"ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫"ﺳﺒﻊ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫"ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫"ﲦﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⴰⵥⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⴰⵥⵜ‬
‫"ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬ ‫"ﺗﺴﻊ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬

‫‪ .3 .4 .3‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬

‫ⵜⴰⵥⵜ‪ⵜⵥⴰ/‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ⵜⴰⵏⵙ‪ⵙⵉⵏ/‬‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴷⵉ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ⵉⴹⵉⵎⵉⵜ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
 ‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷⵉ ⵏⵉⵙ‬ ‫"ﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷⵉ ⴹⴰⵕⴽ‬ ‫"ﺛﻼﺛﻮﻥ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷⵉ ⴰⵥⵜ‬ ‫"ﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ"‬
‫ⵉⴹⵉⵎⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺋﺔ"‬

‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .4 .3‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ⴷ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻛﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵏ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⵓ )ⵏ( ⴰⵙ ⴷ ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷⵉ ⵏⵉⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺎ"‬

‫ⵜⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⴰⵙ ⴷ ⵜⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷⵉ ⵏⵉⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﺔ"‬

‫ⵉⴹⵉⵎⵉⵜ "ﻣﺎﺋﺔ" )ⴹⴰⵎⵉⵜ‪: (ⵜⵎⴰⴹ/‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵉⵙⴰⵏⵓⴼⵜ ⵏ ⵉⴹⵉⵎⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ"‬

‫ⵏⴰⵢ ⴷ ⵉⴹⵉⵎⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‬
‫ⴰⵥⵜ ⴷ ⵉⴹⵉⵎⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﺔ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ ⵏⵉⵙ ⴷ ⵉⴹⵉⵎⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ"‬

‫‪78‬‬
 ‫ⴹⴰⵎⵜ ⵜⴰⵏⵙ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺋﺘﺎﻥ"‬
‫ⴹⴼⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻟﻒ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⴹⴼⴰⵡ ⵏ ⵉⴹⵉⵎⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ"‬
‫‪ .5 .4 .3‬ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﲑ ‪:‬‬

‫ﳘﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﺿﻴﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ⵏⴰ‪ ⴰⵎ/‬ﻟﺘﺪﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﲑ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻝ"‬ ‫ⵜⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﱃ"‬

‫ⴰⵔⵓⵡⵣⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ"‬ ‫ⴰⵔⵓⵡⵣⵎⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ"‬
‫"ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺪﱠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ⵔⵉⵡⵣ‪ⵣⵡⴰⵔ/‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ"‪.‬‬

‫ⵓⵔⴰⴳⴳⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﲑ"‬ ‫ⵜⵓⵔⴰⴳⴳⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﲑﺓ"‬

‫ⴰⵔⵓⴳⴳⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ"‬ ‫ⴰⵔⵓⴳⴳⵎⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ"‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ⵔⵉⴳⴳ‪" ⴳⴳⵔⵓ/‬ﺗﺄﺧﱠﺮ"‪.‬‬

‫‪79‬‬
 ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ "ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ"‬
‫ﺗُﺒﲎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺑﺈﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ‪ⵡⵉ-‬‬

‫"ﺍﻟﺬﻱ" ﺍﻭ ‪" ⵜⵉ-‬ﺍﻟﱵ" ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻗﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ⵙ "ﻣﻊ" ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻼﻥ ⵙⵉⵡ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭⵙⵉⵜ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﲔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵙⵉⵡ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ‪+‬‬ ‫ⴹⴰⵕⴽ ⵙⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ"‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ‪ⵜⵉⵙ +‬‬ ‫ⵜⴹⴰⵕⴽ ⵙⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ"‬

‫‪ .6 .4 .3‬ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﳐﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ⵏⴳⵣⴰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﻴُﻠﺠﺄ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺿﻌﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ‪/‬ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﲬﺎﺳﻲ ﺇﱁ ﺑﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵍⴰⵡⵜ ‪ⵅⴼ ⵙⵏⴰⵜ( ⵏ) ⵜⵉⴽⴽⴰⵍ /‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ"‬

‫ⵍⴰⵡⵜ ‪ⵅⴼ ⵎⵔⴰⵡⵜ( ⵏ) ⵜⵉⴽⴽⴰⵍ /‬‬ ‫"ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ"‬

‫‪ .5 .3‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﲣﺼﺼﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪80‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻪ ﺑﻀﻤﲑ )ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺼﻼ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺍﲰﺎ )ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺻﻔﺔ ؛‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ؛‬
‫• ﺿﻤﲑﺍ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ ؛‬
‫• ﺿﻤﲑﺍ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻳﺎ ؛‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ؛‬
‫• ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ؛‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﲟﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ‪.‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻭﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪81‬‬
‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻳﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .5 .3‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﳏﺪﺩ‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﺘﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﺘﺎﺏ"‬
‫ⴰⵍⵉⵍⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺗﻴﻠﻴﻼ"‬
‫ⴰⴱⴱⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﰊ"‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵔⴰⵜⴰⵅⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﺒﲑ"‬
‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵡⵉⵏⵏⴽ‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺘﻢ"‬
‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴷⴰⵡ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ"‬

‫‪82‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ‬ ‫"ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺣﲔ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ⴷ‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﲰﻲ )ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ‪.(2 .1 .8‬‬

‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⴰ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ"‬

‫ⵔⴰⵜⴰⵅⴰ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺒﲑ"‬
‫ⵡⵉⵏⵏⴽ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺘﻢ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⵡ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ"‬
‫ⵡⴰⵔⵎ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﺇﻬﻧﻢ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ"‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ⵔⵓ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ⴷ ⵔⵓ "ﻟﻴﺲ" ‪:‬‬

‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⴰ ⴷ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ"‬

‫ⵔⴰⵜⴰⵅⴰ ⴷ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⵡ ⴷ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ"‬

‫‪83‬‬
 ‫‪ .2 .5 .3‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﰒ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﺈﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ⵢⴰⵏ/ⵢⵓⵏ/ⵉⵊⵊ :‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭ‪ ،ⵢⴰⵜ/ⵢⵓⵜ/ⵉⵛⵜ :‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬
‫ⴷⵉⵔⴱⵓ )ⵏ( ⵊⵊⵉ‬ ‫"ﻃﺮﻳﻖ"‬

‫ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻋﱪ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺩﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ )ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱁ( ﻭﳐﺼﺼﺎﺗﻪ )ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﺟﺔ( ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺗﺪﻣﺞ‬

‫ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ "ﺍﻝ" ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ⵏⴰⵢ‪ ⵉⵊⵊ/ⵢⵓⵏ/‬ﺃﻭ ⵜⴰⵢ‪ⵉⵛⵜ/ⵢⵓⵜ/‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵉⴹⴰⵇⵍ ⵏⴰⵢ‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﺽ"‬

‫‪84‬‬
 ‫ⴰⵏⵉⴽⴰⵎⵍ ⵏ ⵜⵛⵉ‬ ‫"ﺁﻟﺔ"‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﲡﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﲣﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﲟﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ⵏⴰⵢ‪" ⵉⵊⵊ/ ⵢⵓⵏ/‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‬
‫ﻭⵜⴰⵢ‪" ⵉⵛⵜ/ⵢⵓⵜ/‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ"‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﲎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﺇﱁ )ⴰⵛ‪.(ⴽⵔⴰ/‬‬

‫ⴰⴱⵔⵓ ⵏⴰⵢ‬ ‫"ﻭﻟﺪ"‬

‫ⵜⴰⴱⵔⵜ ⵏ ⵜⵛⵉ‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺖ"‬
‫ⵛⵓⵎⵔⵃⵓ )ⵏ( ⵊⵊⵉ‬ ‫"ﻭﻟﺪ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ ⵏ ⴰⵔⴽ‬ ‫"ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﺎ "‬
‫ⵉⵍⵣⵉⵢ ⵏ ⴰⵛ‬ ‫"ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺎ"‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ‬

‫ﺣﲔ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﳝﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﲝﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺏ ⴷ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ⵏⵏ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ"‬

‫ⵏⵉⵜⴰⴱⵔⵉⵜ ⴷ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ"‬
‫ⵜⴹⵓⵟⵟⵎⴰⵜ ⴰⵇⵇⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ"‬

‫‪85‬‬
 ‫ⵜⴹⵓⵟⵟⵎⴰⵜ ⵏⵏ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⴽⵏ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﳓﻦ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⵡ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ"‬
‫ⵓⵏⵉⵡ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﱄ"‬
‫ⵜⵜ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ"‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺌﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬

‫• ⴷⴰ‪ⴰⵢ/‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬

‫ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ﻣﺜﻞ ⵜⵉⵏ "ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ⵯⴽⴽⴰ "ﻛﻞ" ﺃﻭ ⴰⴽ‬

‫"ﻓﻘﻂ"‪" ⵡⴰⵃⴷⵓⵜ ،‬ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻩ"‪" ⵙ ⵢⵉⵅⴼ ⵏⵏⵙ / ⵙ ⵓⵇⵔⵔⵓ ⵏⵏⵙ ،‬ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ"‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺒﻖ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ⵙⴰⵖ )ⵙⴰⵅ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵢⴰ‪ ⴰ/‬ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺌﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﻇﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ⵢⴰ ‪ⴷ...........‬‬

‫)ⴷ(ⴰ ⵢⴰ ⵕⴰⵥⵏⴰ )ⴷ(‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺮ"‬

‫ⵏⵜⵓⵎⵎⵉ ⵢⴰ ⵣⴰⵢⴷⵎⴰ )ⴷ(‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎﺕ "‬
‫)ⴷ(ⴰ ⵢⴰ ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ ⴷ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫" ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬

‫‪86‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵜⵓⵎⵎⵉ ⵢⴰ ⵣⴰⵢⴷⵎⴰ ⴷ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ"‬
‫• ⵢⴰ ⵜⵉⵏ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⴰⵕⵥⵉ ⵜ ⵢⴰ ⵜⵉⵏ ⴷⴰⵎⵍⵙⴰ‬ ‫" ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺁﻩ "‬

‫• ⵢⴰ ⵯⴽⴽⴰ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵕⴹⵉ ⵢⴰ ⵯⴽⴽⴰ ⵍⴼⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺎﻗﻂ"‬

‫• ‪ⴽⴰ ⴰⵢ, ⵖⴰⵙ ⴰⵢ :‬‬

‫ⵙⵉⴳ ⵢⴰ ⴰⴽ ⵏⴰⵍⵍⵃⵉ‬ ‫"ﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ"‬

‫ⵏⵣⵔⴽ ⵢⴰ ⵉⴷⵏⵎⵉ ⵙⴰⵖ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﳛﺮﺛﻮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ"‬
‫• ‪ⵙ ⵢⵉⵅⴼ ⵏⵏⵙ ⴰⵢ / ⵙ ⵓⵇⵔⵔⵓ ⵏⵏⵙ ⴰⵢ :‬‬

‫ⵏⴰⴷⴷⵉ ⴷ ⵢⴰ ⵙⵏⵏ ⴼⵅⵉⵢ ⵙ ⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ "‬

‫• ‪ⵡⴰⵃⴷⵓⵜ/ ⵓⵃⴷⵓ ⴰⵢ :‬‬

‫ⵏⵉⵙⵓⵢ ⴷ ⵢⴰ ⵜⵓⴷⵃⵓ ⵢⴰⵏⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻩ"‬

‫• ‪ⴰⵎ ...... ⴰⵢ :‬‬

‫ⵉⵍⵍⵉ ⵔⵓ ⴰ ⵏⴰⴱⵄⴰ ⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ"‬

‫ⵙⵔⵓⵖ ⵢⴰ ⴷⴰ ⵜⵔⴰⵎⴳⴰⵜ ⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ"‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪: ⴰⴳ, ⵓⵍⴰ,ⵃⵜⵜⴰ, ⴰⵡⴷ, ⵎⴰⵏ, ⵡⴰⵏ :‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪87‬‬
 ‫ⵃⴰⵔⵉ ⵙⴰⵎⵓ ⴷⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺣﱴ ﺃﺧﻮﻩ ﺫﻫﺐ"‬
‫ⴹⵡⵉⵢ ⵙⵔⵓⵖ ⵔⵓ ⵎⵉⵔⵔⵄⴰ ⴷ ⵔⴰⵇⵇⵎ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺼﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺷﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‬

‫ﻫـ‪ .‬ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﱯ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ‪:‬‬

‫ⴰⴷⵔⵖⵓ )ⵏ( ⵊⵊⵉ‬ ‫"ﻓﺄﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‬

‫ⵜⵢⴰⴷⵔⵖⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⵛⵉ‬ ‫"ﻓﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ"‬
‫ⵏⵛⵓⵎⵔⵃⵉ )ⵏ( ⵏⵉⵙ‬ ‫"ﻭﻟﺪﺍﻥ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵛⵓⵎⵔⵃⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⴰⵏⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﻨﺘﺎﻥ"‬

‫‪88‬‬
 ‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﱯ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﱯ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰ ⵢⴰⵏⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"‬

‫ⵜⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰⵜ ⵜⵅⵓⵔⴼⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⵓⵡⵣⵎⵉ ⵏⴰⵙⵢⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﺣﺼﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⵓⵡⵣⵎⵉⵜ ⵏⵉⵍⵍⴰⵖⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⵓⴳⴳⵎⵉ ⵏⴰⵙⵙⵓ‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⵓⴳⴳⵎⵉⵜ ⵏⵉⵡⴰⴼⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ"‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﲎ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﲰﲔ ⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰ ﻭⵓⵔⴰⴳⴳⵎⴰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵔⵉⵡⵣⵉ‪ⴰⵎⵏⴰⵢ ⵉⵣⵡⴰⵔⵏ/‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"‬

‫ⵏⵔⵉⵡⵣⵉ ‪ⵜⴰⴼⵔⵓⵅⵜ ⵉⵣⵡⴰⵔⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵔⵓⵡⵣ ⵏⴰⵙⵢⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﺣﺼﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵔⵓⵡⵣ ⵏⵉⵍⵍⴰⵖⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ"‬
‫ⵏⵔⵉⴳⴳⵉ ‪ⴰⵎⵃⴹⴰⵕ ⵉⴳⴳⵯⵔⴰⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ"‬

‫‪89‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵔⵉⴳⴳⵉ ‪ⵜⴰⵎⵃⴹⴰⵕⵜ ⵉⴳⴳⵯⵔⴰⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵔⵉⴳⴳ ‪ⵓⵙⵙⴰⵏ ⴳⴳⵯⵔⴰⵏⵉⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵔⵉⴳⴳ ‪ⵜⵉⴼⴰⵡⵉⵏ ⴳⴳⵯⵔⴰⵏⵉⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ"‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ⵓⵔⴰⵡⵣⵎⴰ "ﺍﻷﻭﻝ" ﻭⵓⵔⴰⴳⴳⵎⴰ "ﺍﻷﺧﲑ"‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﱯ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪.5 .4 .3‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳُﺴﺒﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵉⵡ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ⵉⵜ‪ -‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵙ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ⵙⵙ(‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﱯ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲨﻌﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵢⴰⵏⵎⵉ )ⵏ( ⴹⴰⵕⴽ ⵙⵙⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ"‬

‫ⵏⵉⵣⴰⵢⴷⵎⵜ )ⵏ( ⵜⴹⴰⵕⴽ ⵙⵙⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ"‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﱯ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬

‫ⴹⴰⵕⴽ ⵙⵙⵉⵡ ⵢⴰⵏⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ"‬

‫ⵜⴹⴰⵕⴽ ⵙⵙⵉⵜ ⵜⵣⴰⵢⴷⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ"‬

‫ﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺑﺴﻮﺭ‪/‬ﻣﻜﻤﻢ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﻤﻢ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ )ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳛﺪﺩﻩ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵏ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ ‪:‬‬

‫‪90‬‬
 ‫)ⵏ( ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵙⵔⵓⵖ ⴷⴰ ⵏⴰⵅⵔⴼⵉ )ⵏ( ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬ ‫"ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ"‬

‫ⴷ ⴽⵛⵏⵎ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵏⴹⵉⵕⴰⵇⵉ ⴷ ⴽⵛⵏⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ"‬

‫ⵏ ⵔⵉⵏⵏⵣⴰ ‪ⴽⴷⴰ ⴷ, ⴰⵟⵟⴰⵚ ⵏ, ⵜⵓⴳⵜ ⵏ, ⴽⵉⴳⴰⵏ ⴷ/ⵏ, ⴱⵣⵣⴰⴼ ⵏ,‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵏⴷⴷⵉⵎ ⴷ ⴰⴷⴽ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‬

‫ⵏⵉⵍⴰⵍⵍⵎⵜ ⵏ ⵚⴰⵟⵟⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ"‬
‫ⵍⴰⴽⴽⵓⴷⴷⵎⵉ ⵏ ⵚⴰⵟⵟⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ"‬
‫ⵍⴰⵡⴰⵡ ⵏ ⵜⴳⵓⵜ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ"‬
‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ ⵏ ⵏⴰⴳⵉⴽ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵍⵃⵉ ⵏ ⴼⴰⵣⵣⴱ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ"‬
‫ⵎⵓⵔⵖⵓ ⵏ ⵔⵉⵏⵏⵣⴰ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺒﺰ"‬
‫ⴷ ⴷⵢⴰⵖ ‪ⴰⵏⵛⵜ ⴷ,‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵉⵖⵔⵓⵎⵎⵜ ⴷ ⵜⵛⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺩ"‬

‫ⵏⵔⴰⴳⵣⵉ ⴷ ⴷⵢⴰⵖ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﲑﺍﻥ"‬
‫ⵍⴼⴷⵓ ⵏ ⴰⵢⵓ ⵜⵛⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ"‬
‫ⵃⴰⵇ ‪ⵇⴰⵄ /‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪91‬‬
 ‫ⵏⴷⴷⵉⵎ ⵄⴰⵇ‬ ‫"ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‬
‫ⵏⵣⴰⴳⵔⵉ ⵃⴰⵇ‬ ‫"ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ"‬
‫ⵏⵏⴰⵡⵉⵙⵉ ⵃⴰⵇ‬ ‫"ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻮﺭ"‬
‫• ⵍⵓⴽⵎ ‪ⵎ ⴽⵓ / ⴽⵓⵍ /‬‬

‫ⵜⵔⴰⵎⴳⴰⵜ ⵍⵓⴽ‬ ‫"ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﺱ"‬

‫ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰⵜ ⵓⴽ‬ ‫"ﻛﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ"‬
‫ⵙⴰⵯⴳⴳⵙⴰ ⵍⵓⴽⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ"‬

‫ﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﻀﻲ‬

‫ⵏ ⴰⵛ ‪ⴽⵔⴰ ⵏ /‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵏⵉⵍⴰⵢⵢⵄⵜ ⵏ ⴰⵔⴽ‬ ‫"ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺑﺎﺕ"‬

‫ⵏⴰⴷⵡⵉ ⵏ ⴰⵛ‬ ‫"ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‬
‫‪ⴷⵔⵓⵙ ⵏ / ⵉⵎⵉⴽⴽ ⵏ / ⵛⵡⴰⵢⵜ ⵏ / ⵍⴱⵄⴹ ⵏ :‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵏⴰⵔⵉⵔⵣⵉ ⵏ ⵜⵙⵓⵔⴷ‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻛﻴﺎﺝ"‬

‫ⵜⵏⵙⵉⵜ ⵏ ⴽⴽⵉⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﺢ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵣⵡⵉ ⵏ ⵜⵢⴰⵡⵛ‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﺪ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⴷⵡⵉ ⵏ ⴹⵄⴱⵍ‬ ‫"ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‬

‫ⵏⴹⵉⵏ ‪ⵢⴰⴹⵏⵉⵏ / ⵢⴰⴹⵏ /‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬

‫)ﻭﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﺗﻪ( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩﻩ ‪:‬‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵏⴹⴰⵢ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‬
‫‪92‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵉⵏⴹⴰⵢ ⵏⴰⵙⵙⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ"‬
‫ⵏⴹⴰⵢ ⵏⵉⵍⴰⵢⵢⵄⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺷﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻳﺎﺕ"‬
‫ⵏⴹⵉⵏ ⵙⴰⵎⵜⵍⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ"‬

‫ﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﳏﺪﺩﺍ ﲟﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ⴷ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ⵏⵏ‪ .‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﶈﺪﱠﺩ ﺃﻭ ﲤﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫)ﻗﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ(‪.‬ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﳛﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻋﱪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫• ⴷⴰ )ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ ⵓ‪ (ⴰ/‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ‪:‬‬

‫ⵓ ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ ‪ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⴰⴷ/ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⴰ/‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬

‫• ⵏⵏⴰ ‪ ⵉⵏⵏ /‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵏⵉ ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ‪ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⴰⵏⵏ/‬‬ ‫"ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬

‫• ⵉⵍⵍ ‪ ⵏⵏⵉ /‬ﻭⴰⵏⵏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ‪:‬‬

‫ⴰⵏⵏ ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ‪ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⵍⵍⵉ/ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⵏⵏⵉ/‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬

‫‪93‬‬
 ‫ﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﰲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﰲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﲰﲔ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻄﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵏ ‪:‬‬

‫ⴰⵎⵉⵜ ⵏ ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﱰﻝ ﺍﳉﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻡ"‬

‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﱰﻟﻪ"‬
‫ⵖⵏⵏ ⵜⵔⴷⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﱰﻟﻨﺎ"‬

‫ﻛـ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﳓﺔ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲣﺼﻴﺼﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵏⴰⵢⵥⵥⵎⵉ ⵏⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ"‬

‫ⵏⵉⵍⵉⵍⵎⵓⵜ ⵏⵉⵔⵉⴱⵜⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ"‬

‫ﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺑﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ (1 .9‬ﺍﲰﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺿﻤﻨﻴﺔ ‪ /‬ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵜⵓⵎⵎⵉ ⵉⴷⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ"‬

‫ⵏⴰⴷⴷⵓⵎⵎⵉ ⴰⴱⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺮ"‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵎⵥⵕⵉ ⵍⵎⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ"‬
‫• ﺳﺎﺑﻖ )ﻓﺎﻋﻞ( ‪ +‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵜⵓⵎⵎⵉ ⵉⵍⵍ ⵉⴷⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎﺕ"‬

‫ⵏⴰⴷⴷⵓⵎⵎⵉ ⴰⴷ ⴰⴱⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺎﻓﺮ"‬
‫ⵏⵎⵥⵕⵉ ⵉ ⵉⵏⵏ ⵍⵎⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﹸﺘﺤﺖ"‬
‫• ﺳﺎﺑﻖ )ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ( ‪ +‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﺮﻑ ‪:‬‬

‫ⴳⵥⵥⵉ ⴰⵖ ⵉⵏⵏ ⵜⵎⵖⵍⴰⵜ ⴰⴼⵓⵢ‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻴﺤﻠﺐ"‬

‫ⵔⴰ ⵙ ⵉⵍⵍ ⵉⵎⵎⴳⵉⵜ ⴰⵖⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ"‬
‫ⴰⴳⵔⴰⵡⵜⵜⵉ‬

‫‪ .3 .5 .3‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻻﲰﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ⴷ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻒ‬
‫"ﻭ"‪:‬‬

‫ⵓⵖⵓ ⴷ ⴰⵍⵍⵯⴳⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﱭ"‬

‫ⵏⵉⵜⴰⴱⵔⵜ ⴷ ⵏⵛⵓⵎⵔⵃⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ"‬
‫ⵉⴷⵓⵡ ⴷ ⵜⵎⴻⵎⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻦ"‬

‫‪95‬‬
 ‫ⴰⵎⵓⵡ ⴷ ⵏⵉⴽⴽⵏ‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﻲ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⵎⵍⵙⵓ ⴷ ⵉⵏⵜⵜⵏ‬ ‫"ﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ"‬

‫ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻒ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪" ⵏⵖ ⴷ, ⵏⵉⵖ ⴷ, ⵎⴰ ⴷ :‬ﺃﻭ" ‪:‬‬

‫? ⴰⴽⴽⵣⴰ ⴷ ⵖⵏ ⴰ ⵙⵙⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺬ"‬

‫? ⵖⴰⵔⵡⴰ ⴷ ⵖⵉⵏ ⵖⴰⵯⴳⴳⵣⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ؟"‬
‫? ⴷⴰⵜ ⴷ ⴰⵎ ⴷⴰⵡ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ؟"‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻒ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﰲ ⴰⵍⵓ "ﻭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ" ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵉⵍⴰⵢⵢⵄⵉⵜ ⴰⵍⵓ ⵏⵣⴰⴳⵔⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ"‬

‫ⵍⴼⴷⴰ ⴰⵍⵓ ⵕⴰⵥⵏⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ"‬

‫‪96‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ‬

‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ ﺍﲰﻴﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳛﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺃﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ .1.4‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻬﺑﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﺯﻉ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺿﻤﲑﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪ :‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬

‫‪97‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1.1.4‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻼ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ‪:‬‬

‫• ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ) ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﻣﻔﺴﺮﺓ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﺪﺃ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴷⴷⵉⵖ ⵏⴽⴽⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵏⴽⴽⵉ ⴷⴷⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺒﺖ"‬

‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ‪ /‬ﺍﶈﻤﻮﻝ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⴷ ⵏⵜⵜⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵏⵜⵜⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ"‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‬

‫ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵏⴽⴽⵉⵏ, ⵔⴰⵃⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺒﺖ"‬
‫‪ⵔⴰⵃⵖ, ⵏⴽⴽⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵏⵜⵜⴰⵜ, ⵙⵙⵏⵖ ⵜⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵙⵙⵏⵖ ⵜⵜ, ⵏⵜⵜⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ"‬

‫‪98‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻟﻪ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ )ⴽⴽⵏ" ﺃﻧﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻭⵎⴽ "ﺃﻧ ِ‬
‫ﺖ"(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣُﺸﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ )ⵏⵉⴽⴽⵏ‪ ،‬ﻭⵏⵉⵎⵎⴽ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﺘﻴﻜﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺣﻨﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ )ⴽⴽⵏ ← ⵛⵛⵏ(‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ :1‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⴽⴽⵏ‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺎ"‬ ‫ⴽⴽⵏ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ "ﺃﻧﺎ"‬
‫ⵎⵎⴽ‬ ‫ﺖ"‬
‫"ﺃﻧ ِ‬ ‫ⵢⵢⴽ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ "ﺃﻧﺖ"‬
‫ⵜⴰⵜⵜⵏ‬ ‫"ﻫﻲ"‬ ‫ⴰⵜⵜⵏ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ "ﻫﻮ"‬
‫ⵜⵏⵉⵏⴽⴽⵏ ‪ⵏⴽⴽⵏⵜⵉ,‬‬ ‫"ﳓﻦ"‬ ‫ⵉⵏⴽⴽⵏ‬ ‫ﲨﻊ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ "ﳓﻦ"‬
‫ⵉⵜⵏⵉⵏⵏⴽ ‪ⴽⵏⵏⵉⵏⵜ,‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﱳ"‬ ‫ⵉⵏⵏⴽ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ "ﺃﻧﺘﻢ"‬
‫ⵜⵏⵉⵏⵜⵏ ‪ⵏⵜⵜⵏⵜⵉ,‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻦ"‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵏⵜⵏ ‪ⵏⵜⵜⵏⵉ,‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ "ﻫﻢ"‬

‫ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ⵛⵉⵏ ‪ⵏⵛⵛ,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵛⵏ ‪ⵏⵛⵏⵉ, ⵏⵛⵛⵉⵏ,‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﲨﻊ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵉⵏⵛⵏ ‪ⵏⵛⵛⵉⵏⵜ,‬‬ ‫ﲨﻊ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬
‫ⴳⴳⵛ ‪ⴽⵢⵢⵉ, ⵛⴽⴽ,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵉⵎⵎⴽ ‪ⵛⵎ, ⴽⵎⵎⵉⵏ,‬‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬

‫‪99‬‬
 ‫ⵉⵏⵓⵏⵏⴽ ‪ⴽⵏⵏⵉⵡ,‬‬ ‫ﲨﻊ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵉⵏⵏⴽ‬ ‫ﲨﻊ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵜⵉⵜ ‪ⵏⵉⵜⵏⵉ,‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ ﲨﻊ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵉⵏⵜⵉⵏ‬ ‫ﲨﻊ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬

‫‪ .2 .1 .4‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﲢﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳒﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵃⵎⵎⵓ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﲪﻮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵏⵜⵜⴰ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ"‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳒﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪*ⵜ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"*ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ"‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬

‫ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲜﺬﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻀﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺬﻉ‪.‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻀﻤﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪) ⵉ--- :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‪) ⵜ---‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ (‪ ،‬ﻭ‪) ⵏ---‬ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ (‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ‪) ---ⵖ :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ( ‪ ،‬ﻭⵏ‪) ---‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ⵜⵏ‪) ---‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ‪) ⵜ---ⴷ :‬ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ⵎ‪ ⵜ---‬ﻭﲨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ⵜⵎ‪) ⵜ---‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ(‪ .‬ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍ ﻭﲨﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﶈﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳُﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺌﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺗﻠﻚ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪،(1 .2.1.5‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪.2.1.5‬‬

‫‪.(.2‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺎ‬
‫ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪101‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ : 2‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ) ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⵉⵢⵉ‬ ‫ⵢⵢⵉ‬ ‫ⵉⵢⵉ‬ ‫ⵉ‪ⵉⵢⵉ/‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ⵎⴰ‬ ‫ⴽⴰ‬ ‫ⵎⴽ‬ ‫ⴽ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬
‫ⵙⴰ‬ ‫ⵙⴰ‬ ‫ⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵜ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ⵖⵏⴰ‪ⴰⵖ/‬‬ ‫ⵖⵏⴰ‪ⴰⵖ/‬‬ ‫ⵖⵏⴰ‪ⴰⵖ/‬‬ ‫ⵖⵏⴰ‪ⴰⵖ/‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵡⴰ‪ⴰⴽⵯⵏⵜ/‬‬ ‫ⵏⵡⴰ‪ⴰⴽⵯⵏ/‬‬ ‫ⵜⵏⵡ‪ⴽⵯⵏⵜ/‬‬ ‫ⵏⵡ‪ⴽⵯⵏ/‬‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬ ‫ﲨﻊ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵙⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⴰ‬ ‫ⵜⵏⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⵜ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻧﻈﲑﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫)ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ(‪.‬‬

‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ⵜ ⵏⵙⴰ ⵖⵉⵏⵏ‬ ‫‪".‬ﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﳍﻢ"‬

‫‪102‬‬
 ‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴰⵙⵏ ⵜ ⵏⵏⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﻗﻠﻪ ﳍﻢ"‬

‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫? ⵎⴰⵏⵏⵜ ⵜ ⵏⵙⴰ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﳍﻢ"‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﹸﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴰⵎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻼ ﻋﻦ ⵙⵉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ‪:‬‬
‫?ⵏⵙⴰ ⵍⵡⴰⵙⵉ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ؟"‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻑ ﺑﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻀﺎ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﱯ‪:‬‬
‫ⴽⵏⵏ ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫ﻚ‬
‫ﻣﱰﻟ َ‬
‫ⵎⵏⵏ ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫ﻚ‬
‫ﻣﱰﻟ ِ‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⵣⴰⴳⵔⴰ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‬

‫‪103‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ )ﻣﺆﻧﺚ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ⵣⴰⴳⵔⴰ )ﻣﺬﻛﺮ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰⵜ )ﻣﺆﻧﺚ( ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﻨﺴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﻮﻟﺔ )ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺗﺒﺎﻋﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ(‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺑﺎ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻤﲑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻬﻧﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ : 3‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ) ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺔ(‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫‪ø‬ـــــ‬ ‫‪ø‬ـــــ‬ ‫ⵓⵏⵉ‬ ‫ⵓⵏⵉ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ⵎـــــ‬ ‫ⴽـــــ‬ ‫ⵎⵏⵉ‪ⵏⵏⵎ/‬‬ ‫ⴽⵏⵉ‪ⵏⵏⴽ/‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬
‫ⵙـــــ‬ ‫ⵙـــــ‬ ‫ⵙⵏⵉ‪ⵏⵏⵙ/‬‬ ‫ⵙⵏⵉ‪ⵏⵏⵙ/‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ⵖⵏⵜـــــ‬ ‫ⵖⵏⵜـــــ‬ ‫ⵖⵏⵏ‬ ‫ⵖⵏⵏ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵓⵜـــــ‬ ‫ⵏⵓⵜـــــ‬ ‫ⵎⵡⵏⵏ‪ⵏⵏⵓⵏⵜ/ⵏⵏⵡⵎⵜ ⵏⵏⵓⵏ/‬‬ ‫ﲨﻊ ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵙⵜـــــ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵜـــــ‬ ‫ⵜⵏⵙⵏⵏ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵏⵏ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬

‫ﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻔﻈﻴﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪104‬‬
 ‫ⴰⴱⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺃﰊ"‬
‫ⴰⵎⵜⵍⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﱵ"‬
‫ⵉⵎⵎⵉ‪ⵉⵎⵎⴰ/‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻣﻲ"‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺷﺄﻬﻧﺎ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺿﻤﲑﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ "ⵉ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻓﻀﻠﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺿﻤﲑ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﲤﻠﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ : 4‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⵉـــــ‬ ‫ⵉـــــ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ⵎـــــ‬ ‫ⴽـــــ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ⵙـــــ‬ ‫ⵙـــــ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ⵖⵏـــــ‬ ‫ⵖⵏـــــ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ⵏⵜⵓ‪ⵡⵎⵜ/‬ـــــ‬ ‫ⵏⵓ‪ⵡⵎ/‬ـــــ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬ ‫ﲨﻊ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵙـــــ‬ ‫ⵏⵙـــــ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬

‫‪105‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﺽ )ⵙⵔⵓⵖ‪" ⴷⴰⵔⵙ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ‪ /‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ"(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳُﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺻﻮﺭﻬﺗﺎ ﻣﱴ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﻀﻤﲑ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵔⴰⵣⵣⵓⵎⵉ ⴳ ⴰⵍⵍⵉ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⵉⴳ ⴰⵍⵍⵉ‬
‫"ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﳝﻮﺯّﺍﺭ"‬ ‫"ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ"‬
‫ⴷⵓⵏⵎ ⵉⵣ ⵖⴼⴼⵉ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⴳⵉⵣ ⵖⴼⴼⵉ‬
‫" ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﺫ"‬ ‫" ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ"‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ "ⵉ"‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﹸﺿﻤﺮﺕ ﻓﻀﻠﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ ⵉ ⵖⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⴰ ⵖⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬
‫"ﻛﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ"‬ ‫"ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪ /‬ﺣﺪﺛﺘﻬﺎ "‬
‫ⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⵉ ⵉ ⵖⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵙⴰ ⵖⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬
‫"ﻛﻠﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ"‬ ‫"ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ"‬

‫‪ .2 .4‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ )‪) ⵡ-‬ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪) ⵜ-‬ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ(( ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ )ⵓ‪ ،(ⴰⴷ/ⴰ/‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ⵏⵏⵉ‪ ، (ⴰⵏⵏ /‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ )ⵉⵍⵍ ‪ ،‬ﻭⵉⵏⵏ ‪ ،‬ﻭⴰⵏⵏ‪ ،‬ﻭⴰⴷ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ :5‬ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫‪106‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﲨﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﲨﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵉⵜ‪ⵜⵉⴷ/‬‬ ‫ⴰⵜ‪ⵜⴰⴷ /‬‬ ‫ⴰⵏⵉⵢ‪ⵡⵉⴷ/‬‬ ‫ⴰⵡ‪ⵡⴰⴷ /‬‬
‫ﹸﻗﺮﺏ‬
‫ⵏⵏⵉⵏⵉⵜ‪ⵜⵉⵏⵏ/‬‬ ‫ⵏⵏⵉⵜ‪ⵜⴰⵏⵏ /‬‬ ‫ⵏⵏⵉⵏⵉⵢ‪ⵡⵉⵏⵏ/‬‬ ‫ⵏⵏⵉⵡ‪ⵡⴰⵏⵏ /‬‬
‫ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵏⵉⵜ‪ⵜⵉⵍⵍⵉ/‬‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵉⵜ‪ⵜⵉⴷⴰ/‬‬
‫ⵉⵏⵏⵉⵢ‪ⵜⴰⵍⵍⵉ/ⵜⵉⵏⵏⵉ ⵡⵉⵍⵍⵉ/‬‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵜ ‪ⵜⴰⴷⴰ/‬‬ ‫ⴰⵏⵏⵉⵡ ‪ⵡⵉⴷⴰ/‬‬
‫ⵉⵏⵏⵡ‪ⵡⴰⵍⵍⵉ/‬‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵡ‪ⵡⴰⴷⴰ/‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺎﺏ‬

‫‪ .3 .4‬ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ‪،‬‬ ‫ⵜ‪-‬‬‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ⵡ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ )ⵓⵏⵉ ‪) ( ⵉⵏⵙ/ⵏⵏⵙ، ⵉⵏⴽ/ⵏⵏⴽ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪:(2.1.4‬‬

‫)ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ⵡ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ :6‬ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﲨﻌﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬
‫ⵓⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ⵓⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ⵎⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ⴽⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ⵙⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ⵖⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ⵖⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﲨﻊ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵓⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ⵏⵓⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵙⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬

‫‪107‬‬
 ‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ : 7‬ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪) ⵜ-‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﲨﻌﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬
‫ⵓⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵓⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⴽⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵙⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬
‫ⵖⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵖⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵓⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⵓⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‬ ‫ﲨﻊ‬
‫ⵜⵏⵙⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺋﺐ‬

‫‪ .4 .4‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ⴰⵎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ⴷⴰ ﺃﻭ ⵢⴰ "ﺇﻧﻪ"‪ .‬ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ⴰⵎ‪" ⵓ / ⵡⵉ /‬ﻣﻦ"‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻲ ⴰⵎ ﺃﻭ ⵉⵡ ﺃﻭ ⵓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﻬَﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﻼ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪:(3.2.1.5‬‬
‫?ⵢⴰⵜⴰ ⵏⴰⵡⵙⵉ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ؟‬
‫?ⵙⵉⵍⴷⴰ ⵏⴰⵖⵙⵉ ⵢⴰ ⴰⵎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ؟‬

‫‪108‬‬
‫?ⴷⴰ ⵍⴰⵡⴰ ⵏⴰⵏⵏⵉ ⵙⴰ ⵉⵡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؟‬
‫?ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ ⵏⴰⵖⵙⵉ ⵙⴰ ⵓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ؟‬

‫[‬
‫ⴳⴰⵎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ ⵢⴰ ⴰⵎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ]‬

‫"ﻣﺎ"‬ ‫• ⴰⵎ‪ⵎⵉⵏ/ⵓ /‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ⴰⵎ ﺃﻭ ⵏⵉⵎ أو ⵓ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻻ‬

‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﻪ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ‬
‫‪: (3.1.5‬‬
‫?ⵎⴰⵛⵛⵜ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﻠﺘﻢ؟"‬
‫?ⴷⵉⵏⵏⵜ ⵏⵉⵎ‬ ‫ﺖ ؟"‬‫"ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﻠ َِ‬
‫?ⴷⵉⵕⵥⵜ ⵢⴰ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫ﺖ ؟"‬
‫"ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳ َِ‬
‫?ⴷⵎⵃ ⴰⵕⵥⵉ ⵓ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﲪﺪ؟"‬

‫ﻱ‪ /‬ﻣﻦ ‪/‬ﻣﺎ"‬

‫ﻭⵏⵜⵏⴰⵎ ‪" ⵎⴰⵏⵜⴰ /‬ﺃ ّ‬ ‫ⵏⵡⵏⴰⵎ‪ⵎⴰⵏⵡⴰ/‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ⴰⵎ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ⴰⵡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬

‫ⵏⵡ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓُﻴﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﲔ ⴰⵡⵏⴰⵎ ﺃﻭ ⵏⵡⵏⴰⵎ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻐﲑﺍﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵡⵏⴰⵎ ‪ⵎⴰⵏⵡⴰ /‬‬ ‫ﻱ )ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ("‬
‫"ﺃ ّ‬
‫ⵏⵢⵏⴰⵎ ‪ⵎⴰⵏⵡⵉ/‬‬ ‫ﻱ )ﲨﻊ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ("‬‫"ﺃ ّ‬

‫‪109‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵜⵏⵎ ‪ⵎⴰⵏⵜⴰ /‬‬ ‫ﻱ )ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ("‬
‫"ﺃ ّ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵜⵏⴰⵎ‪ⵎⴰⵏⵜⵉ /‬‬ ‫ﻱ )ﲨﻊ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ("‬‫"ﺃ ّ‬
‫?ⵏⵉⵏⴰⴷⴷ ⵉⵡⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫" ﺃﻳﻬﻢ ﺧﺮﺝ؟"‬
‫?ⴷⵉⵖⵙⵜ ⴰⵜⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫" ﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ؟"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻳُﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﱴ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉⵎⵓ ⵉ ‪ⵉ ⵎⵉ /‬‬ ‫"ﳌﻦ"‬
‫ⵉⵣⵏⵉⵎ ⵙ ‪ⵙ ⵎⵉ /‬‬ ‫"ﲟﺎﺫﺍ"‬
‫ⵉⵎ ⴼⵅ‬ ‫"ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺫ"ﺍ‬
‫ⵉⵎ ⵔⵖ‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ"‬
‫ⵉⵎ ⴷⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ "‬
‫?ⵍⵡⴰⵙⵉ ⵉⵎ ⵉ‬ ‫"ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ؟"‬
‫?ⵜⴰⵢⵏⵎⵜⵜ ⴰⵛⵓⵢ ⵉⵎⵓ ⵉ‬ ‫"ﳌﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⵉⵍⴰⵥⴰ ⵉⴱⴱⵉ ⵉⵎ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﲟﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻞ؟"‬
‫?ⵃⴰⵕⵉ ⵉⵎ ⴷⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ؟"‬

‫‪110‬‬
 ‫‪ .5 .4‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﳒﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫ⴰⵔⴽ "ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪ"‬ ‫•‬

‫أو‬ ‫ⴰⵔⵛ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ⴰⵔⴽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ⴰⵛ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⴽⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵏⵏⵉⴷ ⵛⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﺖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﺎ"‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ ⴰⵔⴽ ) ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﻴﻪ( ﺃﻥ ﻳُﺘﺒﻊ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ⵏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬

‫ﻣﺜﻞ ⴷⴷⵃ "ﺃﺣﺪ"‪ ،‬أو ⵏⴰⵢ ‪" ⵉⵊⵊ /‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ⵏⴰⵢ ⵏ ⴰⵔⴽ ﺃﻭ ⵊⵊⵉ ⵏ ⴰⵛ ﺃﻭ ⵏⵡⵉⵢ ⵏ ⴰⵔⵛ "ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ"‪:‬‬

‫!ⵏⴰⵢ ⵏ ⴰⵔⴽ ⵕⵥ‬ ‫"ﺍﲝﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ!"‬

‫‪ⵙⴰⵡⵍⵖ ⵉ ⵛⴰ ⵏ ⵉⵊⵊ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ"‬
‫‪ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵛⴰ ⵏ ⵃⴷⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ"‬

‫‪111‬‬
 ‫• ⵉⵏⴹⵏⵏⵡ ‪"/ⵡⴰⵢⴹ / ⵡⴰⵢⵢⴰⴹ/‬اﻵﺧﺮ"‬

‫ﲨﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ⵉⵏⴹⵏⵏⵢ‪ⵡⵉⵢⵢⴰⴹ/ⵡⵉⵏⵏⴹⵏⵉⵏ /‬‬ ‫ⵉⵏⴹⵏⵏⵡ‪ⵡⴰⵢⴹ/ⵡⴰⵢⵢⴰⴹ/‬‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⵉⵏⴹⵏⵏⵉⵜ‪ⵜⵉⵢⵢⴰⴹ/‬‬ ‫ⵉⵏⴹⵏⵏⵜ‪ⵜⴰⵢⴹ/ⵜⴰⵢⵢⴰⴹ/‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻧﺚ‬

‫‪ⵜⵏⵏⴰⵎ ⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⵍⵍⵉ ⵉ ⵡⵉⵢⵢⴰⴹ.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ"‬

‫‪ⵜⴷⴷⴰ ⴷ ⵜⴰⵢⴹ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ"‬
‫‪ⵖⵔⵉⵖ ⵉ ⵜⵏⵏⴹⵏⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ"‬

‫"ﺃﻏﻠﺐ"‬ ‫• ⴰⵜⴰⵎⴰ‬

‫‪ⴰⵎⴰⵜⴰ ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ"‬

‫‪ⴰⵎⴰⵜⴰ ⵏⵏⵙⵏ ⵉⵇⵇⵉⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﻢ"‬

‫ﺗﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ⴰⵜⴰⵎⵓ ⵙ "ﺃﻏﻠﺐ"‪:‬‬ ‫ⴰⵜⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ‬

‫‪ⴷⴷⴰⵏ ⴷ ⵙ ⵓⵎⴰⵜⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﻢ‪ /‬ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ"‬

‫‪112‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬

‫ⵍⵡⴰⵙ‬ ‫"ﻋﻠﻖ"‪،‬‬ ‫ⵍⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻘﻰ"‪،‬‬ ‫)ⵎⴳⴰ‬‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬

‫"ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ"( ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ )ⵎⴳⴰⵡⵜⵜ ‪.(ⵎⵙⴰⵡⴰⵍ, ⵜⵜⵢⴰⴳⴰⵍ / ⵜⵜⵡⴰⴳⵍ,‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﰲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺗﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫) ⴰⵇ ‪(ⴰⴷ, ⵔⴰⴷ (ⵙⴰⴷ, ⵅⴰⴷ), ⴷⴰ, ⵍⴰ, ⴰⵔ, ⴰⵇⵇⴰ,‬‬

‫‪ .1 .5‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬

‫‪ .1 .1 .5‬ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﻭﺍﳉﺬﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﺟﺬﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﱄ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻼﻥ ⴼⴰ‬

‫"ﻭﺟﺪ" ﻭⵍⴳⴰ "ﻋﻠﻖ‪/‬ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻖ" ﺗﻜﻮﱠﻧﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺬﺭﻳﻦ ⴼ ﻭⵍⴳ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﳓﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﻋﱪ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺋﺖ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳉﺬﺭﺍﻥ ⴼ ﻭⵍⴳ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﳎﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺘﺎﱄ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﲔ ﺡ ﺹ ﻭ ﺡ ﺹ ﺹ‪ 8‬ﻟﻴﻨﺘﺠﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﲔ‪ ⴰⴼ :‬ﻭⵍⴳⴰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ )ﻗﺮﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ( ﻟﻠﺠﺬﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴُﻤﻴﱠﺰ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ‬
‫)ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ )ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ )ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ( ﻭﲬﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ )ﲬﺴﺔ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳋﻤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺻﻮﺍﺋﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ‪:‬‬
‫ⴳ‬ ‫"ﻓﻌﻞ"‬
‫ⵓⵔ‬ ‫"ﺑﻜﻰ"‬
‫ⴼⵉ‪ⴰⴼ/‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ"‬
‫ⵉⵔⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺍﺩ"‬

‫‪ 8‬ﺡ = ﺣﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺹ = ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‬

‫‪114‬‬
 ‫ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵙⵏ‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﺕ"‬
‫ⵏⴳ‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﻡ"‬
‫ⵣⴷⴷ‬ ‫"ﺩﻕ"‬
‫ⵓⵏⴳ‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﻁ"‬
‫ⵎⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻘﻰ"‬
‫ⴹⵓⵙ‬ ‫"ﻧﻔﺦ"‬
‫ⵔⵓⴳⵓ‬ ‫"ﻣﺸﻰ"‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴷⵎⵍ‬ ‫"ﺗﻌﻠﻢ"‬
‫ⵖⴷⵣ‬ ‫"ﺳﻜﻦ"‬
‫ⴰⵙⵇⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﻝ"‬
‫ⵍⵡⴰⵙ ‪ⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍ /‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﻠﻢ"‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵍⵖⵔⴷ‬ ‫"ﻋﻤﻲ"‬
‫ⵎⴳⵎⴳ‬ ‫"ﳘﻬﻢ"‬
‫ⵔⴼⵔⴼ‬ ‫"ﻃﺎﺭ"‬
‫ⵏⴽⵔⴱⴱ‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﻮﺩ"‬

‫‪115‬‬
 ‫‪ .2 .1 .5‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳُﻤﻴﱠﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ (.1 .2 .1 .5‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ )‪.5‬‬

‫‪ ، (.2 .2 .1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ )‪.(.3 .2 .1 .5‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺼﺮﻓﺎ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ :‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳘﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ : 1‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪---- ⵖ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪---- ⵖ :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ‪ⵜ ---- ⴷ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ‪ⵜ ---- ⴷ :‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ‪ⵜ ---- :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ‪ⵉ ---- :‬‬

‫‪ⵏ ----‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ⵏ ----‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪:‬‬

‫ⵜⵎ ‪ⵜ ----‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫ⵎ ‪ⵜ ----‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ⵜⵏ ‪----‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ‪:‬‬ ‫ⵏ ‪----‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵖ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﲢﻘﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ⵅ ﺃﻭ ⵃ‪.‬‬

‫‪116‬‬
 ‫ⵜ ‪ⵜ ----‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ⴷ ‪ ⵜ ----‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵢ‬ ‫)ⵜⵖⴼⴼⵜ‪.(ⵜⴼⴼⵖⴷ/‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ⵉ ﺇﱃ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺼﺪﱠﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵥⵎⵓⵢ >‪ⵉ + ⵓⵎⵥ --‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﺬ‪/‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ"‬
‫ⵉⵡⵉⵢ >‪ⵉ + ⵉⵡⵉ --‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﺬ‪/‬ﺃﺗﻰ"‬

‫ⵜ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ⵜⵎ ‪ ⵜ ---‬ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ⵜⵏ ‪ ---‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﺎﺛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ⵎ ﻧﻈﲑﻩ ⵜ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺍﺻﻖ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ :2‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫‪----Ø‬‬ ‫‪----Ø‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ⵜ ‪----ⴰⵎⵜ / ⵎⵜ ----ⴰⵜ /‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵎ ‪----‬‬

‫ⵖⴼⴼ‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳﻮﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺍﺧﺮﺝ"‪" ⴰⴷⴼ ،‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ) ⵖⵏⴰ( ⵖⴰ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﲔ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﳐﺎﻃﺒﻪ )ﺃﻭ ﳐﺎﻃﺒﻴﻪ( ‪:‬‬
‫‪117‬‬
 ‫ⵖⴰ ⵖⴼⴼ‬ ‫"ﻟﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻌﻲ"‬
‫ⵖⴰ ⵜⴰⵖⴼⴼ‬ ‫"ﻟﺘﺨﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻲ"‬
‫ⵖⵏⴰ ⵜⵎⵖⴼⴼ‬ ‫"ﻟﺘﺨﺮﺟﻦ ﻣﻌﻲ"‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﺄﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵙⴰⵎⵓ ⴷ ⵔⵓ ⵏⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⵉⵍⵍ ⵣⴰⴳⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ"‬

‫ⵏⵍⵡⴰⵙⵉ ⴷ ⵢⴰ ⵏⵙⵏⵏ ⵏⴰⵔⵇⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﺒﲑﻫﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ"‬
‫ⵏⵃⴰⵕⵉ ⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ؟"‬

‫ﻭﻟﻠﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ⵏ ‪ⵉ---‬‬

‫)ⵏⵃⴰⵕⵉ‪ .(ⵉⴼⴼⵖⵏ, ⵉⴷⴷⴰⵏ,‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴰⵔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ⵏ ‪ ⵢ ---‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ )ⵏⴼⴷⵓⵢ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ⵏⵉⵏ‪ .---‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ‪ /‬ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ‪ⵉ ---- ⵏ :‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ‪ /‬ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ‪----ⵏⵉⵏ :‬‬

‫‪118‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵖⴼⴼⵉ )ⵉⵍⵍ( ⵣⴰⴳⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﺮﺝ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵖⴼⴼ )ⵉⵍⵍ( ⵏⵣⴰⴳⵔⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ"‬
‫ⵏⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵖⴼⴼ ⵏⵉⵔⴰⵖⵎⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﰐ ﺧﺮﺟﻦ"‬
‫ⵏⵖⴼⵜⵜⵉ ⴰⴱⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﺮﺝ"‬
‫ⵏⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⴰⵖ ⴰⴱⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ"‬

‫ⴰⵖ‬ ‫ﻭﻳُﺴﺠﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﲔ‬

‫ﻭⴰⵖ ⴰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﻟـ ⴷⴰ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵓⴷⴷⵉ ⴰⵖ ⵉ ⵓⵎⵎⵃ‬ ‫"ﲪﻮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ"‬

‫‪ .3 .1 .5‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ ،(.4 .1 .5‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﲔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬

‫ⵉⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﺬ ‪ +‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ"‬ ‫ⵉⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺧﺬ"‬

‫ⵎⵛⴽ‬ ‫"ﺩﺧﻞ ‪ +‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ"‬ ‫ⵎⵛⴽ‬ ‫"ﺍﺩﺧﻞ"‬
‫ⵉⵔⵣ‬ ‫"ﻣﺮ‪ +‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ "‬ ‫ⵉⵔⵣ‬ ‫"ﻣﺮ"‬

‫‪119‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ⴷⴰⵔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ⵍⵡⵔⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﻬﺮﺏ"‬

‫ⵓⴷⴷⵉ ⴷⴰ ⵙⴰ ⵉⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ"‬
‫ⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⴷⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ"‬
‫ⵉⵎⵎⴳⵜ ⴳ ⵏⵎⵉⵇⵇ ⴷⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ"‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﳊﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵕⵥⵉ ‪ⴰⴷ ⵉⵕⴰⵃ ⴷ ⴱⴰⴱⴰⵙ,‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ‬

‫‪ⵓⵎⴰⵙ, ⵉⵙⵙⴰⵡⵍ ⴰⵙ ⵅⴼ ⵜⵎⵖⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ‪".‬‬

‫ⵉⵡⴰⵢ ‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⵙ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵔⵜ,‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎ‬

‫ⵏⵙⴰ ⵖⵙⵉ ‪ⵉⴷⵍⵉⵙⵏ ⵉ ⵉⵏⵍⵎⴰⴷⵏ,‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﳍﻢ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⴰⵙⵙⵏ.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ ⵉⵡⵡⵜ ⵓⵏⵥⴰⵕ, ⵉⵍⵉⵏ ⵡⴰⵎⴰⵏ,‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫‪ⵜⵓⴳⵓⵜ ⵜⵓⴳⴰ, ⵊⵊⴰⵡⵏⵏ ⵉⵣⴳⴰⵔⵏ.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﺒﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﻘﺎﺭ‪".‬‬

‫‪120‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ : 3‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ⵉⵏⵉ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ )ﻣﻊ ⴷⴰ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⵖⵉⵏⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﻗﻮﻝ"‬ ‫ⵖⵉⵏⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﻗﻮﻝ"‬
‫ⴷⵉⵏⵉⵜ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻟﲔ"‬ ‫ⴷⵉⵏⵉⵜ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ "ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⵉⵜ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ"‬ ‫ⵉⵏⵉⵢ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻝ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⵉⵏ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻝ"‬ ‫ⵉⵏⵉⵏ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻝ"‬
‫ⵜⵎⵉⵏⵉⵜ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ"‬ ‫ⵎⵉⵏⵉⵜ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ"‬
‫ⵜⵏⵉⵏⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ"‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵏⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ"‬

‫ﻭﳛﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⴷ ﻧﻄﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ ⴷⴰ ﻭⴷⴰⵔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﲔ ﺑـ ⵜ ﰲ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ⵏ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ‪:‬‬

‫ⴷⵉⵡⴰⵜ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺘﺄﺧﺬ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⴷⵉⵡⴰⵜⴰ[‬

‫ⵖⴼⴼⵏ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻨﺨﺮﺝ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⵖⴼⴼⵏⴰ[‬

‫ⴷⵙⵏⵜ ⴷⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺳﺘﺒﻴﺖ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⴷⵙⵏⵜⴰⵔ[‬

‫ⵎⵛⴽⵜ ⴷⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺳﺘﺪﺧﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⵎⵛⴽⵜⴰⵔ[‬

‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⴷⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺳﻨﺒﻴﺖ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⵙⵏⵏⴰⵔ[‬

‫‪121‬‬
 ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻌﱪ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ )ﺃ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.(1‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺘﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⵏⵓⵎⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﲑﺍﻓﻖ"‬ ‫ⵏⵓⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﺍﻓﻖ"‬
‫"ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺝ" ⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵖⴼⴼⵉ‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ"‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﻜﻦ" ⵖⴷⵣⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵖⴷⵣⵉ‬ ‫"ﺳﻜﻦ"‬

‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﺩﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵍⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﻮﺟﺪﻭﻥ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵍ‬ ‫"ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻭﻥ"‬
‫"ﺳﺄﻗﻮﻝ" ⵖⵉⵏⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵖⵉⵏⵏ‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﺖ"‬
‫ⵖⴼⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﺟﺪ"‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪﺕ" ⵖⵉⴼⵓ‬

‫"ﺳﲑﻳﺪﻭﻥ" ⵏⵉⵔⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ"‬

‫‪122‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺻﺎﻣﱵ )ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻀﻌﻒ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﳜﻀﻊ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ⵓ > ⴰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵖⵥⵎⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﻣﺴﻚ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⵥⵎⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﻣﺴﻜﺖ"‬

‫ⵖⵍⴳⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﻋﻠﻖ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⵍⴳⵓ‬ ‫"ﻋﻠﻘﺖ"‬
‫ⵖⵍⵣⵣⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﺟﺮﻱ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⵍⵣⵣⵓ‬ ‫"ﺟﺮﻳﺖ"‬

‫ﻭﻳُﺴﺠﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺎﺋﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ⵡ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ⵉ > ⴰ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬

‫ⵖⵉⵡⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺂﺧﺪ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⵉⵡⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﺬﺕ"‬
‫ⵖⵍⵡⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﺗﺰﻭﺝ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⵍⵡⵉ‬ ‫"ﺗﺰﻭﺟﺖ"‬
‫ⵖⴹⵡⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﺻﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⴹⵡⵉ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﺖ"‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ‪:‬‬ ‫ⵓ‪ⴰ/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪123‬‬
 ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⵖⵍⴰⴳⴳ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﻗﺴﻢ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫"ﺃﻗﺴﻤﺖ" ⵖⵍⵓⴳⴳ‬

‫ⵖⵔⴰⵛⵛ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﻣﻸ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⵔⵓⵛⵛ‬ ‫"ﻣﻸﺕ"‬

‫ⵍⴰⵍⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﻮﻟﺪ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵍⵓⵍⵉ‬ ‫"ﻭﻟﺪ"‬

‫ﺇﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬

‫ⵖⴳ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﻓﻌﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⵉⴳ‬ ‫"ﻓﻌﻠﺖ"‬
‫ⵣⵏⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺒﺎﻉ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵣⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﺑﻴﻊ"‬
‫ⵕⵥⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﲑﻯ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵕⵥⵉ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻯ"‬

‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺑﺈﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ⵉ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺈﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ⴰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ⵖⵙ "ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ" ‪:‬‬

‫‪124‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ : 4‬ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ⵖⵙ "ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ" ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ⵖⵉⵖⵙ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ"‬ ‫ⵖⵉⵖⵙ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ"‬
‫ⴷⵉⵖⵙⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ"‬ ‫ⴷⵉⵖⵙⵜ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ "ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ"‬
‫ⴰⵖⵙⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺕ"‬ ‫ⴰⵖⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ"‬
‫ⴰⵖⵙⵏ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﻨﺎ"‬ ‫ⴰⵖⵙⵏ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﻨﺎ"‬
‫ⵜⵎⴰⵖⵙⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﱳ"‬ ‫ⵎⴰⵖⵙⵜ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ "ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻢ"‬
‫ⵜⵏⴰⵖⵙ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﻦ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵖⵙ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻭﺍ"‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﲔ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺑﺎ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻭﳍﺎ ﻭﰲ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ⵉⵔⵉ"ﺃﺭﺍﺩ" ﻭⵉⵏⵉ "ﻗﺎﻝ"‬
‫ﻭⵉⵍⵉ "ﻳﻮﺟﺪ" ‪:‬‬
‫ⵖⵉⵔ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﻳﺪ"‬ ‫ⵖⵉⵏⵏ‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﺖ"‬
‫ⴷⵉⵔⵜ‬ ‫"ﺗﺮﻳﺪ"‬ ‫ⴷⵉⵏⵏⵜ‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﺖ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺍﺩ"‬ ‫ⴰⵏⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵏⵏ‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ‪ :‬ﻭﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪125‬‬
 ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⵖⵊⵊⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﺗﺮﻙ"‬ ‫ⵖⵉⵊⵊⵓ →‬ ‫"ﺗﺮﻛﺖ"‬
‫ⵏⵊⵊⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵊⵊⵓ →‬ ‫"ﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ"‬
‫ⵖⴼⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﺟﺪ"‬ ‫ⵖⵉⴼⵓ →‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪﺕ"‬
‫ⵏⴼⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺠﺪﻭﻥ"‬ ‫ⵏⴰⴼⵓ →‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ )ﺑﲔ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ⴰ‪ ⵉ/‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵉⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ"‬ ‫ⵖⵉⵏⵏ →‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﺖ"‬

‫ⴷⵉⵏⵏⵜ‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﺖ"‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵏⵏ‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ"‬
‫ⵉⵍⵉ‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻥ"‬ ‫ⵖⵉⵍⵍ →‬ ‫" ُﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪/‬ﻛﻨﺖ"‬
‫ⴷⵉⵍⵍⵜ‬ ‫" ُﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪/‬ﻛﻨﺖ"‬
‫ⴰⵍⵍⵉ‬ ‫" ُﻭﺟﺪ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻥ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵍ‬ ‫" ُﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ"‬

‫‪126‬‬
127
 ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺎ ﲟﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ⵔⵓ )ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ‪ .(1 .2 .8‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﻈﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ⵉ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ( ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ‬

‫ⵖⵣⵎⵓ‬ ‫"ﺃﻣﺴﻜﺖ"‬ ‫ⵖⵣⵉⵎⵓ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﻣﺴﻚ"‬
‫ⵖⵣⵔⴽ‬ ‫"ﺣﺮﺛﺖ"‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺣﺮﺙ" ⵖⵣⵉⵔⴽ ⵔⵓ‬

‫ⴰⵏⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ"‬ ‫ⵉⵏⵏⵉ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ"‬

‫ⵏⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ"‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﺍ"‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ‬

‫ⵖⵏⵓⵎ‬ ‫"ﺭﺍﻓﻘﺖ"‬ ‫ⵖⵏⵓⵎ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺭﺍﻓﻖ"‬
‫ⵔⴰⵔⵓⵏ‬ ‫"ﻏﻨﻴﻨﺎ"‬ ‫ⵔⴰⵔⵓⵏ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻧﻐﻦ"‬
‫ⵏⵎⵓⵥⴰ‬ ‫"ﺻﺎﻣﻮﺍ"‬ ‫ⵏⵎⵓⵥⴰ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺼﻮﻣﻮﺍ"‬
‫ⵜⵓⵎⵎⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺗﺖ"‬ ‫ⵜⵓⵎⵎⵜ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﲤﺖ"‬

‫‪128‬‬
 ‫ⵍⵓⵍⵍⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﻴﺾ"‬ ‫ⵍⵓⵍⵍⵎⵉ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺒﻴﺾ"‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﱂ ﻳﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ‪ ⴰⵔ/ⴷⴰ/ⵍⴰ/‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ⴷⴰⵔ‪ ⴰⴷ/‬ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﱪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ⵜⵜ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺳﲑﻭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ : ⵜⵜ -‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⵓⵣⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻠﺦ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵓⵣⴰⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵉⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵉⵏⵉⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵓⴷⴷ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵓⴷⴷⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵉⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﺬ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵉⵡⴰⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵓⵙⵓ‬ ‫"ﺳﻌﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵓⵙⵓⵜⵜ‬

‫‪129‬‬
 ‫ⵓⵜⵜ‬ ‫"ﻧﺴﻲ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵓⵜⵜⴻⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵏⵓⵎ‬ ‫"ﺭﺍﻓﻖ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⵓⵎⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵎⵉⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﺣﻠﻲ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵎⵉⵎⵉⵜⵜ‬

‫ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ‪ :‬ﻓﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎ ﻣﻀﻌﻔﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻬﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⴷⵎⵍ‬ ‫"ﺗﻌﻠﻢ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴷⵎⵎⵍ‬

‫ⵎⵥⵕ‬ ‫"ﻓﺘﺢ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵎⵥⵥⵕ‬

‫ⵔⴳⵎ‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﺪ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵔⴳⴳⵎ‬

‫ⵖⴷⵣ‬ ‫"ﺳﻜﻦ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⴷⴷⵣ‬

‫ⵍⴹⵕ‬ ‫"ﻗﺮﺽ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵍⵟⵟⵕ‬

‫ⵍⵡⵔ‬ ‫"ﻫﺮﺏ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵍⵯⴳⴳⵔ‬

‫ⵓⴱⵔ‬ ‫"ﲪﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵓⴱⴱⵔ‬

‫ﲣﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ⴹ ﻭⵡ ﻭⵖ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺻﻴﺎﰐ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻀﻌﱠﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﻠﺐ ⴹ ﺇﱃ ⵟⵟ‪ ،‬ﻭⵡ ﺇﱃ ⵯⴳⴳ‪ ،‬ﻭⵖ ﺇﱃ ⵇⵇ‪.‬‬

‫‪130‬‬
 ‫ﺇﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬

‫ⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙⵙ ‪" → ⵙⴰⵡⴰⵍ /‬ﺗﻜﻠﻢ" ⵍⵡⵉⵙ ‪ⵙⴰⵡⵍ /‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ"‬
‫ⵔⴽⵙ‬ ‫ⵔⴰⴽⵙ → "ﻓﻌﻞ"‬ ‫"ﻳﻔﻌﻞ"‬
‫ⴷⵍⴼⵙⵙ‬ ‫ⴷⵉⵍⴼⵙⵙ → "ﲰﻊ"‬ ‫"ﻳﺴﻤﻊ"‬
‫ⴷⵖⵙⵙ‬ ‫ⴷⴰⵖⵙⵙ → "ﲰﻊ"‬ ‫"ﻳﺴﻤﻊ"‬
‫• ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺃﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⵣⵏ‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻉ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵣⵣⵏ‬

‫ⵙⴽ‬ ‫"ﺭﻋﻰ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵙⵙⴽ‬

‫ⵏⴳ‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﻡ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵏⴰⴳⴳ‬

‫ⵣⵖ‬ ‫"ﺣﻔﺮ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵣⴰⵇⵇ‬

‫ⴹⵥ‬ ‫"ﻃﺤﻦ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴹⴰⵥⵥ‬

‫ⵖⵙ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⴰⵙⵙ‬

‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺿﻌﱢﻒ ﻫﻮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ⵖⴰⵙⵙ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ⴰⵙⵙⴽ ‪.(ⵏⵣⵣⴰ,‬‬

‫‪131‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻹﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ .ⵜⵜ---‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬

‫ⵙⵏ‬ ‫ⵙⵓⵏⵜⵜ → "ﺑﺎﺕ"‬
‫ⵣⵏ‬ ‫ⵣⵓⵏⵜⵜ → "ﺑﺎﻉ"‬
‫ⵍⵣⵣⴰ‬ ‫ⵍⴰⵣⵣⴰⵜⵜ → "ﺟﺮﻯ"‬
‫ⵎⵛⴽ‬ ‫ⵎⴰⵛⴽⵜⵜ → "ﺩﺧﻞ"‬
‫ⵣⵔⴽ‬ ‫ⵣⴰⵔⴽⵜⵜ → "ﺣﺮﺙ"‬
‫ⵔⴷⵔⴷ‬ ‫ﺵ‪/‬ﺩ ﱠﺭ"‬‫ⵔⵉⴷⵔⴷⵜⵜ ‪" → ⵜⵜⴷⵔⴷⴰⵔ/‬ﺭ ﱠ‬
‫ⵏⴽⵔⴱ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⴽⵔⴱⵜⵜ → "ﺍﺳﻮﺩ"‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ‪ :‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﻬﻧﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﺋﺒﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬

‫ⴼⴰ‬ ‫ⴰⴼⴰⵜⵜ → "ﻭﺟﺪ"‬
‫ⵥⵕ‬ ‫ⴰⵥⵥⵕⵜⵜ → "ﻛﺴّﺮ"‬
‫ⴷⵓⵎ‬ ‫ⴰⴷⵓⵎⵜⵜ → "ﻓﺘﻞ"‬

‫‪132‬‬
 ‫ⵍⵣⵣⴰ‬ ‫"ﺟﺮﻯ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵍⵣⵣⴰⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵍⵍⴰⴳⴳ‬ ‫"ﺃﻗﺴﻢ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵍⵍⴰⴳⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵍⵍⵙ‬ ‫"ﲰﻊ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵍⵍⵙⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵍⵍⴰⵥⵥ‬ ‫"ﺻﹼﻠﻰ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵍⵍⴰⵥⵜⵜ‬

‫ⵎⵉⵇⵇ‬ ‫"ﺟﻠﺲ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵎⵉⵖⵜⵜ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟـⵎⵉⵇⵇ "ﺟﻠﺲ" ﻭⵍⵍⴰⵥⵥ "ﺻﻠﻰ" ﻭⵍⵍⴰⴳⴳ "ﺃﻗﺴﻢ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﲔ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪ :‬ﻳﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﱪ ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ⵜⵜ -‬ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ )"ﺩﺧﻞ" ⵎⵛⵛⴽ‪.(ⴽⵛⵎ< ⵜⵜⴽⵛⴰⵎ/‬‬

‫ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﲣﻀﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵜⵡⵡ ‪ⵓⵜ /‬‬ ‫"ﺿﺮﺏ"‬ ‫ⵜⴰⴽⴽ‬

‫ⵛⵛ‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻞ"‬ ‫ⵜⵜⴻⵜ‪ⵛⵜⵜⴰ/‬‬

‫ⴽⴼ‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﻰ"‬ ‫ⴰⴽⴽⴰ‬

‫ⵓⴹⴱ‬ ‫"ﻗﺴﻢ"‬ ‫ⴰⵟⵟⴰ‬

‫‪133‬‬
 ‫‪ .4 .1 .5‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻳُﻤﻴﱠﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﲔ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﲎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ )ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ‪: (2 .2 .1 .5‬‬
‫! ⵖⴼⴼ‬
‫"ﺍﺧﺮﺝ"‬

‫! ⵜⴰⵖⴼⴼ ‪ⴼⴼⵖⴰⵜ /‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ"‬

‫! ⵜⵎⵖⴼⴼ ‪ⴼⴼⵖⴰⵎⵜ /‬‬

‫"ﺍﺧﺮﺟﻦ"‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ‪:‬‬
‫! ⵖⴼⴼⵜⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﺧﺮﺝ"‬
‫ⵜⵎ)ⴰ(ⵖⴼⴼⵜⵜ‬ ‫"ﺍﺧﺮﺟﻦ"‬
‫ⵙⴰ ⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﻠﱠﻢ ‪ /‬ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﻌﻪ"‬

‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ‪:‬‬

‫! ⵖⴼⴼⵜⵜ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫! ⵖⴼⴼⵜⵜ ⵔⵓ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻻ ﲣﺮﺝ ‪ /‬ﻻ ﲣﺮﺟﻲ"‬

‫! ⵜⵎⴰⵖⴼⴼⵜⵜ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫! ⵜⵎⴰⵖⴼⵜⵜ ⵔⵓ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻻ ﲣﺮﺟﻦ"‬

‫ⵎⵛⵛⴽ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫!‬ ‫ⵎⵛⵛⴽ ⵔⵓ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫!‬ ‫"ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ"‬

‫ﺗﻌﱪ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻊ ⵔⵓ ⴷⴰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺭﻕ ﺩﻻﱄ ﺇﺿﺎﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ⴷⴰ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪134‬‬
 ‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﺑـ ⵔⵓ ⴷⴰ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ )ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ‪: (1 .2 .1 .5‬‬
‫! ⵎⵓⴷⴷⵜ ⵔⵓ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻻ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ"‬
‫! ⵎⵖⴼⴼⵜ ⵔⵓ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻻ ﲣﺮﺟﻮﺍ"‬

‫‪ .2 .5‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺒﲎ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺬﺭ ‪ ⵙ/ⵙⵙ :‬ﻭⵜⵜ ﻭⵎⵎ‪ .ⵎ/‬ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻖ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ⵙ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑـ ‪ ⵜⵜ :‬ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺑـ ‪ .ⵎ :‬ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﲑﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻖ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻻ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﻼﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﺎﻫﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪.‬‬
‫! ⵏ ⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⵉ ⵖⴼⵓⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧ ﹺﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⵙⵓⴼⵖ ⵉⵎⵃⴹⴰⵕⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺧ َﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙⵎ‬
‫"ﲢﺎﺩﺛﻮﺍ"‬

‫‪135‬‬
 ‫! ⵏⵡ ⵉⴳⴱⵏⵉ ⴼⴷⵉⵙⵙⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳُﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻮﻑ"‬
‫‪ⵍⴰ ⵉⵙⵙⵓⴼⵓⵖ ⴰⵡⴰⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻔﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ"‬
‫! ⵜⴰⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙⵎ‬ ‫"ﲢﺪﺛﻮﺍ"‬

‫‪ .1 .2 .5‬ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ "ﺟﻌَﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ"‬
‫ﺃﻭ "ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺼﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﲔ " ﻭﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺈﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔⵙ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ⵙⵙ ﺍﳌﻀﻌﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ‬ ‫ⵙ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺑﺼﺎﻣﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵢⵏ‬ ‫ⵢⵏⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﻛﺐ"‬

‫ⵏⴳ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺎﻡ"‬
‫ⵕⴹ‬ ‫ⵕⴹⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﺳﻘﻂ"‬
‫ⵎⵉⵇⵇ‬ ‫ⵎⵉⵖⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﺟﻠﺲ"‬
‫ⵏⵓⵎ‬ ‫ⵏⵓⵎⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﲨﻊ"‬
‫ⵉⵔⵣ‬ ‫ⵉⵔⵣⵣ →‬ ‫"ﻣﺮﱠﺭ"‬

‫‪136‬‬
 ‫ⴷⴷⴱ‬ ‫ⴷⴷⴱⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻗﻒ"‬
‫ⴰⵍⴰⵡ‬ ‫ⴰⵍⴰⵡⵙ →‬ ‫"ﻧﻈﱠﻢ"‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ‬ ‫ⵙⵙ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫•‬

‫)ⵓ ‪ (ⴰ, ⵉ,‬ﻭﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺼﺎﻣﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﳜﻀﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵓⵔⴰ‬ ‫ⵓⵔⵉⵙⵙ ‪→ ⵙⵙⴰⵔⵓ /‬‬ ‫"ﻭﻟﹼﺪ"‬
‫ⴰⵍⵍⴰ‬ ‫ⴰⵍⵍⴰⵙⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻜﻰ"‬
‫ⵡⵉⵔⵉ‬ ‫ⵡⵉⵔⵉⵙⵙ →‬ ‫"ﻭﺳّﻊ"‬
‫ⵔⵓⴳⵓ‬ ‫ⵔⵓⴳⵓⵙⵙ →‬ ‫"ﻣﺸﱠﻰ"‬
‫ⴹⵡⴰ‬ ‫ⴹⵡⵉⵙⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺻﻞ"‬
‫ⴷⵉⵔⵉ ‪ⴰⵔⵉⴷ /‬‬ ‫ⴷⵔⵉⵙⵙ →‬ ‫"ﻏﺴﻞ"‬
‫ⴹⵟⵟ‬ ‫ⴹⵟⵟⵓⵙⵙ ‪→ ⵙⵙⵓⴹⴻⴹ /‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺿﻊ"‬
‫ⵎⵛⴽ‬ ‫ⵎⵛⴽⵙⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﺩﺧﻞ"‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ⵙ-‬ﻧﻄﻘﺎ ⵣ ﺃﻭⵛ ﺃﻭ ⵊ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵍⵣⵣⴰ‬ ‫ⵍⵣⵉⵙⵙ →‬ ‫→‬ ‫"ﺃﺟﺮﻯ" ]ⵍⵣⵉⵣⵣ[‬

‫‪137‬‬
 ‫ⵎⵛⴽ‬ ‫→ ⵎⵛⴽⵙⵙ →‬ ‫"ﺃﺩﺧﻞ" ]ⵎⵛⴽⵛⵛ[‬
‫ⵉⵊⵊ‬ ‫ⵉⵊⵉⵙⵙ →‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⵉⵊⵉⵊⵊ[‬ ‫"ﺃﺷﻔﻰ"‬
‫ⵓⵊⵊ‬ ‫ⵓⵊⵊⵓⵙ →‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⵓⵊⵊⵓⵊ[‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺍﺡ"‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ ⵙ-‬ﺇﱃ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﺘﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬

‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺘﻪ )ⴹⴻⴹⵓⵙⵙ >ⴹⵟⵟ ‪.(ⵇⵇⵉⵎ > ⵙⵖⵉⵎ,‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑـ ‪ ⵙ-‬ﻓﻌﻼ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵓⴹⴰ‬ ‫"ﺭﻳﺢ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴹⵓⵙ‬ ‫"ﻧﻔﺦ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵙⴼⵓ‬ ‫"ﺑﺼﺎﻕ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⴼⵓⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﺼﻖ"‬
‫ⵍⴰⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﻛﻼﻡ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵍⵡⴰⵙ ‪ⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍ /‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﻠﹼﻢ"‬
‫ⵓⵢⵢⵓⵖⴰ‬ ‫"ﺻﻴﺎﺡ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵢⵢⵓⵖⵙ ‪ⵙⵖⵓⵢⵢⵓ /‬‬ ‫"ﺻﺎﺡ"‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .I‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺛﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
 ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⵖⴼⵓⵙⵙ‬ ‫ⵖⴼⵓⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﺮﺝ"‬
‫ⴷⴷⴱⵙ‬ ‫ⴷⴷⴱⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻗﻒ"‬
‫ⵍⵍⴰⴳⵙ‬ ‫ⵍⵍⴰⴳⵙ‬ ‫"ﺣﻠﹼﻒ"‬
‫ⵏⵓⵎⵙ‬ ‫ⵏⵓⵎⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﲨﻊ"‬
‫‪ .II‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻍ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﻬﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗُﺸﺘﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﻭﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ .ⵜⵜ-‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﺩﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺻﺎﺋﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ‪ :‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﺛﺎﻥ )ⴰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ⵓ ﺃﻭ ⵉ( ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻣﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⴼⴷⴰⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﺩﺧﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴼⴰⴷⴰⵙⵙ‬

‫ⵖⴼⵓⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﺮﺝ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵖⵓⴼⵓⵙⵙ‬

‫ⴼⴽⵓⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺻﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴼⵓⴽⵓⵙⵙ‬

‫‪139‬‬
 ‫ⴷⵔⵉⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﻏﺴﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴷⵉⵔⵉⵙⵙ‬

‫ⴹⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺻﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴹⵉⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬

‫ⵙⵏⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﺎﺕ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵙⵏⵙⵙ‬

‫ⵖⵔⵙⵙ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﻓﺄ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵖⵔⵙⵙ‬

‫ⵉⵍⵖⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺭﻓﻊ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵢⴰⵍⵖⵙⵙ‬

‫ⵎⵛⴽⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﺩﺧﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵎⴰⵛⴽⵙⵙ‬

‫ⵎⴽⵍⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺻﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵎⴰⴽⵍⵙⵙ‬

‫ⵜⵓⵔⵙ ‪ⵙⵙⵔⵡⵜ /‬‬ ‫"ﺩﺭﺱ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⴰⵡⵔⵙ ‪ⵙⵙⵔⵡⴰⵜ /‬‬

‫ⵜⵜ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⴷⴷⴱⵙ‬ ‫ⴰⴷⴷⴱⵙⵜⵜ → "ﺃﻭﻗﻒ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⵙ‬ ‫ⴰⵢⵓⵏⵙⵜⵜ → "ﺭﻛﹼﺐ"‬

‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ )ⵢⴰⵍⵇⵇⴰⵙⵙ ‪.(ⵙⵙⵖⵍⵉ/‬‬

‫‪ .2 .2 .5‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ‬

‫‪140‬‬
‫)ⵜ ⵏⵥⵎⵓ "ﻗﺒﻀﻮﻩ " ﻋﻮﺽ ⵥⴰⵎⴰⵡⵜⵜⵉ "ﻗﹸﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ"(‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻖ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ⵢⵜⵜ ﺃﻭ ‪ ⵜⵜⵡ-‬ﺃﻭ‪ ⵜⵜⵓ-‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ⵜⵜⵉⵡ-‬ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ⵜⵜⵢ-‬ﻭ‪ ⵜⵜⵡ-‬ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ⵎⴳⴰ‬ ‫ⵎⵉⴳⵉⵢⵜⵜ‪→ ⵜⵜⵡⴰⴳⵎ/ⵜⵜⵢⴰⴳⴰⵎ/‬‬ ‫" ُﺳﻘِﻲ"‬
‫ⵍⴳⴰ‬ ‫ⵍⵉⴳⵉⵢⵜⵜ‪→ ⵜⵜⵡⴰⴳⵍ/ⵜⵜⵢⴰⴳⴰⵍ /‬‬ ‫" ُﻋﻠﱢﻖ"‬
‫ⵔⴽⴰ‬ ‫ⵔⵉⴽⵉⵢⵜⵜ‪→ ⵜⵜⵡⴰⴽⵔ/ⵜⵜⵡⴰⴽⴰⵔ/‬‬ ‫"ﺳُﺮﹺﻕ"‬
‫ⵥⵎⴰ‬ ‫ⵥⵉⵎⵉⵢⵜⵜ‪→ ⵜⵜⵡⴰⵎⵥ/ⵜⵜⵢⴰⵎⴰⵥ/‬‬ ‫"ﺃﹸﻣﺴِﻚ"‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺼﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ‬ ‫ﻭ‪ⵜⵜⵉⵡ-‬‬ ‫‪ⵜⵜⵓ-‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺎﻣﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ⵓⴹⴱ‬ ‫ⵓⴹⴱⵡⵉⵜⵜ ‪→ ⵜⵜⵓⴱⴹⵓ /‬‬ ‫"ﹸﻗﺴﱢﻢ"‬
‫ⵔⵉⴳⵎⵡⵉⵜⵜ ‪ⵎⴳⵔ → ⵜⵜⵓⵎⴳⵔ /‬‬ ‫"ﺣُﺼِﺪ"‬
‫ⵣⴰⵔⴽⵡⵉⵜⵜ ‪ⴽⵔⵣ → ⵜⵜⵓⴽⵔⵣ /‬‬ ‫" ُﺣﺮﺙ"‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳُﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ‪ ⵜⵜⵡ-‬ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻀﻌﻒ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵇⵇ‬ ‫ⵏⵇⵇⴰⵡⵜⵜ →‬ ‫" ُﺳﺪّ"‬
‫ⵓⵥⵥ‬ ‫ⵓⵥⵥⴰⵡⵜⵜ →‬ ‫" ﹸﻏﺮﹺﺱ"‬
‫ⵣⴷⴷ‬ ‫ⵣⴷⴷⴰⵡⵜⵜ →‬ ‫ُﺩﻕّ"‬

‫‪141‬‬
 ‫ⴳⵥⵥ‬ ‫ⴳⵥⵥⴰⵡⵜⵜ →‬ ‫" ُﺣﻠِﺐ"‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻗﻲ ‪ ⵜⵜⵓ-‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ‬

‫)ﻣﻊ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻃﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺼﺎﻣﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉⵏⵉ‬ ‫ⵉⵏⵏⵓⵜⵜ ‪→ ⵜⵜⵓⵏⵏⴰ /‬‬ ‫"ﻗﻴﻞ"‬
‫ⵔⴳ‬ ‫ⵔⴳⵓⵜⵜ →‬ ‫"ﺃﹸﻟﻘِﻲ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫‪ⵎⵎ-‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ‪ ⵏⵏ-‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﺩﺍ ﻣﻦ ‪: ⵜⵜ-‬‬
‫ⵛⵛ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵛⵛⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻞ"‬
‫ⴼⵔⴽ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴼⵔⴽⵏⵏ‬ ‫"ﹸﻗﻴﱢﺪ"‬
‫ⵎⵥⵕ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵎⵥⵕⵏⵏ‬ ‫"ﺃﹸﻃﻠِﻖ"‬
‫ⵎⵣⴳ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵎⵣⴳⵏⵏ‬ ‫"ﻗﹸﻄﱢﻊ"‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﳎﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‪/‬ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻗﻪ ﻋﱪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﳑﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ⵣⵔⴽ "ﺣﺮَﺙ ﺃﻭ ُﺣﺮﹺﺙ"‪ ،‬ﻭ ⵔⴳⵎ "ﺣﺼَﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪142‬‬
‫ﻕ ﻭ ُﺩﻕﱠ" ﻭⵥⵕ "ﻛﺴﱠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻛﺴﱢﺮ"‬
‫ﺣُﺼِﺪ" ﻭⵏⵇⵇ "ﺃﻏﻠﹶﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﹸﺃﻏﻠِﻖ" ﻭⵣⴷⴷ " َﺩ ﱠ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴽⵔⵣ ⵢⵉⴳⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺮﺙ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⴳⵔ ⵢⵉⴳⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵇⵇⵏ ⵜⴼⵍⵓⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⵣ ⵓⵥⴰⵕⵉⴼ.‬‬ ‫"ﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺐ "‬
‫‪ⵉⵕⵥⴰ ⵓⵖⴰⵏⵉⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺐ"‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺛﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ⵥⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﻣﺴﻚ"‬ ‫ⵥⵎⴰⵡⵜⵜ →‬ ‫"ﺃﹸﻣﺴِﻚ"‬
‫ⵍⴳⴰ‬ ‫"ﻋﻠﻖ"‬ ‫ⵍⴳⴰⵡⵜⵜ →‬ ‫" ُﻋﻠﱢﻖ"‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬ ‫ⵉ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺬﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵛ‬ ‫"ﴰﺖ"‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵛⵓⵜⵜ‪ⵜⵜⵡⴰⵛⵎⵜ/‬‬ ‫ⵜⵉⵎⵛⵓⵜⵜ‪ⵜⵜⵡⴰⵛⵎⵉⵜ/‬‬

‫‪143‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻟﻠﺠﺬﻉ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵇⵇⴰⵡⵜⵜ → ⵏⵇⵇⴰⵡⵜⵜ ⵏⵇⵇ‬ ‫"ﻳُﻐﻠﹶﻖ"‬
‫ⵍⵎ‬ ‫ⵎⵍⴰⵡⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵍⴰⵎⴰⵡⵜⵜ →‬ ‫"ﻳُﻌﻠﹶﻢ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⵎⵍⴰⵡⵜⵜ → ⴷⵎⵍⴰⵡⵜⵜ ⴷⵎⵍ‬ ‫"ﻳُﺘﻌﻠﱠﻢ"‬

‫‪ .3 .2 .5‬ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻧﻔﺬ ﻭﺧﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪) ⵎ-‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺘﻴﻬﺎ ‪ⵎⵎ-‬‬

‫ﻭ‪ (ⵎⵢ-‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⴰⵖⵏⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﺗﻘﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵙⵇⵙⵎⵜⵜ ⴰⴷ‬ ‫"ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻟﻮﻥ"‬
‫ⵇⵓⵙⵙ ⴳ ⵏⴰⵕⵥⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﺗﺮﺍﺀﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ"‬

‫ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ‬

‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬

‫‪144‬‬
 ‫ⵕⵡⴰⵛ‬ ‫"ﺷﺎﻭﺭ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵕⴰⵡⴰⵛⵎ‬ ‫"ﺗﺸﺎﻭﺭ"‬
‫ⴹⴼⴰⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺳﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴹⴰⴼⴰⵙⵎ‬ ‫"ﺗﻮﺍﺩﻉ"‬
‫ⵕⵥ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵕⵥⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﺗﺮﺍﺀﻯ"‬
‫ⵔⵖ‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﺩﻯ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵔⵖⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﺗﻨﺎﺩﻯ"‬

‫ﻭﻳُﺴﺠﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ⵎⵢ-‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺘﺪﺉ‬

‫ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎ ﻣﻀﻌﻔﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ⴹⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ" ⴹⴰⵡⴰⵢⵎ → "ﻭﺻﻞ"‬
‫ⵙⴽⴽ‬ ‫"ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ" ⵙⴰⴽⴽⵓⵢⵎ → "ﻧﺰﻉ"‬
‫ⴼⴰ‬ ‫ⴰⴼⴰⵢⵎ → "ﻭﺟﺪ"‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪ"‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ .I‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﺈﻗﺤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻟﻠﺠﺬﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ⵕⵡⴰⵛ‬ ‫"ﺗﺸﺎﻭﺭ" ⵕⴰⵡⴰⵛⵎ → "ﺷﺎﻭﺭ"‬
‫"ﺗﻮﺍﺩﻉ" ⴹⴰⴼⴰⵙⵎ → "ﻭﺩّﻉ" ⴹⴼⴰⵙⵙ‬

‫ⵙⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ" ⵙⴰⵡⴰⵢⵎ → "ﻋﺎﻭﻥ"‬

‫ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ⵔⵖ "ﻧﺎﺩﻯ" ﻭⵕⵥ "ﺭﺃﻯ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪:‬‬

‫‪145‬‬
 ‫ⴰⵕⵥ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵕⵥⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﺗﺮﺍﺀﻯ"‬
‫ⴰⵖⵏ‬ ‫"ﻗﺘﻞ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵖⵏⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﺗﻘﺎﺗﻞ"‬
‫ⴰⵔⵖ‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﺩﻯ"‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⴰⵔⵖⵎⵎ‬ ‫"ﺗﻨﺎﺩﻯ"‬
‫‪ .II‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺈﺳﺒﺎﻕ ‪: ⵜⵜ-‬‬
‫ⵕⵥ‬ ‫"ﻳﺘﺮﺍﺀﻯ" ⴰⵕⵥⵎⵎⵜⵜ → "ﺭﺃﻯ"‬
‫ⵖⵏ‬ ‫ⴰⵖⵏⵎⵎⵜⵜ → "ﻗﺘﻞ"‬ ‫"ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺗﻞ"‬
‫‪ⵙⴰⵡⵍ /‬‬
‫ⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬
‫"ﺗﻜﺎﱂ" ⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙⵎⵜⵜ → "ﻛﻠﻢ"‬
‫‪ .4 .2 .5‬ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻳُﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻻﺻﻘﺘﲔ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺎﻗﻴﺘﲔ ﳍﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪+‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ⵖⴼⴼ‬ ‫ⵖⴼⵓⵙⵙ‬ ‫ⵖⴼⵓⵙⵓⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵖⴰⴼⵓⵙⵎ‬
‫"ﺧﺮﺝ"‬
‫ⵍⵍⴰⴳⴳ‬ ‫ⵍⵍⴰⴳⵙ‬ ‫ⵍⵍⴰⴳⵙⵎ‬
‫"ﺃﻗﺴﻢ"‬
‫ⵖⵏ‬ ‫ⵖⵏⵙⵎ‬
‫"ﻗﺘﻞ"‬

‫‪146‬‬
‫ﻭⵖⴼⵓⵙⵓⵜⵜ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪" ⵎⵙⵓⴼⴰⵖ :‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ"‬
‫"ﺃﹸﺧﺮﺝ" ﻭⵖⵏⵙⵎ "ﺗﻘﺎﺗﻞ" ﻭⵍⵍⴰⴳⵙⵎ "ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻠﻒ" ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ⵙ-‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲡﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫)ⵙⵎ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ )ⵙⵓⵜⵜ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ‪ ⵙⵎ-‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ‪" ⵙⵎⵉⴳⴳⵉⵔ :‬ﺃﻟﻘﻰ" ﻭⴰⵖⵏⵎⵙ "ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺗﻠﻮﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3 .5‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫• ⵔⴰ ﻭⴰⵍ ﻭⴰⴷ ﻭⴰⵇⵇⴰ ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ⵓⴷⴷⵜⵜⵉ ⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﳝﺸﻲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ"‬
‫ⵔⵓⴳⴳⵉ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ‬ ‫"ﳝﺸﻲ"‬
‫ⵜⵓⴹⴰⵜ ⴷⵉⵔⵉⵙⵙⵜ ⴰⴷ‬ ‫"ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ"‬
‫ⵣⵉⵣⵏⵉⵜⵜⵏ ⴰⵍ‬ ‫"ﻧﻐﲏ"‬
‫• ⴷⴰ ﻭⴷⴰⵔ )ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ⴰⵔ( ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﺴﺒﻘﺎﻥ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻌﱪ ⴷⴰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ⴷⴰⵔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳋﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⴰ ⵏⵖⵙ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺸﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ"‬
‫‪147‬‬
 ‫ⵓⴷⴷⵉ ⴷⴰ ⵖⵉⵔ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ"‬
‫ⵍⴼⴷⵓ ⵕⴹⵉ ⴷⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ"‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬ ‫ⴷⴰⵔ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ⴷⴰⵙ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻟـ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵃⴰⵕⵉ ⴷⴰⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ )ﺣﺘﻤﺎ("‬
‫ﻭⴰⵔ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ⴰⵖ‬ ‫ﻭﻟـ ⴷⴰ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﳘﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﻓﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ⴰⵖ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ⴷⴰ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ⵢⴰ ﻭⴷⴰ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵃⴰⵔⵉ ⴰⵖ ⵢⴰ ⵙⵉⵎⵎⴻⵎ )ⴷ(‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ"‬
‫? ⴷⵛⵓⵜ ⴰⵖ ⵢⴰ ⵍⴰⵃⵛ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﺳﺘﻌﻄﻲ ؟"‬
‫ﻭﳛﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ ⴷ ﻭⵢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﲔ ⴷⴰ ﻭⵢⴰ ﻓﻴﺘﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ⴰ‪.‬‬

‫‪148‬‬
 ‫‪ .4 .5‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻀﻼﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﻠﺺ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻴﺸﻜﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵍⵡⵔ‬ ‫"ﻓﺮﻭﺍ"‬

‫ⵍⵡⵔ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬

‫"ﻫﺮﺏ‪/‬ﻓ ﱠﺮ" ﻭﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ⵏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﲰﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ‪" ⴽⵛⵎ :‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ"‬
‫ﻭⵎⵉⵇⵇ "ﺍﺟﻠﺲ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﺪﻡ ﲤﺜﻴﻼ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻻﺻﻘﺔ( ‪ +‬ﺟﺬﻉ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ‪) +‬ﻻﺻﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ )ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫)ⴰⴱⵔⵓ( ⵖⴼⴼⵉ‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ )ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ("‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ‬

‫ﺑﻪ )ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺎﻋﻴﻞ( ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
‫)ﻻﺻﻘﺔ( ‪ +‬ﺟﺬﻉ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ‪) +‬ﻻﺻﻘﺔ( ‪) +‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻲ(‬
‫‪ +‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ .1 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺪﺍﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻥ )ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪: ⴽⵛⵎ, ⵕⴰⵃ, ⵎⵎⵜ :‬‬
‫ⵓⴷⴱⵏⵓ ⵎⵛⴽⵉ‬ ‫"ﻭﺻﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ"‬
‫ⵟⴰⵏⵏⴹⵉ ⵃⴰⵕⵉ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ"‬
‫ⵜⵓⵎⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺕ"‬
‫‪ .2 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ )ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵎⵓⴷⵀⵉ ⵔⵙⴼⵉ‬ ‫"ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ"‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴰⵎⴰⵎ ⴰⵕⵥⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﺎﻣﺎ"‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵙⴰⵎⵓⵡ ⵏ ⵙⵉⵎⵎ ⴰⵕⵥⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ"‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵏⵉⵜⴰⴱⵔⵜ ⵏ ⵜⴰⵏⵙ ⴰⵕⵥⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ ﺑﻨﺘﲔ"‬

‫‪150‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴰⵔⴽ ⴰⵕⵥⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴰⵡ ⴰⵕⵥⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫)ⵉⵎⵎⴳⵉⵜ( ⵙⵏⵉⵜ ⴰⵖⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﻩ"‬

‫‪ .3 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﲟﻔﻌﻮﳍﺎ ﻋﱪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⵍⴰⵯⴳⴳⴹⵓ ⵉ ⴰⵔⵖⵉ‬ ‫"ﺩﻋﺎ ﺻﻬﺮﻩ"‬
‫ⵢⴰⵏⵎⵓ ⵉ ⵏⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﲢﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺱ"‬
‫ⵓⵕⵥⵓ ⴼⵅ ⵕⴹⵜ‬ ‫"ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ"‬
‫‪ .4 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ "ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ" ﺃﻭ "ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻜﺴﺔ"‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵎⴰⵅⴰ ⵎⵥⵕⵉ‬ ‫)‪ (1‬ﺃ‪" .‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ"‬
‫ⵎⴰⵅⵓ ⵎⵣⵕⵉ‬ ‫ﺏ‪" .‬ﻓﹸﺘِﺢ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ"‬

‫ⴼⵉⵕⴰⵥⴰ ⵣⴷⴷⵜ‬ ‫)‪ (2‬ﺃ‪" .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺐ"‬

‫ⴼⵉⵕⴰⵥⵓ ⵣⴷⴷⵉ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ُ " .‬ﺩﻕﱠ ﺍﻟﺸﺐ"‬
‫‪151‬‬
 ‫ⵜⵔⵓⵡⴰⵜ ⵏⵇⵇⵉ‬ ‫)‪ (3‬ﺃ‪" .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⵓⵡⵜ ⵏⵇⵇⵜ‬ ‫ﺏ‪" .‬ﺃﹸﻏﻠِﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ"‬

‫ﻓﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ )‪1‬ﺃ( ﻭ)‪2‬ﺃ( ﻭ)‪3‬ﺃ( ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ )‪1‬ﺏ( ﻭ)‪2‬ﺏ( ﻭ)‪3‬ﺏ( ﻓﻬﻲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻻ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫)‪ .(.2 .2 .5‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻓﺎﻋﻼ ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‪ .(ⵜⵡⵓⵔⵜ, ⵓⵥⴰⵕⵉⴼ, ⵓⵅⴰⵎ) .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﺴﺠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﱄ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳊﺪﺙ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﲔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ⵣⴷⴷ "ﺩﻕ"‬
‫ⴼⵉⵕⴰⵥⵓ ⵣⴷⴷⵉ‬ ‫" ُﺩﻕﱠ ﺍﻟﺸﺐ"‬
‫ⴼⵉⵕⴰⵥⵓ ⵣⴷⴷⴰⵡⵜⵜⵉ‬ ‫" ُﺩﻕﱠ ﺍﻟﺸﺐ"‬
‫‪ .5 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ‪/‬ﺍﳊﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﻴﺔ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ⴳ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﲎ "ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻌﻞ"‪.‬‬

‫‪152‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﻐﻠﺖ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵛⵛⵓ ﻭⵃⴰⵍⵍⴼⴰ ﻭⵖⴰⵯⴳⴳⵣⴰ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﱄ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﰲ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵛⵛⵓ ⵏⵉⵙⴰⵎ ⴰⴳⵉ‬ ‫" ﻣﺎﺳﲔ ﺫﺋﺐ"‬
‫ⵃⴰⵍⵍⴼⴰ ⵙⴰⴱⴰⴱ ⴰⴳⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺑﻮﻩ ﻓﻼﺡ"‬
‫ⵖⴰⵯⴳⴳⵣⴰ ⴰⴳⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﺃﲪﺮ"‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﱯ ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ⴳ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⴳⴳ‪ + ⴳ/‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵖⴰⵔⵡⴰ ⴰⴳⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ"‬
‫ⵙⴰⵎⵖⵏⴰ ⴰⴳⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﺻﺤﻔﻲ"‬
‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵖⵏⴰⵜ ⴰⴳⵜ‬ ‫"ﻫﻲ ﺻﺤﻔﻴﺔ"‬

‫‪ .6 .4 .5‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ⴷ )ⴷⵉ( ﻭⵏⵏ )ⵏⵏⵉ( ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⵏⵏ ﳓﻮ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪153‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴷ ⴰⴽⵛⵓⵢ‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀ "‬

‫ⵏⵏ ⴰⴽⵛⵓⵢ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ "‬
‫ⴷ ⵖⴼⴼⵉ‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴷ ⴰⴼⵓⵢ‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬

‫ⵏⵏ ⴰⴼⵓⵢ‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫ⴷ ⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺪﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺗﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵏⵉ ⵜⵜ ⴰⴽⴽⵉ‬ ‫"ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ"‬
‫ⵓⴷⴱⵏⵓ ⴷ ⴰⴷⴷⵉ‬ ‫"ﺣ ﱠﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ"‬
‫ⴷ ⵔⵓⵇⵇⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﻛﱪ"‬

‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺗﺎﻥ ⴷ ﻭⵏⵏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻬﻧﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﻴﺔ ⴷⴰ ﻭⴷⴰⵔ ﻭⴰⵍ ﻭⴰⴷ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⴰⵢ ⴷ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰ ⵖⵉⵡⴰ ⵏⵏ ⵏⵡⴰ ⴷⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺳﺂﺗﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ"‬

‫‪154‬‬
 ‫ⵖⵏⵔⵓⵖ ⵏⵓⴷⴷⵜⵜ ⴷ ⴰⴷ‬ ‫"ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ"‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ⵔⵓ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵉⵙⵓⵢ ⴷ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﺕ )ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ("‬

‫ⵉⴷⴷⵉ ⵏⵏ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫?ⵏⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⴷ ⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺝ )ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ( ؟"‬

‫? ⵏⴰⴽⵛⵓⵢ ⴷ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ )ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ(؟"‬
‫? ⵏⴰⴽⵛⵓⵢ ⵏⵏ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ )ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ( ؟"‬
‫? ⵍⵡⵔⵉ ⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻓ ّﺮ )ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ( ؟"‬
‫? ⵍⵡⵔⵉ ⵏⵏ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻓ ّﺮ )ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ( ؟"‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵜ ⴽⴰ ⵖⵉⵏⵏ ⵉⵔⵉ ⴰⵙⵓⵢ ⴷ ⵉⵔⵎ‬ ‫"ﻟﻮ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻷﺧﱪﺗﻚ"‬

‫ⵜ ⴽⴰ ⵖⵉⵏⵏ ⵉⵔⵉ ⴰⵙⵓⵢ ⵏⵏ ⵉⵔⵎ‬ ‫"ﻟﻮ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻟﻚ"‬
‫ⵖⵃⵎⴰⵙ ⵙⴰ ⵔⵓ ⴰⴷⴷⵉ ⴷ ⵔⴰⵇⵇⵎ‬ ‫"ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺇﱄ ﻟﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﳏﻪ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵙⵓⵢ ⴷ ⵉⵍⵍ ⴰⴱⵔⴰ ⵖⵏⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ"‬
‫ⵏⵏⵙⴰⵢ ⵏⵏ ⴰⵖ ⵉ ⴰⴱⵔⴰ ⵖⵏⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺗﺎﻥ ⴷ ﻭⵏⵏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪ ⵉⴷ ،‬ﻭⵏⵏⵉ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﱐ ‪:‬‬
‫!ⴷⵉ ⵜ ⵉⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺇﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬

‫‪155‬‬
‫!ⵏⵏⵉ ⵜ ⵉⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫‪ⵙⵖⵉⵏ ⵜⵜ ⵉⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻭﻫﺎ"‬

‫‪156‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬

‫ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻗﺎ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑﺍ ﺃﻭ ﲨﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﲢﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺩﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﱐ ﺃﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬

‫ⵏ‬ ‫‪ .1 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵏ ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ )ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ⴰⵎⵓⵡ ⵏ ⵔⵓⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺃﺧﻲ"‬
‫ⴰⵎⵜⵍⵓⵡ ⵏ ⵓⵜⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ /‬ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﺧﱵ"‬
 ‫• ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⵍⴰⵜ ⵏ ⵏⴰⵕⴼⵄⵥⵥ‬ ‫"ﺯﻋﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﻟﻴﻮﻳﻦ"‬
‫ⴼⵉⵔⴰ ⵏ ⵏⵣⴰⵢⴷⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻒ "‬

‫• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ⵕⴱⵓⵟⴽ ⵏ ⵔⵓⵢⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺷﻬﺮ ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ"‬
‫ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ ⵏ ⵜⵛⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ"‬

‫• ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵔⵜ ⵏ ⵏⴰⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻴﺔ"‬
‫ⴼⵉⵙⴰⵡ ⵏ ⵏⴰⵎⵍⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﲰﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ"‬
‫• ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵏⴽⵓⵣⵓ ⵏ ⵜⵎⴻⵎⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﻋﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻋﺘﺮ"‬
‫ⴼⵕⵥⵓ ⵏ ⵜⵙⵏⵖⵙⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺔ"‬

‫‪ .2 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ "ﻝ"‬
‫ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ )ﻝ( ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⴽⴰⵎⵓⵡ ⵉ ⵜⵓⵔⴰⵙⴰⵜ ⵖⵉⴽⴼ‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻷﺧﻴﻚ"‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⵍⴰⵯⴳⴳⴹⵓ ⵉ ⵍⵡⴰⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﲢﺪﺙ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻬﺮﻩ"‬

‫‪158‬‬
 ‫ⵙ‬ ‫‪ .3 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ )ﺇﱃ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﳓﻮ (‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫)ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪ⴷⴷⴰⵏ ⵙ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺓ"‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ ⵏⴷⴷⵓ ⵙ ⵎⵔⵉⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻨﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﻳﺮﺕ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴷⴷⴰ ⵙ ⵎⵉⴷⵍⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻴﺪﻟﺖ"‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵙ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵔⵖ ﺃﻭ ⵔⴰⴷ "ﻋﻨﺪ"‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺮﺗﺒﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵙ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻳﺪﻝ ⵙ ‪ ⵖⵔ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴷⴷⴰⵏ ⵖⵔ ⵙ ⴰⵃⴼⵉⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﻔﲑ"‬

‫‪ -‬ﻭﳛﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ⵔⴰⴷ ‪ ⵙ+‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺪﻳﺔ "ﻋﻨﺪ"‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴷⴷⵉⵖ ⵙ ⴷⴰⵔ ⴳⵎⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ‪/‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺧﻲ"‬

‫‪159‬‬
 ‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ⵉⵥⵕⴰ ⵜ ⵙ ⵜⵉⵟⵟⴰⵡⵉⵏ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺁﻩ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻴﻪ"‬
‫‪ⴷⴷⴰⵏ ⵙ ⵓⴹⴰⵕ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺭﺍﺟﻠﲔ"‬

‫• ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ⵎⵎⵓⵜⵖ ⵙ ⴼⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻄﺸﺎ"‬ ‫"ﻣ ّ‬
‫‪ⵉⵡⵃⵍ ⵙ ⵜⵡⵓⵔⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ"‬

‫ⴳ‬ ‫‪ .4 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⴳ " ﰲ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﱐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ⵖ ﻭⵅ ﻭⵃ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ‬
‫‪ⵓⴼⵉⵖ ⵜ ⴳ ⵜⴰⴷⴷⴰⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵍⵍⴰ ⴳ ⵢⵉⵖⵔⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻳﻐﺮﻡ"‬

‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﱐ‬
‫‪ⵕⴰⵃⵏ ⴳ ⵢⵉⴹ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻴﻼ"‬
‫‪ⴷⴰ ⵉⵟⵟⴰⵕ ⵓⴷⴼⵍ ⴳ ⵜⴳⵔⵙⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﰲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ"‬

‫‪160‬‬
 ‫ⵉⴷ‬ ‫‪ .5 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ⴳⴷ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉⴷ "ﰲ" ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴷⴳ ⵡⴰⵎⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ"‬
‫‪ⴷⵉ ⵜⵎⵓⵔⵜ ⵏⵏⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﰲ ﺃﺭﺿﻨﺎ"‬
‫‪ⴷⵉ ⵜⵉⵟⵟⴰⵡⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﰲ ﺗﻄﻮﺍﻥ"‬

‫ⴳⵣ‬ ‫‪ .6 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⴳⵣ "ﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻼﻥ ﳘﺎ ‪ ⵙⴳ :‬ﻭⵉⵣ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ ⵏⴱⴷⴰ ⵣⴳ ⵡⴰⵙⵙⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵓⵙⴰ ⴷ ⵣⴳ ⵟⴰⵏⵊⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻨﺠﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵣⵉ ⵔⵅⵅⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺼﺎﻋﺪﺍ"‬
‫‪ⵣⴳ ⵉⴷⵎⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ"‬

‫ⵔⴰⴷ‬ ‫‪ .7 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ ⵔⵖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ ⵔⵖ ﻭ ⵔⴰⴷ " ﺇﱃ‪ ،‬ﳓﻮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ" ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪161‬‬
 ‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ"ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ" ‪:‬‬
‫! ⴰⴷ ⵔⵖ ⴰⵔⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ !"‬
‫‪ⴷⴷⵉⵖ ⵖⵔ ⴳⵯⵍⵎⵉⵎⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﮔﻠﻤﻴﻤﺔ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵜⵕⵓⵃ ⵖⵔ ⴳⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺧﻴﻬﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴷⴰⵔ ⴳⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ"‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﳛﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵔⵖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳُﺘﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ⵙ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵏⵛⵛⴰ ⵙⴽⵙⵓ ⵖⵔ ⵉⵎⴽⵍⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻜﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ"‬
‫‪ⵖⵔ ⵜⵎⴷⴷⵉⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ ‪ /‬ﻣﺴﺎﺀ"‬
‫‪ⵖⵔ ⵙ ⴰⵏⵇⵇⵔ ⵏ ⵜⴰⴼⵓⴽⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ /‬ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ"‬

‫ⴼⵅ‬ ‫‪ .8 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳُﺨﺘﺰﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⴼⵅ "ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻮﻝ‪ "،‬ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ⵅ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺰﺍﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻼﻩ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ⴼⴰⵅ‪ ...ⵖⵉⴼ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﻴﺪ ⴼⵅ‪،‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﲎ "ﻋﻠﻰ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪:‬‬

‫‪162‬‬
 ‫! ⵜⴰⵍⴱⵟⵟⴰⵜ ⴼⵅ ⵏⴰⵎⴰ ⵙⵔⵙ‬ ‫"ﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ!"‬
‫!ⴹⴰⵕⴽ ⴼⵅ ⵓⴹⴱ‬ ‫"ﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ!"‬
‫‪ⵍⴰ ⵉⴽⴽⴰⵜ ⵅⴼ ⴳⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴽⴽⴰ ⵅⴼ ⵉⵎⵣⵓⵔⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﺰﻭﺭﻥ"‬

‫ⴷⴳⴰ ﻭⴷ‬ ‫‪ .9 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ ⴷⴳⴰ ﻭⴷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﺃﻭﳍﻤﺎ ⴷⴽⴰ ﺑﺪﻳﻼ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵜⴼⴼⵖ ⴰⴳⴷ ⵜⵎⴷⴷⵓⴽⵍⵜ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺘﻬﺎ"‬

‫‪ⵜⴰⵥⵢⴰⵕⵜ ⴰⴳⴷ ⵓⵕⵎⵎⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﻥ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵓⵏ ⴷ ⵓⵎⴷⴷⴰⴽⴽⵯⵍ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪".‬‬

‫ⵔⴳ‬ ‫‪ .10 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬

‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵔⴳ "ﺑﲔ" ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻘﻄﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ⵊⴰⵔ :‬ﻭⵔⴳⵏ ﻭⵔⴳⵏⵉ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴳⵔ ⵡⴰⵣⴷⵡⵉⵜ ⴷ ⵉⵎⵏⵙⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ"‬

‫‪ⵊⴰⵔ ⵟⴰⵟⴰ ⴷ ⵢⵉⵖⵔⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﲔ ﻃﺎﻃﺎ ﻭﻳﻐﺮﻡ"‬
‫! ⵖⵏⵜⴰⵔⴳⵏⵉ ⴰ ⵍⴰⵡⴰ ⵊⵊⴰ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ"‬

‫‪163‬‬
 ‫ⵍⴰ ‪ⴰⵔ/‬‬ ‫‪ .11 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵔⴰ‪" ⴰⵍ/‬ﺣﱴ" ﺣﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴰⵔ ⴰⵎⵥⵎⵉⵥ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻣﺰﻣﻴﺰ"‬

‫‪ⵣⴳ ⵢⵉⵅⴼ ⴰⵍ ⵉⴹⴰⵕⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﲔ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵔ ⵜⴰⵎⴷⴷⵉⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵍ ⴷⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺣﱴ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬

‫ⴰⵍⴱ‬ ‫‪ .12 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬

‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⴰⵍⴱ "ﺩﻭﻥ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻗﺼﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻀﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻑⵔⴰ ‪ ،ⴰⵍ/‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ‪ ⵎⴱⵔⴰ :‬ﺃﻭ ⴰⵔⴱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴷⴰ ⵉⵜⵜⵃⴼⴼⴰⴼ ⴱⵍⴰ ⴰⵎⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﳛﻠﻖ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﺀ )ﺇﻧﻪ ﺫﻛﻲ("‬
‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴷ ⴱⵍⴰ ⵉⵇⴰⵕⵉⴹⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﻝ"‬

‫‪ .2 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻓﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳُﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ ⵏ ﻭⵉ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺩ‬

‫‪164‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ) ⵖ‪ (ⴳ /‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ )ⵙ( ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻭ )ⴳⵙ( ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉ ‪ⵣⴷⴰⵜ ⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻣﺎﻡ"‬
‫ⵏ ⴰⵍⵉⵏⴰⵜ‪ⴰⵎⵏⵉⴷ ⵏ /‬‬ ‫"ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ"‬
‫ⵏ ⵉⴳⴳⵉ ‪ⵏⵏⵉⴳ ⵏ, ⴰⴼⵍⵍⴰ ⵏ,‬‬ ‫"ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ"‬
‫ⵏ ⵔⴰⴷⵣⵉ‬ ‫"ﲢﺖ"‬
‫ⵏ ⴰⵕⵕⴱ‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﺭﺝ"‬
‫ⵏ ⵜⴰⵕⴰⴹ‬ ‫"ﻭﺭﺍﺀ"‬
‫ⵏ ⴰⵎⴰⵜ ⴳ‬ ‫"ﻗﺮﺏ"‬
‫ⵏ‪ⵙ ⵡⴰⴷⴷⴰⵢ ⵉ /‬‬ ‫"ﲢﺖ"‬
‫ⵏ‪ⵙ ⵏⵏⵉ ⵉ/‬‬ ‫"ﻓﻮﻕ"‬
‫ⵔⵉⴼⴼⴷ ⵉⵣ ‪ⵣⵉ ⴷⴼⴼⴰⵔ/‬‬ ‫"ﺧﻠﻒ ‪ /‬ﻭﺭﺍﺀ"‬
‫ⵙ ⵔⵖ‬ ‫"ﳓﻮ"‬
‫ⵔⴰⴷ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵏⵇⵇⵉⵎ ⴷⴼⴼⵉⵔ ⵉ ⵜⵙⵖⴰⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﻠﺴﻨﺎ ﺧﻠﻒ‪ /‬ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵍⵍⴰ ⵣⴷⴰⵜ ⵏ ⵜⴰⴷⴷⴰⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ"‬
‫‪ⴳⴳⵉⵏ ⵜⴰⵡⵡⵓⵔⵜ ⵣⴷⴰⵜ ⵉ ⵜⴳⵣⵉⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵍⵍⴰ ⵎⵏⵉⴷ ⵉ ⵓⵖⴱⴰⵍⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﺒﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ"‬
‫‪ⵙⵙⵔⵙⵖ ⵜ ⵏⵏⴰⴳ ⵏ ⵜⵏⴰⴽⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺿﻌﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺑﻴﺔ"‬

‫‪165‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬ ‫‪.3 .6‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺑﺼﻮﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻳُﻤﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1 .3 .6‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ )ﺍﺳﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ(‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻣﱴ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﲰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ )ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ( )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ ،(3.1.3‬ﻭﻳُﺴﺘﺜﲎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﲔ ⵍⴰ"ﺣﱴ" ﻭ ⴰⵍⴱ"ﺩﻭﻥ"‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳛﺘﻔﻆ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴷⵉ +‬‬ ‫ⵜⵔⵓⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵜⵔⵓⵎⵜ ⵉⴷ‬ ‫"ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺭﺽ"‬

‫ⵙ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ⵙⵓⴼⴰ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⵓⴼⵓ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ"‬
‫ⴷ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ⵍⵯⴽⴰⴷⴷⵎⴰ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵍⵯⴽⴰⴷⴷⵎⵓ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ"‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵯⴳⴳⵙⴰ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵯⴳⴳⵙⵓ ⵏ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵅⴼ +‬‬ ‫ⵍⵉⵜⵔⴳⴰ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵍⵉⵜⵔⴳⵓ ⴼⵅ‬ ‫"ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳊﺼﲑ"‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⴰⵔⴼⵉ ‪ⴷⵉ +‬‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⵏⴰⵔⴼⵉⴳⴷ[‬ ‫"ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻮﻑ"‬

‫‪166‬‬
 ‫‪ .2 .3 .6‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺒﻌﺔ ) ﺑﻈﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﺋﺖ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻀﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﲑ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪:‬‬

‫)ⵅ( ⴼⵅ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⴼⵉⵖ ‪ⵅⴰⴼⵙ /‬‬

‫ⵉⴷ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⴳⴰⴷ‬

‫ⵖ‪ⴳ/‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⴳⵉⴷ ‪ⴳⵉⵙ /‬‬

‫ⵔⵖ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⵔⵉⵖ ‪ⵖⴰⵔⵙ / ⵖⵓⵔⵙ /‬‬

‫ⵙ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⵉⵙ ‪ⵙⵔⵙ /‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﻞ ⵔⴰⴷ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺻﻮﺭﻬﺗﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ⵔⴷⴷⵉ ⵔⴰⴷ‬ ‫ﺇﺩّﺭ"‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫→‬ ‫ⵙⵔⴰⴷ‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪﻩ"‬

‫ⵍⴰ"ﺣﱴ" ﻭ ⴰⵍⴱ"ﺩﻭﻥ" ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼﻥ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ⵔⴰ ‪/‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪167‬‬
 ‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ :1‬ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵎⴰⵡ ⵏ‬ ‫ⵙⵏⵉ‪ⵏⵏⵙ /‬‬
‫ⵉ‬ ‫ⵜⵅⵓⵔⴼⵜ ⵉ‬ ‫ⵙⴰ‬
‫)ⵖ( ⴳ‬ ‫ⴷⵉⵔⴱⵓ ⴳ‬ ‫ⵙⴳⵉⴷ‪ⴳⵉⵙ/‬‬
‫ⵙ‬ ‫ⵙⵓⴼⵓ ⵙ‬ ‫ⵙⵔⵙ‪ⵙⵉⵙ/‬‬
‫)ⵅ( ⴼⵅ‬ ‫ⴼⵅⵉⵢ ⴼⵅ‬ ‫ⵙⴼⵉⵖ‪ⵅⴰⴼⵙ/‬‬
‫ⴼ‬ ‫ⴱⴰⵔⵖⵓ ⴼ‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵍⵍⴼ‬
‫ⴷ‬ ‫ⴷⴰⵎⵍⵙⵓ ⴷ‬ ‫ⵙⴷⵉⴷ‪ⴷⵉⵙ/‬‬
‫ⴷ‬ ‫ⵎⴰⵅⵅⵓ ⴳⴷ‬ ‫ⵙⴳⴰⴷ‪ⴷⵉⴳⵙ/‬‬
‫)ⴳⵣ ‪ⵣⵉ (ⵙⴳ,‬‬ ‫ⵔⴰⵔⴷⵓ ⴳⵣ‬ ‫ⵙⴳⴰⵣⵣ‪ⵣⵣⵉⴳⵙ/‬‬
‫ⴳⴰ ‪ⴰⴽⴷ /‬‬ ‫ⴰⴱⵔⵓ ⴷⴳⴰ‬ ‫ⵙⴷⵉⴳⴰ ‪ⴰⴽⵉⴷⵙ/‬‬
‫ⵔⵖ‬ ‫ⵔⴰⵖⴰⵣⵓ ⵔⵖ‬ ‫ⵙⵔⵉⵖ ‪ⵖⴰⵔⵙ/ ⵖⵓⵔⵙ/‬‬
‫ⵔⴰⴷ‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵎⴳ ⵔⴰⴷ‬ ‫ⵙⵔⴰⴷ‬
‫)ⵔⴰⵊ ‪ⴳⵔ (ⵏⴳⵔ,‬‬ ‫ⵏⴼⴼⴰⵙⵉ ⵔⴳ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵜⴰⵔⴳ‬
‫ⵔⴰ‪ⴰⵍ/‬‬ ‫ⴳⵉⴳⵉⴼ ⵍⴰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ⴰⵍⴱ‬ ‫ⴱⴰⵔⵇⴰ ⴰⵍⴱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬

‫‪ .4 .6‬ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﱄ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 9‬ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪168‬‬
 ‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴰⴳⴷ ⵜⵙⵔⵡⵉⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴰⴳⴷ ⵓⵍⵜⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ"‬

‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻞ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻬﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻴﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‪ⵉ :‬‬

‫• ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ⴰⵔ, ⴳ/ⵖ, ⵣⴳ, ⴷⵉ, ⵖⵔ, ⵅⴼ :‬‬

‫ⵔⴰⴷ ‪ⵙ, ⵖⵔ,‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ⴳ/ ⵖ, ⴰⵔ, ⴷⵉ :‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪ⵙ :‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻤﺎﺀ‪ⵏ :‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴷⴳⴰ ‪ⴷ,‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ /‬ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ‪/ⴰⴽⴷ :‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ .5 .6‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ) ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ⵙⵓⴼⵓ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ"‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ +‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬

‫ⴰⵜⵜⵏ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﻪ"‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ⵉⴳⴰⴷ‬ ‫ﰲ"‬
‫"ﱠ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫‪169‬‬
‫ⴰⵜ ⵔⴰ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ"‬
‫"ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ⴹⴰⵕⴽ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ"‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ‪ +‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ⵓⵏⵉⵡ ⴷⴽⴰ‬ ‫"ﻣﻊ ﺻﺎﺣﱯ‪"10‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .1 .5 .6‬ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﲰﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑﺍ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ 1.3.6‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ .(2.3.6‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ⵔⴰ ﺃﻭ ⴰⵍⴱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ⵎⴰⵅⵅⵓ ⵔⵖ‬ ‫"ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ"‬

‫ⵙⵓⴼⵓ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ "‬
‫ⴱⴰⵔⵖⵓ ⴼ‬ ‫"ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ"‬
‫ⴱⴰⵔⵇⴰ ⴰⵍⴱ‬ ‫"ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ"‬
‫ⵓⵏⴰ ⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ"‬

‫ﻭﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﳓﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻇﺮﰲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺬﻛﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﶈﻜﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ 10‬ﻫﺎﻣﺶ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺮﲨﲔ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﳓﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ) ‪ⵡⵉⵏⵓ, ⵡⵏⴽ, ⵡⵉⵏⵎ, ⵡⵉⵏⵖ, ⵡⵉⵏⵏⵓⵏ,‬‬
‫ⵜⵏⵓⵏⵏⵉⵡ…( ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪170‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪) .4‬ﺏ((‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪(.4 .2 .1 .4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ‬ ‫‪.2 .5 .6‬‬

‫ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺑﻄﻪ‬

‫ﲟﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ )ﺃﻭ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﳏﺪﱢﺩﺓ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺘﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ﻟﻴﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪:‬‬

‫!ⴽⴰⴱⴰⴱ ⵉ ⴷⴰ ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⵉⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﲪﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ"‬

‫!ⵜⵜ ⵙⴰ ⵉⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﲪﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ"‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ "ﻝ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪171‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ) ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ(‬ ‫•‬

‫!ⵔⴰⵖⵎⵓ ⵉ ⵍⵡⵉⵙⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ!"‬

‫!ⵏⴰⵢⵥⵎⵓ ⵉ ⵍⵡⵉⵙⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ!"‬
‫!ⵙⵉⵎⵎⴻⵎ ⵉ ⵍⵡⵉⵙⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ!"‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ‪:‬‬
‫!ⵥⵓⴽ ⵉ ⵜ ⴰⵏⵏⵉ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ )ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ(‬
‫• ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ⵉⵡⵛⴰ ⵉⵇⴰⵕⵉⴹⵏ ⵉ ⵏⵜⵜⴰ ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵉ ⴽⵢⵢ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻚ"‬
‫• ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ⴷⴷⵉⵖ ⵖⵓⵔⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ"‬
‫• ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫!ⵏⵏⵉⵡ ⵉ ⵜ ⵉⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﻪ‪ /‬ﻫﺎ ﻟﺬﺍﻙ"‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ ﻏﲑ ﳏﺪﺩ ‪/‬ﻧﻜﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ⵜⵏⵏⴰⵎ ⵜ ⵉ ⴽⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﺘﻤﻮﻫﺎ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ"‬
‫• ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ⵉⵏⵏⴰ ⵜ ⵉ ⵡⵉⵏⵏⴽ.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻷﻗﺮﺑﺎﺋﻚ"‬

‫‪172‬‬
 ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﲎ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ( ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵉⵎⵉ ⵏ ⵜⴰⴷⴷⴰⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ"‬

‫‪ⵟⵟⴰⵊⵉⵏ ⵏ ⵉⵙⵍⵎⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻃﺎﺟﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ"‬

‫ﻇﺮﻑ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴽⴽⵉⵣ ⵏ ⵏⴷⴷⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ"‬

‫ⵍⴰⵎⵉⵢ ⵏ ⵓⴷⴷⵓⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ"‬

‫• ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⵙⵉⵢⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺣﺼﺎﻧﻪ"‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⴼⵅⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﺳﻪ"‬

‫ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ⵏ ﺑﺼﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ‬

‫‪.(2.1.4‬‬

‫‪173‬‬
 ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺃﺳﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ⵉ "ﻝ" ﺃﻭ ⵏ "ﻣﻦ" )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ 1.6‬ﺃﻭ ‪ . (2.6‬ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ⵍⴰ ⵉⵟⵟⴰⵕ ⵓⴷⴼⵍ ⴳ ⵜⴳⵔⵙⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﰲ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺀ"‬

‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⵙ ⵜⵉⵏⵎⵍ.‬‬
‫!ⵉⵙⵙⵎⵜ ⴼⵅ ⵎⵓⵙⴽⴰ ⴳ‬
‫‪ⵢⵓⵙ ⴷ ⵣⵉ ⵙⵙⵓⵇ.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴷ ⵙⴳ ⵉⵎⵏⵖⵉ.‬‬
‫ⵙⵓⴼⵓ ⵙ ⵎⴷⴷⵅⵉ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵎⵓⵜ ⵙ ⵓⵚⵎⵎⵉⴹ.‬‬
‫‪ⵜⵓⵃⵍ ⵙ ⵡⴰⵡⴰⵍ.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴷ ⵙ ⵜⵔⵓⵍⴰ.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ"‬
‫"ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ"‬
‫"ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ"‬
‫"ﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺎﻝ"‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫" ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ"‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫"ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﺩ‪ /‬ﻳﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺑﱪﺩ ﻗﺎﺭﺱ"‬
‫"ﺗﻌﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ "‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ‪/‬ﺍﳊﺎﻝ‬
‫"ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎ"‬

‫‪174‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴼⴼⵖ ⵙ ⵜⴰⵣⵍⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳚﺮﻱ"‬
‫• ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵓⵏ ⴰⴳ ⵡⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ "‬
‫‪ⵉⵛⵛⴰ ⴰⴳ ⵡⵓⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ "‬

‫‪175‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ⴽⴽⵉⵣ ⵏⴳⵉ‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ"‬
‫ⵚⴰⵟⵟⴰ ⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙⵜ ⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ"‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﲰﻲ‬
‫)ⴰⵍⵍⴼⴰ "ﻓﻮﻕ"‪" ⴰⵎⵎⴰⵙ ،‬ﻭﺳﻂ"‪" ⵜⴰⵙⴳⴰ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﺐ" ⵙⵉⴷⵉ "ﻣﻜﺎﻥ"(‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺠﺖ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺑﲔ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻭﻑ )ⵢⴰⴷⴷⴰⵡ ⵙ "ﲢﺖ" ‪" ⵖⵔ ⵣⴷⴰⵜ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ"(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻤﻴﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .7‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫• ⵉⵖ ‪" ⴷⴰ, ⴷⴰⵀⴰ,‬ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫!ⴰⵀⴰⴷ ‪ⴰⵡⵔⴰⵜ ⴷⴰ /‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫!ⵏⵏⵉⵀⵉⴷ ⵎⵉⵇⵇ‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﻖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫? ⵏⵏⵉⴷ ⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﻣَﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ؟"‬
‫? ⵉⵏⵏⵉⴷ ⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ؟"‬
 ‫ⵙⵔⴰⵖ ⵏⵏⵉⴷ‬ ‫"ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ"‬
‫ⵏⵏⵉⵖ ⵙ ⵓⴷⴷ‬ ‫"ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ⴰⵀⴰⴷ ‪ ⴷⴰ /‬ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ⵏⵏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ⵏⵏⵉⵀⵉⴷ ‪" ⴷⵉⵏⵏ /‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ⵉⵏⵏ )ⵉⵏⵏⵉⴷ( "ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ"‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ⵉⵖ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ⴷ )ⴷⵉⵖ("ﻫﻨﺎ" ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ⵏⵏ‬

‫)ⵏⵏⵉⵖ("ﻫﻨﺎﻙ" ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ⵉⵍⵍ )ⵉⵍⵍⵉⵖ( "ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ"(‪.‬‬

‫• ⵏⵉⵎⵔⴽⵉⵜ ‪" ⴷⴼⴼⵉⵔ, ⴹⴰⵕⴰⵟ,‬ﻭﺭﺍﺀ"‬
‫!ⵔⵉⴼⴼⴷ ⵔⵖ ⵎⵉⵇⵇ‬ ‫"ﺍﺟﻠﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺀ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵔ ⵉⵣⵣⵉⴳⵉⵣ ⴹⴰⵕⴰⵟ.‬‬ ‫"ﳝﺸﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺀ"‬
‫• ⴰⵔⵡⵉ "ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫!ⴰⵔⵡⵉ ⴰⵔⵡⴰ‬ ‫"ﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫ⵜⴰⴷⵣ "ﺃﻣﺎﻡ"‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵓⴳⵓⵔⵜ ⵖⴰⵔ ⵣⴷⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ"‬

‫ⴰⵜⵉⵏⴰⵙⵙ ‪" ⵙⵙⴰ, ⵙⵙⵢⴰ, ⵙ ⵖⵉ,‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵅⵎⵉ ⵙⵙⴰ ⵖⴰ ⵜⵔⴰⵃⵎ...‬‬ ‫"ﺣﲔ ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬

‫‪ⵣⵔⵉⵏ ⵙ ⵖⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫‪ⴽⴽⴰⵏ ⵙⵙⵢⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ⵏⵏ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ⴰⵢⵙⵙ ﻓﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⵏⵉⵙⵙ ‪" ⵙⵙⵢⵏⵏ /‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ" ‪:‬‬

‫‪177‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⴽⴽⴰ ⵉⵢⵉ ⴷ ⵜⴰⴱⵔⴰⵜ ⵙⵙⵉⵏⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﱄ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴽⴽⴰ ⵙⵙⵉⵏⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫ⵔⴰⴷⴷⵣⵉ ‪" ⴷⴷⴰⵡ, ⵙ ⵡⴰⴷⴷⴰⵢ,‬ﲢﺖ" ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵖⵔ ⴷⴷⴰⵡ.‬‬ ‫"ﲢﺖ"‬

‫!ⵢⴰⴷⴷⴰⵡ ⵙ ⴰⵡⵀ‬ ‫"ﺍﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺖ"‬
‫!ⵔⴰⴷⴷⵣⵉ ⵕⵥ‬ ‫"ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﲢﺖ"‬
‫ⴰⵕⵕⴱ "ﺧﺎﺭﺝ" ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫!ⴰⵕⵕⴱ ⵖⴼⴼ‬ ‫"ﺍﺧﺮﺝ"‬

‫ⵙⴰⵎⵎⴰ ‪" ⴰⴳⵯⵏⵙ, ⵊⴰⵊ,‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ" ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴰⵍ ⵊⴰⵊ ⴰⵍ ⵖⵉⴼⵓ ⵜⵜ ⵔⵓ ‪ⵕⵕⴰⵃⵜ,‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﻻ ﰲ‬

‫‪ⴱⵕⵕⴰ.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ"‬
‫!ⵙⴰⵎⵎⴰⵡ ⴳ ⵕⵉⵥⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﲝﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ"‬
‫• ⵏⴰⵛⵉⵏ "ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ" ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴷⴷⵓ ⵏⵉⵛⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ"‬
‫‪ⵖⴰⵔⴽ ⵍⵃⵇ ⵏⵉⵛⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺖ ﳏﻖ"‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ "ﺃﻳﻦ" ﻟﻴﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫? ⵎⵉⵇⵇⵉ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺟﻠﺲ ؟"‬
‫? ⴷⵉⵍⵍⵜ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ؟"‬
‫? ⵏⵉⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⵜ ⵜⵏⴰⵍⵍ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ ؟"‬

‫‪178‬‬
 ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﲝﺮﻑ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺣﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ⵔⵖ ‪:((ⵖ) ⴳ, ⵙ, ⵣⵉ,‬‬
‫? ⴰⴷⴷⵉ ⵔⵖ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ؟"‬
‫? ⴰⴷⴷⵉ ⵙ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ؟"‬
‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ؟" ? ⴷⵉⵔⴱⵓ ⴰⵍⵍⵉ ⴳ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬

‫? ⴰⵙⵓⵢ ⴷ ⴳⵣ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ؟"‬

‫‪ .2 .7‬ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﲰﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• )ⴰ ⵙⵙⴰⵖ( ⴰ ⵙⵙⴰ "ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ‪ /‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ"‬
‫‪ⵢⵉⵡⴹ ⴰⵙⵙ ⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺻﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ"‬
‫‪ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜ ⴰⵙⵙ ⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ"‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﳚﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ⴰ ⵙⵙⴰ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ⴷ‬

‫ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ⵏⵏ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ⵉⵍⵍ ﻟﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪" ⴰⵙⵙ ⴰⴷ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ"‪،‬‬
‫ⵏⵏⴰ ⵙⵙⴰ "ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ"‪" ⴰⵙⵙ ⵍⵍⵉ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫• ⴰⵛⵛⵡⵉⵜ ‪" (ⴰⵙⴽⴽⴰ) ⴰⵣⴽⴽⴰ,‬ﻏﺪﺍ" ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ ⴷ ⵏⴰⵙ ⵜⵉⵡⵛⵛⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻨﺄﰐ ﻏﺪﺍ"‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ ⵓⵔ ⵜⵎⵎⵓⴷⴷⵓⵎ ⴰⵣⴽⴽⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻻ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ ﻏﺪﺍ"‬

‫ⵎⴰⴳⴹⵉ ‪"ⴰⵙⵙⵏⵏⴰⵟ, ⵉⴹⵍⵍⵉ, ⵉⴹⵏⵏⴰⵟ,‬ﺃﻣﺲ" ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪179‬‬
 ‫ⵟⴰⵏⵏⴹⵉ ⵔⴰⵔⵓ ⴰⴳⴳⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺣﻔﻞ ﺯﻓﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪".‬‬
‫ⵟⴰⵏⵏⵙⵙⴰ ⴽⴰⵎⴳ ⴰⵕⵥⵏ‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﺲ‪".‬‬
‫ⵎⴰⴳⴹⵉ ⵕⴰⵏⵏⵥⴰ ⴰⵖⵙⵏ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪".‬‬
‫ⵏ ⴳⵉⵏⵙⴰ ‪ⴰⵙⵙⴼⴰⵏⵏ, ⵏⴰⴼⵉⴹⴳⴰⵎ,ⴰⵙⵙⵍⵉⴷ, ⴼⵔⵉⴹⵏⵏⴰⵟ,‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ⵟⴰⵏⵏⵙⵙⴰⵡ "ﺃﻭﻝ ﺃﻣﺲ"‬
‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ⵙⵖⵉⵖ ⵜⵏ ⴰⵙⵙⴼⴰⵏⵏ.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺲ‪".‬‬
‫ⵏ ⴳⵉⵏⵙⴰ ‪ⵏⴰⴼⵓⵣⴽⴽⴰ, ⵏⴰⴼⴰⵥⵏ, ⴷⴼⵔ ⵜⵉⵡⵛⵛⴰ, ⴼⴰⵔⵡⵉⵛⵛⴰ,‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ⴰⴽⴽⵙⴰⵡ "ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺪ"‬
‫!ⴰⴽⴽⵣⵓⴼⴰⵏ ⵔⴰ ⵜⴰⵍⵇⵇ‬ ‫"ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺪ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ ⵔⴰⵃⵏ ⴼⴰⵔⵡⵉⵛⵛⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﺪ‪".‬‬

‫ⵟⴰⵏⵏⵙⴰⵯⴳⴳⵙⴰ ‪" ⵏⴹⴰⴹⴰⵏⴰ, ⵏⵏⴰⴹⴰⵏⵜ, ⴰⵣⵣⵖⴰⵜ,‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ"‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵏⴹⴰⴹⴰⵏ, ⵓⵔ ⵎⵎⵓⴷⴷⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪".‬‬

‫‪ⵢⵉⵡⵍ ⴰⵣⵣⵖⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﺰﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪".‬‬

‫ⵜⴰⵖⵣⴰⵡⵔⴰⴼ ‪" ⴰⴹⵉⵏⵉⵏⵏ,‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ"‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵜⵉⵡⵉ ⵔⵓ ‪ⴰⴹⵉⵏⵉⵏⵏ,‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﱂ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ‬

‫‪ⵓⵏⵥⴰⵕ.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﺮ‪".‬‬

‫‪180‬‬
 ‫ⵛⴰⵄⵏⵎ ‪" ⵉⵎⴰⵍ,‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ"‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⴰⴷ ⵥⵕⵏ ⴰⵔⴰⵡ ⵏⵏⵙⵏ ⵉⵎⴰⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﲑﻭﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪".‬‬

‫!ⵛⴰⵄⵏⵎ ⵍⴰ ⴽⵔⴰⵖ ⵜ ⴼⵟⵟ‬ ‫"ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ‪".‬‬
‫• ⴰⵔⵉⴳⵏⵉⵜ ‪" ⵜⵉⴳⵉⵔⴰ /‬ﺃﺧﲑ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵔ ⵜⵉⴳⵉⵔⴰ ⵜⴷⴷⵓⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ"‬
‫ⴰⵡⵀⴰⵡ ‪" ⵣⵉⴽⴽ,‬ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﳝﺎ"‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴽⴽⵉⵣ ⵏⵖⴼⴼ‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ‪".‬‬

‫ⵜⵉⴷⴷⵎⵜ ⵔⵖ ‪" ⴳ ⵢⵉⴹ,‬ﻟﻴﻼ"‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⴷⴷⴰⵏ ⵉⵏⴱⴳⵉⵡⵏ ⵖⵔ ⵜⵎⴷⴷⵉⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻮﻑ ﻟﻴﻼ‪".‬‬

‫‪ⵉⵡⵡⵜ ⵓⵏⵥⴰⵕ ⴳ ⵢⵉⴹ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻘﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻟﻴﻼ‪".‬‬
‫• ⴰⴷⴷⴱ "ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵍⴰ ⴱⴷⴷⴰ ⵉⴹⵚⵚⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺒﺘﺴﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪".‬‬
‫ⵓⵇⵇⵍⵉ ‪" ⵖⵉⵍⴰⴷ, ⴷⵖⵉ, ⵡⴰⵙⴰ, ⴷⵖⵉⴽⴽ, ⵍⵅⵜⵓ, ⵔⵓⵅⴰ,‬ﺍﻵﻥ"‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⴰⵡⵉ ⴰⵖ ⴷ ⵉⵎⴽⵍⵉ ⵖⵉⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﻵﻥ‪".‬‬

‫‪ⵙⵎⵓⵏ ⵉⵎⴰⵙⵙⵏ ⵏⵏⴽ ⵔⵓⵅⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﲨﻊ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺗﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ‪".‬‬
‫!ⴰⵙⴰⵡ ⵓⴷⴷ‬ ‫"ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ‪".‬‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺮﰲ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺗُﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪" ⵎⴰⵏⴰⴳⵯ, ⵎⵉⵍⵎⵉ(ⵎⵍⵎⵉ), ⵎⴰⵏ ⵜⵉⵣⵉ :‬ﻣﱴ"‪.‬‬
‫? ⵜⵏⵓⴷⴷ ⴷⴰⵔ ⵯⴳⴰⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﱭ ؟"‬
‫‪181‬‬
 ‫? ⵙⴰⵜ ⴷ ⴰⵖ ⵉⵎⵍⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﺳﺘﺄﰐ ؟"‬
‫? ⵏⵖⴼⴼ ⵢⴰ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ؟"‬
‫‪ .3 .7‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ⵉⵡⵛ ‪" ⴷⵔⵓⵙ, ⵉⵎⵉⴽⴽ / ⵉⵎⵉⵇⵇ, ⵛⵡⴰⵢⵜ /‬ﻗﻠﻴﻞ"‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵢⵓⵣⵣⵍ ⴷⵔⵓⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺮﻯ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪".‬‬

‫‪ⴼⴽ ⵉⵢⵉ ⵖⴰⵙ ⵉⵎⵉⵇⵇ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﲏ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻓﻘﻂ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵢⵉⵡⵛⴰ ⴰⵙ ⵛⵡⴰⵢⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪".‬‬
‫ⴼⴰⵣⵣⴱ ‪" ⴽⵉⴳⴰⵏ, ⴰⵟⵟⴰⵚ, ⴱⴰⵀⵔⴰ,‬ﻛﺜﲑ"‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵡⵜ ⵓⵏⵥⴰⵕ ⴽⵉⴳⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﺑﻐﺰﺍﺭﺓ‪".‬‬

‫‪ⴰⵇⵇⴰ ⵜⵙⵙⴰⵡⴰⵍⵎ ⴰⵟⵟⴰⵚ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵛⵛⴰ ⴱⴰⵀⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵢⵓⵣⵣⵍ ⴱⵣⵣⴰⴼ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺮﻯ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪".‬‬
‫ⴰⵕⵕⴰⵎ ‪" ⴰⴽⴽⵯ, ⵇⵇⴰⵃ (ⵇⵇⴰⵄ), ⴽⵓⵍⵍⵓ,‬ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ"‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜⵏ ⴰⴽⴽⵯ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ‪".‬‬

‫‪ⵉⴱⴱⵉ ⵇⵇⴰⵃ ⴰⵢⵏⵏⴰ ⵢⵓⴼⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺰّﻕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵎⴰⵕⵕⴰ ⵛⵛⵉⵏ, ⵎⴰⵕⵕⴰ ⵙⵡⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻭﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ‪".‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ⵯⴽⴽⴰ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ" ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ⵃⴰⵇⵇ‬

‫"ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎ"‪.‬‬

‫‪ⴰⴽⴽⵯ ⵓⵔ ⵢⵓⵙⵉ ⵉⵅⴼ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻻ ﻳﻠﱯ ﺣﱴ ﺣﺎﺟﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪".‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
 ‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴰⴽⴽⵯ ⵉⵙⵙⵉⵏ ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵇⵇⴰⵃ ⵓⵔ ⵟⵟⵉⵚⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﱎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵇⵇⵉⵎ ⵍⴰ ⴷ ⵉⵜⵜⴷⴷⵓ ⵇⵇⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ‪".‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ⵎⵛⵜⴰ, ⵎⵏⵛⴽ, ⵎⵛⵃⴰⵍ :‬‬

‫"ﻛﻢ" ‪:‬‬
‫? ⵏⴰⵍⵍ ⵙ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵜⵛⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ ؟"‬
‫? ⴷⵉⵕⵥⵜ ⴷⴰ ⴽⵛⵏⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ؟"‬
‫? ⵜⵍⴷⵉⵎ ⴳ ⴷⵉⴽⴽⵜ ⵢⴰ ⵍⴰⵃⵛⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺪﻟﺖ ؟"‬

‫‪ .4 .7‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ‪ /‬ﺍﳊﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻠﺠﺄ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﺑﲑ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ )ﺣﺮﻑ ‪+‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺑﲑ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵙ "ﺑـ" ﻭﲢﺪﺩ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﲎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉⵙⵙⴼⵜ ⵙ ‪ⵙ ⵜⴰⵣⵣⵍⴰ,‬‬ ‫"ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ"‬
‫ⵍⵉⵡⴰⵜⵜ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍ"‬
‫ⵍⵉⵃⵍ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﺒﻂﺀ‪ ،‬ﻬﺑﺪﻭﺀ"‬
‫ⵔⵉⵖⵓ ⵙ ‪ⵙ ⵡⴰⴼⵓⴷ,‬‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ"‬
‫ⵜⵢⵉⵏⵏ ⵙ ‪ⵙ ⵡⵓⵍ,‬‬ ‫"ﲝﺴﻦ ﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ"‬
‫ⵙⵙⵃⵍ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺳﺮﺍ"‬

‫‪183‬‬
 ‫ⵜⵃⴰⵕⵕ ⵙ ‪ⵙ ⵜⵉⴷⵜ,‬‬ ‫"ﺣﻘﺎ"‬
‫ⵕⵟⴰⵅⵍ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺗﻄﻮﻋﺎ‪ /‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ"‬
‫ⵣⴻⵣⵣⴱ ⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ"‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻜﻮﻛﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⴰⵢⵣⵎ ‪ⵎⵍⵉⵃ,‬‬ ‫"ﺟﻴﺪ"‬
‫ⵄⴰⵙⵉⴼ‬ ‫"ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ"‬
‫ⴼⵉⵙⵙⴱ ‪ⴱⵣⵣⵉⵣ,‬‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ"‬
‫ⵍⵟⴰⴱ ‪ⴼⴰⴱⵓⵔ,‬‬ ‫"ﳎﺎﻧﺎ"‬
‫ⴰⴷⵎⵄⵏ ‪ⵄⵏⵡⴰ,‬‬ ‫"ﻋﻤﺪﺍ"‬
‫ﻭﻳﻠﺠﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫ⴽⵉⵎⵉ ⵙ ⴽⵉⵎⵉ‬ ‫"ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍ ﺭﻭﻳﺪﺍ"‬
‫ⴰⵛ ⵙ ⴰⵛ ‪ⴽⵔⴰ ⵙ ⴽⵔⴰ /‬‬ ‫"ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ"‬
‫ⵉⵡⵛ ⵙ ⵉⵡⵛ ‪ⵛⵡⴰⵢ ⵛⵡⴰⵢ /‬‬ ‫" ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ "‬
‫ⴰⵔⵀⴰⴱ ⴰⵔⵀⴰⴱ‬ ‫"ﺟﺪﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ"‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ⵎⴰⵏⵉⴽ, :‬‬

‫ⵅⵓⵎ ‪" ⵎⴰⴽⴽⴰ, ⵎⴰⵎⵏⴽ(ⵎⴰⵎⵎⴽ), ⵎⴰⵎⵛ, (ⵎⵉⵎⵛ),‬ﻛﻴﻒ" ‪:‬‬

‫? ⴰⵍⵍⵯⴳⴰⵜ ⵎⴰⵡⵏⵙⵙⵜ ⴷⴰ ⴽⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻄﺒﺨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺪﺓ ؟"‬
‫? ⴷⵉⴳⵜ ⵢⴰ ⴰⴽⴽⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﻚ ؟"‬
‫? ⴰⴳⴳⵉ ⵛⵎⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ؟"‬
‫‪184‬‬
 ‫? ⵎⵉⴳⴳⵜ ⵅⵓⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﻜﻢ ؟"‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ⴽⵉⵏⴰⵎ ﻭⴰⴽⴽⴰⵎ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﲔ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﲔ ⴷⴰ‬

‫ﻭⵢⴰ‪.‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﻓﻌﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲪﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.1 .1 .8‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫أ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﲔ ﳘﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ ، (1.5‬ﻭﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻟﺘﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ⵉⵡⵜ ⵓⴷⴼⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴼⴼⵖ ⵃⵎⵎⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ ﲪّﻮ"‬
 ‫• ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ⵜⵙⵡⴰ ⵜⵙⵍⵎⵢⴰ ⴰⴽⴼⴼⴰⵢ.‬‬ ‫"ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺐ"‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫‪ⵉⵡⵛⴰ ⴰⴷⵍⵉⵙ ⵉ ⴳⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ"‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺭﺗﺒﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‪+‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ +‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ +‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻇﺮﰲ‬

‫ⴼⵅ ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ ⴷⴰⵎⵍⵙⵓ ⴰⴹⴱⵉ‬ ‫"ﻭﺯّﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ‬

‫‪ⵉⵏⵍⵎⴰⴷⵏ ⴳ ⵜⵉⵏⵎⵍ.‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ"‬
‫ⵉ ⵉⵎⵎⴳⵉⵜ ⵓⵎⵎⵃ ⵖⵙⵉ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﲪﻮ ﻣﱰﻻ ﻻﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﰲ‬
‫‪ⵢⵉⵍⵍⵉⵙ ⵉⵎⴰⵍ.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻠﺔ"‬

‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ)ⵜ( ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ ⵜ…ⵜ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﺆﻧﺜﺎ ‪) :‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪.3.1.3‬ﺏ(‬

‫ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
 ‫‪ⵉⵛⵛⴰ ⵓⵙⵍⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜ ﹸﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵛⵛⴰ ⴰⵙⵍⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤ ﹶﻜ ﹶﺔ"‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴰⴼⵔⵓⵅ ⵉⵔⵡⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻫﺮﺏ"‬
‫‪ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⵉⵖⵣⵣⵉⴼ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ"‬

‫ﻭﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ )ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ(‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵢⵓⵙⵉ ⴷ ⵓⵏⵎⴰⴷⴷⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺮ"‬

‫‪ⴰⵏⵎⴰⴷⴷⵓ ⵢⵓⵙⵉ ⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺟﺎﺀ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴼⴼⵖ ⵡⵓⵎⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ ﺃﺧﻲ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵎⴰ ⵉⴼⴼⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﻲ ﺧﺮﺝ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍ ⵓⵎⵇⵔⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ"‬

‫‪ⴰⵎⵇⵔⴰⵏ ⵉⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵔⴰⵃ ⵏⵜⵜⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﻫﻮ"‬

‫‪188‬‬
 ‫‪ⵏⵜⵜⴰ ⵉⵔⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﺫﻫﺐ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵢⵓⵙⵉ ⴷ ⵡⴰⵏⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ )ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ("‬

‫‪ⵡⴰⵏⵏ ⵢⵓⵙⵉ ⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ )ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ( ﺟﺎﺀ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﻏﲑ ﳏﺪﺩ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴷ ⵛⴰ ⵏ ⵢⵉⵊⵊⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ"‬

‫‪ⵛⴰ ⵏ ⵢⵉⵊⵊⵏ ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺟﺎﺀ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵎⵇⵇⵓⵔ ⵡⵉⵏⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﻧﺼﻴﱯ ﻛﺒﲑ"‬

‫‪ⵡⵉⵏⵓ ⵉⵎⵇⵇⵓⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﻛﺒﲑ"‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⴼⴼⵖⵏⵜ ⵙⵏⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺘﺎﻥ"‬

‫‪ⵙⵏⴰⵜ ⴼⴼⵖⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﺟﺘﺎ"‬

‫‪ .II‬ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﲣﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬

‫‪189‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻤَﺤﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫)ﺣﺮﺓ( ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ) ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ( ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⴰⵔⴳⴰⵣ, ⵉⴼⴼⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﺝ"‬

‫‪ⴰⵔⴳⴰⵣ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵔⴳⴰⵣ, ⴼⴽⵉⵖ ⴰⵙ ⴰⵣⵏⵏⴰⵕ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺲ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⴰⵖⵣⴰⴼ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ"‬

‫‪ⴰⵎⵇⵔⴰⵏ, ⵖⵔⵉⵖ ⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵎⵥⵥⵢⴰⵏ , ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴰⴳ ⵡⵓⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ"‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵙⵉⵏ ⴰⵏⵏ, ⴷⴷⴰⵏ ⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﺍﻧﻚ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻣﺎ"‬

‫‪ⵙⵉⵏ ⴰⵏⵏ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﺍﻧﻚ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻤﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵙⵉⵏ ⴰⵏⵏ, ⴼⴽⵉⵖ ⴰⵙⵏ ⴰⴷⵍⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﺍﻧﻚ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ"‬
‫‪190‬‬
 ‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵏⵜⵜⴰ, ⵉⵔⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺐ"‬

‫‪ⵏⵜⵜⴰ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵏⵜⵜⴰ, ⵓⵛⵉⵖ ⴰⵙ ⵜⵉⵏⵄⴰⵛⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ"‬
‫‪ⵏⵜⵜⴰ, ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴰⴳ ⴱⴰⴱⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵡⴰⵏⵏ, ⵉⵔⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﺩﺭ‪/‬ﺫﻫﺐ"‬

‫‪ⵡⵉⵏⵏ, ⵎⵍⵉⵖ ⴰⵙ ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬
‫‪ⵡⵉⵏⵉⵏ, ⵓⵛⵉⵖ ⴰⵙⵏ ⵜⴰⵎⵎⴻⵎⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻻﺋﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵏ, ⵜⴷⴷⴰ ⴰⴳ ⵜⵎⴷⴷⴰⴽⵯⵍⵜ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺘﻬﺎ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵡⵉⵏⵓ ⵉⵎⵥⵥⵢ.‬‬ ‫"ﻧﺼﻴﱯ ﺻﻐﲑ"‬

‫‪ⵡⵉⵏⵙⵏ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵡⵉⵏⵙⵏ, ⵙⵉⵡⵍⵖ ⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﺮﻳﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ"‬

‫‪191‬‬
 ‫‪ .III‬ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺿﻤﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⵖⴰ ⵓⵏⵍⵎⴰⴷ ⴰⴷⵍⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ"‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻲ‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ( ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﺜﻞ )ⵔⵓ‪:( ...ⵉⵙ ،ⴰⴷ ،‬‬
‫‪ⵢⴰⵖ ⵜ ⵓⵚⵎⵎⵉⴹ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺩ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵜ ⵢⴰⵖ ⵓⵚⵎⵎⵉⴹ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺩ"‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵙⵖⴰ ⵜⴰⴽⵏⴰⵔⵉⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﻲ"‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵟⵟⴼ ⴽⵕⴰⴹ (ⵏ) ⵉⵙⵍⵎⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻣﺴﻚ‪ /‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﺛﻼﺙ ﲰﻜﺎﺕ"‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵢⵓⵛ ⴰⵙ ⵉⵙⵍⵎⴰⵏ ⵏ ⵓⵖⵣⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﲰﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ"‬

‫‪192‬‬
 ‫ﺻﻔﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵥⵕⴰ ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⴱⴱⵉ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﻄﻌﻪ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵄⵍⴰ ⵡⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﻏﲑ ﳏﺪﺩ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵥⵕⴰ ⵛⴰ ⵏ ⵢⵉⵊⵊ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ"‬

‫ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵔⴰ ⵡⵉⵏⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﻠﻚ"‬

‫‪ .IV‬ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬

‫" ﻝ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ⵉ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴼⴽⴰ ⵓⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷ ⵉⴷⵍⵉⵙⵏ ⵉ ⵓⵏⵍⵎⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻛﺘﺒﺎ "‬

‫‪193‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﺩ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴱⴹⴰ ⴰⵙⵏ ⵓⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷ ⵉⴷⵍⵉⵙⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻛﺘﺒﺎ"‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻻﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺿﻤﲑﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴱⴹⴰ ⵓⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷ ⵉⴷⵍⵉⵙⵏ ⵉ ⵉⵏⵍⵎⴰⴷⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻛﺘﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴱⴹⴰ ⴰⵙⵏ ⵜⵏ ⵓⵙⵍⵎⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺯﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬ ‫ب‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ؛‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ؛‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬

‫ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴼⴼⵖ ⵓⵔⴱⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵔⴱⴰ ⵉⴼⴼⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ"‬

‫‪194‬‬
 ‫‪ⵜⴼⴼⵖ ⵜⵔⴱⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻠﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⵜⴼⴼⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻠﺔ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ"‬
‫‪ⴼⴼⵖⵏ ⵉⵃⵏⵊⵉⵔⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵃⵏⵊⵉⵔⵏ ⴼⴼⵖⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ"‬
‫‪ⴼⴼⵖⵏⵜ ⵜⵛⵉⵔⵔⴰⵜⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻼﺕ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵉⵛⵉⵔⵔⴰⵜⵉⵏ ⴼⴼⵖⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻼﺕ ﺧﺮﺟﻦ"‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ ﺍﲰﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻓﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣُﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺧﺮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﺩﺍ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵕⴰⵃ ⵓⵔⴱⴰ ⴷ ⵜⵔⴱⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻏﺎﺩﺭ‪ /‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻔﻠﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵕⴰⵃ ⵜⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⴷ ⵓⵔⴱⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ"‬
‫‪ⵕⴰⵃⵏ ⵉⵔⴱⴰⵏ ⴷ ⵜⵔⴱⴰⵜⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻔﻼﺕ"‬
‫‪ⵕⴰⵃⵏⵜ ⵜⵔⴱⴰⵜⵉⵏ ⴷ ⵉⵔⴱⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ"‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺴﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﲨﻌﺎ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴰⵔⴳⴰⵣ ⴷ ⵜⵎⵟⵟⵓⴹⵜ ⴷⴷⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺫﻫﺒﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⵟⵟⵓⴷⵜ ⴷ ⵢⵉⵡⵉⵙ ⴷⴷⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺎ"‬

‫‪195‬‬
 ‫‪ .II‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻼ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴰⵃⵔⵎⵓⵛ, ⵉⵕⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺐ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵃⵔⵎⵓⵛⵜ, ⵜⵕⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺒﺖ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵃⵔⵎⵓⵛⵏ, ⵕⴰⵃⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵉⵃⵔⵎⵓⵛⵉⵏ, ⵔⴰⵃⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﱭ"‬

‫‪ .III‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻄﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ) ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⴰⵢⵢⵉⵙ, ⵓⵏⵏⵉⵖ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ"‬

‫‪ⵜⴰⴼⵔⵓⵅⵜ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵍⵖⵎⴰⵏ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﳉِﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵉⵎⴷⵢⴰⵣⵉⵏ, ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻦ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ, ⵓⵛⵉⵖ ⴰⵙ ⵉⵊⵊⵉⴳⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺎﺭ"‬

‫‪196‬‬
 ‫‪ⵉⵎⵏⴰⵢⵏ, ⵎⵍⵉⵖ ⴰⵙⵏ ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⵜⵎⴰ, ⵓⵛⵉⵖ ⴰⵙⵏⵜ ⴰⵎⵓⵔ ⵏⵏⵙⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﻮﺍﰐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻬﻦ ﺣﻘﻬﻦ"‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵎⴰⵙⵉⵏ, ⵙⵙⵏⵖ ⵜⴰⴷⴷⴰⵔⵜ ⵉⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺳﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ"‬

‫‪ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⴰ, ⵙⵙⵏⵖ ⵓⵍⵜⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﺧﺘﻬﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵏⴰⵢⵏ ⴰⴷ, ⵙⵙⵏⵖ ⵉⵖⵔⵎ ⵏⵏⵙⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﻳﺘﻬﻢ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵉⵔⴱⴰⵜⵉⵏ ⵏⵏⴰ, ⵙⵙⵏⵖ ⴱⴰⴱⴰⵜⵙⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻻﺋﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﻦ"‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‪ +‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ +‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ +‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺮﰲ‬

‫ⵉ ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⵏⵓⵎⵉⵎ ⴽⵙⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵉⵙ ⴰⴳ ⵓⵎⴷⴷⵓⴽⵍ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪".‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﺇﱁ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻐﻞ‬ ‫)ⵔⵓ‪ⴷⴰ،ⴰⴷ،‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺟﺬﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺗﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ +‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ +‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺮﰲ‬

‫‪197‬‬
 ‫ⴳⴰ ⵙⵉⵎⵎⴻⵎ ⵉ ⵏⵓⵎⵉⵎ ⵜⵜ ⵉ ⴽⵙⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‬
‫‪ⵓⵎⴷⴷⵓⴽⵍ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ +‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺣﺮﰲ‬
‫ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⵏⵓⵎⵉⵎ ⵙⴰ ⴽⵙⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⴰⴳ ⵓⵎⴷⴷⵓⴽⵍ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ +‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪+‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺮﰲ‪:‬‬
‫ⵍⴽⵓⴷⴷⵎⵓ ⴳⴰ ⵏⵓⵎⵉⵎ ⵜⵜ ⵙⴰ ⴽⵙⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺟﺬﺏ )ⵔⵓ‪ ، ⵉⵙ ،ⴰⴷ ،‬ﺇﱁ( ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﲑﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺗﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ‪ +‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪ +‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪+‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺮﰲ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⵉⵎⵎⴻⵎ ⵉ ⵏⵓⵎⵉⵎ ⴽⵉⵙⵙⵉ ⵜⵜ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ⴰⴳ ⵓⵎⴷⴷⵓⴽⵍ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪".‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ‪ +‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪ +‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪+‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺮﰲ‬

‫‪198‬‬
 ‫ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⵏⵓⵎⵉⵎ ⴽⵉⵙⵙⵉ ⵙⴰ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ⴰⴳ ⵓⵎⴷⴷⵓⴽⵍ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪".‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‪ +‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ +‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ‪ +‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪+‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺮﰲ‬
‫ⴳⴰ ⵏⵓⵎⵉⵎ ⴽⵉⵙⵙⵉ ⵜⵜ ⵙⴰ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ⵓⵎⴷⴷⵓⴽⵍ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪".‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﻌﻞ‪ +‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪+‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻇﻒ ﺭﺗﺐ‬

‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳒﺪ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻓﺘﺄﰐ ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪(.2 .1 .1 .8‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.2 .1 .8‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻌﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﳏﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻜﻼﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳُﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺷﱴ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪199‬‬
 ‫ⴷ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﻮﻝ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪ /‬ﺍﳊﻤﻞ‬ ‫أ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻈﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻣﻪ ) ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ‪ (...‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴷ ⴰⵎⵃⴹⴰⵕ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵜⴰⵎⵖⴰⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⴰⵣⴳⴳⵯⴰⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﺃﲪﺮ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵓⵍⵜⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ )ﻫﺎ("‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵏⵜⵜⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵜⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵡⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵡⵉⵏⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﱄ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⴽⵕⴰⴹ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ"‬

‫ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺩﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻨﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺮﺍﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺘﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵃⵎⵎⵓ ⴷ ⴰⵎⵃⴹⴰⵕ.‬‬ ‫"ﲪﻮ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ"‬
‫‪ⴷⴰⴷⴷⴰⵙ ⴷ ⴰⵎⵖⴰⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺧﻮﻩ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ"‬

‫‪200‬‬
 ‫‪ⵖⵉⵛⴰ ⴷ ⵜⴰⵎⵥⵥⵢⴰⵏⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ"‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ⴰⵇ "ﻫﺬﺍ"‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ⴰⵇⴰⵀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﻳﺮﺩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵇⴰ ⴷ ⴰⵎⴷⴷⴰⴽⵯⵍ ⵉⵏⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ"‬

‫ⴰⵇⴰⵀ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ⴰⵀ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ب‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴰⵀ "ﻫﺬﺍ" ﻭﺑﺪﻳﻠﻪ ⴰⵇⴰⵀ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪ /‬ﺍﶈﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ )ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵀⴰ ⴰⵢⵢⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ"‬

‫‪ⵀⴰⵇⴰ ⴰⵣⴳⴳⵯⴰⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ"‬
‫‪ⵀⴰ ⵡⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ"‬
‫‪ⵀⴰⵇⴰ ⵏⴽⴽⵏⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﳓﻦ"‬
‫‪ⵀⴰ ⴽⵕⴰⴹⵜ ⵏ ⵜⴱⵔⴰⵜⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ"‬
‫‪ⵀⴰ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ"‬
‫‪ⵀⴰ ⵜⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ"‬

‫‪201‬‬
 ‫ج‪ .‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﳝﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺮﰲ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﰒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﲨﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵖⵓⵔⵙ ⵍⵡⴰⵛⵓⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﺪﻳﻪ‪/‬ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ"‬
‫‪ⴷⴰⵔⵙ ⵉⵇⴰⵕⵉⴹⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﺪﻳﻪ‪ /‬ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻝ"‬
‫‪ⵖⵓⵔⵉ ⵉⵊⵊ ⵏ ⵓⵃⵏⵊⵉⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﺪﻱ‪ /‬ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪ⴷⵉⴳⵙ ⴰⵎⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺀ"‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴰⵇ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ‪ /‬ﺍﶈﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵇⴰ ⴷⵉⵏⵏⵉ ⵉⵛⵜ ⵏ ⵜⴼⵉⵔⴰⵙⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﺇﺟﺎﺹ"‬

‫• ﻇﺮﻑ‬
‫!ⴰⵕⵕⴱ‬ ‫"ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ"‬
‫‪ⴷⴰ / ⵖⵉ / ⴷⴰⵀⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵡⴰⵙⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻵﻥ"‬
‫‪202‬‬
 ‫• ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﳏﺪﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵙⵙⴰⵏ ⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ"‬
‫‪ⴽⵓⵍ ⵉⵊⵊ ⵙ ⵓⵎⵓⵔ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺣﺼﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ⴽⵓ ⵢⴰⵏ ⵙ ⵓⴷⵍⵉⵙ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ"‬

‫• ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﹺﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⵏⵏⴽ ⴰⵎ ⵡⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻛﻼﻣﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ )ﻫﺎ("‬
‫‪ⵉⵟⵟⵓ ⵣⵓⵏ ⴷ ⵄⵍⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻄﹼﻮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ"‬

‫• ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫?ⴰⵡ ⴰⵜⵜⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ؟"‬
‫?ⴰⵜ ⵔⴰⵖⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ؟"‬
‫?ⴰⵡ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ؟"‬

‫‪ .2 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ⵔⵓ )ﻻ‪ ،‬ﱂ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪.1 .2 .8‬‬

‫ﲢﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ "ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ" ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ⵔⵓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺣﺪﺙ ﳏﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫‪203‬‬
‫ⵔⵓ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ⵔⵓ‬ ‫أ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﻠﻚ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ ﻫﻲ ‪ u‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﳐﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻝ ⵔⵓ )ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺘﻬﺎ ⵍⵓ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ⴰⵡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭⵔⵡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻮﺳﻢ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺇﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ⵉ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺍﻣﺘﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪:(3.1.5‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵙⵡⵉ ⴰⵎⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵏⵏⵉ ⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⴽⵍⵉ ⴳ ⵜⴳⵎⵎⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳُﻤﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ"‬

‫ⵔⵓ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ⵓⵀⵓ :‬ﺃﻭ ⵉⵀⵉ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ⵀⴰⵡⴰⵍ"ﻻ"‪:‬‬
‫?ⵏⵖⴼⴼ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ؟"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴼⴼⵉⵖⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﳜﺮﺟﻮﺍ"‬
‫ⵀⴰⵡⴰⵍ‪ⵓⵀⵓ / ⵉⵀⵉ /‬‬ ‫"ﻻ"‬
‫‪204‬‬
 ‫ب‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⵔⵓ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻜﻼﻥ ﺻﻴﻐﺎ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ⵔⴰⵙ ⵔⵓ ﻭ ⵏⵉⵊⵊ ⵔⵓ ﱂ‪...‬ﺃﺑﺪﺍ(‪،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﻐﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﺳﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫) ⴷⴰⵄ‪ ⵓⵔ...‬ﺃﻭ ⵓⵍⴰⵡ‪ ،ⵓⵔ...‬ﺃﻭ ⴰⵛ‪ ،ⵓⵔ...‬ﺃﻭ ⵏⴰⵢ‪ ،ⵓⵔ...‬ﺃﻭ ⵜⴰⵢ‪،ⵓⵔ...‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ⴰⵢⵎⴰ‪ ،(ⵓⵔ...‬ﻭﺗﺪﻝ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺩﻻﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ⵔⴰⵙ ⵔⵓ ﻟﻦ‪...‬ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵔⴰⵙ ⵔⵓ ﺑﻨﻔﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ )ﺗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺎﻡ(‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻠﻚ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﳐﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ⵓ‬
‫ⵔⴰⵙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵙⴰⵔ ⴰⵙ ⵙⵉⵡⵍⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪".‬‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵙⴰⵔ ⴰⴷ ⴰⵡⵏ ⵙⴰⵡⵍⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻜﻢ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵙⴰⵔ ⴰⴷ ⴰⵙ ⵉⵏⵉⵏ ⵢⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ"‬

‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ⵔⴰⵙ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪ⵓⵍⵍⴰⵀ ⵓⵔ ⵙⴰⵔ ⵖⵓⵔⵙ ⴷⴷⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻦ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ"‬

‫‪205‬‬
 ‫• ⵏⵓⵊⵊ ⵔⵓ‪ ⵓⵔ ⵊⵊⵉⵏ /‬ﱂ‪ ...‬ﻗﻂ‬
‫ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﻥ )ⵏⵉⵊⴷ ⵔⵓ( ⵏⵉⵊⵊ ⵔⵓ ﻭ ⵏⵓⵊⵊ ⵔⵓ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ .ⵓⵔ ⵊⵊⵉ/ ⵓⵔ ⵊⵊⵓ :‬ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵊⵊⵓⵏ ⵔⴰⴷ ⴰⴽ ⵉⵎⵍ ⴰⵖⴰⵔⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻦ ﻳﺪﻟﻚ ﻗﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵊⵊⵉⵏ ⵉⵥⵕⵉ ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻗﻂ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵊⵊⵓⵏ ⵉⵏⵏⵉ ⵉⵣⵍⵉ ⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﻐﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﻂ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵊⵊⵉⵏ ⵜ ⵓⵎⵉⵥⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﻘﺒﻀﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻂ"‬

‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﲔ ⵔⴰⵙ ⵔⵓ ﻭⵏⵉⵊⵊ ⵔⵓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ، ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ⴰⵜ‪ ⵓⵔ...ⵄⴰⴷ, ⵓⵔ...‬ﻟﻴﺲ‪ ...‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵜⴰ ⴷ ⵉⵍⴽⵉⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ"‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍ ⵄⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵢⵓⵙⵉ ⵄⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ"‬
‫• ⵍⵓⵙ ⵔⵓ ﱂ‪ ...‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵙⵓⵍ ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵓⵎⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺭ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵙⵓⵍ ⵉⴷⴷⵉ ⵙ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ"‬
‫‪206‬‬
 ‫ⵃⴰⵇⵇ‪ ⵓⵔ ⴰⴽⴽⵯ, (ⵓⵔ...ⵇⵇⴰⵄ) ⵓⵔ...‬ﱂ‪ ...‬ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵟⵟⵉⵚ ⵇⵇⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﻨﻢ ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎ"‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴰⴽⴽⵯ ⵛⵛⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎ"‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵃⴰⵇⵇ )ⵄⴰⵇⵇ( ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫!ⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙⵙ ⵙⴰ ⵔⵓ ⵃⴰⵇⵇ‬ ‫"ﻻ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎ"‬
‫ⵙⴰⵅ ‪ ⵓⵔ...ⴰⴱⵍⴰ / ⴱⵍⴰ, ⵓⵔ...ⵖⴰⵙ /‬ﱂ‪...‬ﺇﻻ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﺗﻌﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⴷⴷⵉ ⵖⴰⵙ ⵏⵜⵜⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵏⵥⵕⵉ ⴰⴱⵍⴰ ⵉⵟⵟⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻧﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻳﻄﹼﻮ"‬
‫• ⴰⵢⵎⴰ‪ ⵓⵔ...‬ﻭⵓⵍⴰⵡ‪ ⵓⵔ...‬ﻭⵜⴰⵢ‪ ⵓⵔ...‬ﱂ‪...‬ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ⵏⵊⵊⵉ ‪ⵓⵔ...ⵢⴰⵏ/‬‬

‫ﻭⴷⴷⵃ‪ ⵓⵔ...‬ﱂ ‪...‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﱁ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵙⵙⵉⵏ ⴰⵎⵢⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵏⵏⵉⵖ ⵡⴰⵍⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⴼⴼⵉⵖ ⵃⴷⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵙⴰⵡⵍ ⵢⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬

‫‪207‬‬
 ‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵥⵕⵉⵏ ⵢⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ"‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗُﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ⴷⴳⴰ ﻭⴷⵡⴰ ﻭⴰⵍⵓ ﻭⴰⵜⵜⵃ )ﺣﱴ( ﻣﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ⵊⵊⵉ‪ ،ⵓⵔ...ⵢⴰⵏ /‬ﻓﺘﺄﰐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ⵏⴰⵢ ﻭⵊⵊⵉ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⴷⴷⵉ ⵃⵜⵜⴰ ⵢⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵢⵓⵙⵉ ⴰⴳ ⵉⵊⵊ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵜⵜ ⵢⵓⵎⵉⵏ ⵓⵍⴰ ⵉⵊⵊ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵙⴰⵡⵍ ⴰⵡⴷ ⵢⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ⵊⴷⵉ ⴳⴰ ﻭⵏⴰⵢ ⴷⵡⴰ ﻭⵊⵊⵉ ⴰⵍⵓ ﻭ ⵏⴰⵢ ⴰⵜⵜⵃ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴰⴳ ⵉⴷⵊ ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵢⵓⵙⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺄﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵃⵜⵜⴰ ⵢⴰⵏ ⵓⵔ ⵉⴷⴷⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ‪/‬ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵡⴷ ⵢⴰⵏ ⵓⵔ ⵉⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵍⴰ ⵉⵊⵊ ⵓⵔ ⵜⵜ ⵢⵓⵎⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ"‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ⵉⵛ‪"ⵓⵔ...ⴽⵔⴰ /ⵓⵔ...ⵛⴰ/ ⵓⵔ...‬ﱂ‪...‬ﺷﻴﺌﺎ"‪:‬‬
‫ⴰⵔⴽ ﻭⴰⵛ ﻭⵉⵛ ﻧﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﱴ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵙⵖⵉⵖ ⵛⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺷﺘﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵢⵓⴼⵉ ⵛⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﳚﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ"‬

‫‪208‬‬
 ‫• ⴰⵍⵓ‪ ⵓⵔ...‬ﻭⴰⵍ‪ ⵓⵔ...ⵍⴰ...‬ﻻ‪...‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳُﻮﻇﱠﻒ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎ ﺍﲰﻴﺎ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻓﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴰⵏⵏⴰⵢⵖ ⵃⵎⵎⵓ ⴷ ⵢⵉⴷⵉⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﲪﻮ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﺮ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵢⴰⵏⵏⴰⵢ ⵃⵎⵎⵓ ⵓⵍⴰ ⵉⴷⵉⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺮ ﻻ ﲪﻮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﻳﺮ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵏⵏⵉⵖ ⵢⴰⵀ ⵓⵍⴰ ⵍⴰⵡⴰⵀ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻻ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻻ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵥⵕⵉ ⵍⴰ ⵜⴰⵃⴷⴷⵓⵜ ⵓⵍⴰ ⴱⴰⵊⵊⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺮ ﻻ ﺗﺎﺣﺪّﻭﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﺟﻮ"‬

‫• ⵓⴱ‪ ⵓⵔ...‬ﱂ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵓⴱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ⵔⵓ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ⵓⴱ‪ ،ⵓⵔ...‬ﻓﻴﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﻻﱄ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﻔﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ⵓⴱ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵙⵖⵉⵖ ⴰⴹⵉⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺷﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﺒﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵙⵖⵉⵖ ⴱⵓ ⵡⴰⴹⵉⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺷﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵓⵎⵉⵥⵏ ⴱⵓ ⵜⵎⵏⵢⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﳛﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎ‪".‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵖⵓⵔⵙ ⴱⵓ ⵓⵅⵅⴰⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﻗﻂ"‬

‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ⵓⴱ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ‬

‫‪209‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪.2 .2 .8‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ (2.1.8‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ⵔⵓ "ﻻ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬

‫ﻳﺮﺩ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴷ ⴰⵎⴷⵢⴰⵣ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⴰⵎⴷⵢⴰⵣ.‬‬ ‫" ﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺎﻋﺮﺍ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⴰⵎⵥⵥⵢⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫" ﻫﻮ ﺻﻐﲑ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⴰⵎⵥⵥⵢⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵏⵜⵜⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵏⵜⵜⴰ.‬‬ ‫" ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ"‬
‫‪ⵖⵓⵔⵙ ⴰⵏⴷⴰⵣ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺣﻆ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵖⵓⵔⵙ ⴰⵏⴷⴰⵣ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺣﻆ"‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵡⴰ.‬‬ ‫" ﻫﻮ ﺫﺍ "‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵡⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ "‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵡⵉⵏⵓ.‬‬ ‫" ﺇﻧﻪ ﱄ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵡⵉⵏⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﱄ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵉⴹⵏⵏⴰⵟ, ⴰⵍ ⴰⵙⴽⴽⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻐﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵡⴰⵙⴰ ⵓⵍⴰ ⵜⵉⵡⵛⵛⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻏﺪﺍ"‬

‫‪210‬‬
‫ⴷ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﲰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ⵔⵓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ⴷ ⵔⵓ "ﻟﻴﺲ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ⴷⵉ ⵔⵓ‬

‫ﻭⴷ ⵉⵍⵍⵓ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3 .2 .8‬ﻧﻔﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺗُﻨﻔﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ⵙⵉ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵔⵓ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ⴷ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵉⵙ ⵉⵙⵖⴰ ⵜⴰⴷⴷⴰⵔⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﻣﱰﻻ "‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵉⵙ ⴰⵙ ⵏⵏⵉⵖ ⵇⵇⵉⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ"‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪.4 .2 .8‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺗﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ⴷ ﻭ ⵏⵏ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ⵔⵓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵢⵓⴽⵎ ⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺩﺧﻞ )ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ("‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵢⵓⴽⵉⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ )ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ("‬
‫‪ⵖⵔⵉⵖ ⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴰⵙ ⵖⵔⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﻧﺎﺩﻳﻪ‪ /‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵥⵕⵉⵖ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵜ ⵥⵕⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﺭﻩ"‬
‫‪211‬‬
 ‫‪ⵓⵛⵉⵖ ⴰⵙ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴰⵙ ⵜ ⵓⵛⵉⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﺃﻋﻄﻪ ﺃﻳﺎﻩ"‬

‫‪ .3 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻲ )ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ( ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ )ﺗﺼﻮﺭ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﲟﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﻬﺗﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ُﻭﺟﱢﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ُﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﻄﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﲜﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﻓﻌﻼ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ⴰⵙⵇⵙ "ﺳﺄﻝ"‪" ⵥⵕ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮ"‪...‬ﺇﱁ ُﻋﺪّ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﺎ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .3 .8‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻳُﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﺏ "ﻧﻌﻢ" ﺃﻭ "ﻻ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﻹﳚﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ⵀⵉⵢⵢ ﻭⵀⴰⵢ ﻭ ⵀⴰⵡ‬

‫‪212‬‬
‫ⴰⵍⵍ‬ ‫"ﻧﻌﻢ"‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻓﺘﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ⵓⵀⵓ ﻭⵉⵀⵉ ﻭⵀⴰⵡⴰⵍ ﻭ‬
‫"ﻻ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳُﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﳐﺎﻃﺐ‪ ،‬ﲜﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﻇﻒ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﳘﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ‬ ‫•‬

‫?ⵏⴰⴷⴷ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ؟"‬
‫?ⵕⴰⵥⵏⵓ ⵜⵡⵉⵢ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺃﻣﻄﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ؟"‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ⵙⵉ ﻭ ⴰⵎ "ﻫﻞ‪/‬ﺃ" ﺍﻟﻠﺘﲔ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳُﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﻥ ⵙⵉ ﻭ ⴰⵎ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫?ⵏⴰⵛⵛ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ‪/‬ﺃ ﺃﻛﻠﻮﺍ؟"‬
‫?ⵏⵃⴰⵕ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ‪ /‬ﺃﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ؟"‬

‫‪213‬‬
 ‫• ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﲔ ⵙⵉ ﻭ ⴰⵎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ )ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ( ﺃﻭ ﻇﺮﻑ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪:(2.1.8‬‬
‫?ⴽⴰⴱⴰⴱ ⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺑﻮﻙ؟"‬
‫?ⵙⵉⵍⵍⵉ ⴷ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⵎⴽ ⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺖِ؟"‬
‫?ⵜⴰⵜⵜⵏ ⴷ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ؟"‬
‫?ⵖⴰⵔⵡⴰ ⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ؟"‬
‫?ⵏⴰⴽⵔⴱⴰ ⴷ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ؟"‬
‫?ⴹⴰⵕⴽ ⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ؟"‬
‫?ⵙⵓⵎⵎⵙ ⴷ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﲬﺴﺔ؟"‬
‫?ⵡⴰⴷⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ؟"‬
‫?ⵢⴰⴷⴷⴰⵡ ⵙ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ؟"‬
‫?ⴰⵡ ⴷ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ؟"‬
‫?ⵍⴰⵎⵉ ⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ؟"‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭُﻇﻔﺖ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ⵙⵉ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺃﺩﺍﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ )ⴷ ﻭⵏⵏ (‬

‫ﻭﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⴷ.‬‬ ‫?ⴰⴷⴷⵉ ⴷ ⵙⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺃﺟﺎﺀ ؟"‬

‫‪214‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵍⴽⵎ ⵏⵏ.‬‬ ‫?ⵎⴽⵍⵉ ⵏⵏ ⵙⵉ →‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﺻﻞ )ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ(؟"‬
‫‪ⵉⵥⵕⴰ ⵜⵏ.‬‬ ‫?ⴰⵕⵥⵉ ⵏⵜ ⵙⵉ →‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺭﺁﻫﻢ؟"‬
‫‪ⵜⵖⵔⵉⴷ ⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫?ⴷⵉⵔⵖⵜ ⵙⴰ ⵙⵉ →‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ؟ﻫﻞ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺘﻪ؟"‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ⴰⵎ‪ ،‬ﻇﻠﺖ ﺃﺩﺍﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ )ⴷ ﻭⵏⵏ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﱂ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⵔⵓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‪:‬‬

‫?ⴰⵍⵍ ⵖⵉⵏ ⴷ ⵙⵓⵢ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟"‬
‫?ⵙⴰⵢ ⴷ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻫﻞ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ؟"‬
‫?ⵉⵙⵓⵜ ⴷ ⵔⵓ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﱂ ﺗﺄﺕ؟"‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﲔ ⵙⵉ ﺃﻭ ⴰⵎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵙⵇⵙⴰ ⵜ ⵉⵙ ⵉⵙⵡⴰ ⴰⵜⴰⵢ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻫﻞ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ"‬
‫‪ⵄⵍⵓ ⵉⵙ ⴷ ⵉⵡⴹⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﻞ ﻭﺻﻠﻮﺍ"‬
‫‪ⵙⴰⵍ ⵎⴰ ⵜⵓⵙⵉ ⴷ ⵉⵎⵎⴰⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻫﻞ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺃﻣﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵙⵇⵙⴰ ⵜⵏ ⵎⴰ ⵛⵛⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﺄﳍﻢ ﻫﻞ ﺃﻛﻠﻮﺍ"‬

‫‪215‬‬
 ‫‪ .2 .3 .8‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ )ﺿﻤﲑ ﺃﻭ ﻇﺮﻑ( ﲢﺪﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻬﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬

‫ⵓ‬ ‫ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﺄﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪ ⵎⴰ :‬ﻭ ⵉⵡ ﻭ‬
‫"ﻣﻦ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴰⵎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ⴷⴰ‪) ⴰⵢ /‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ( ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺗﺎﻥ ⴰⵎ ‪ⵎⴰ ⴰⵢ/‬‬

‫ⴷⴰ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻟﻔﻈﻴﺎ ⵢⴰⵎ ﺃﻭ ⴳⴰⵎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ⴷⴰⵎ ﺃﻭ ⴰⵎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪:‬‬
‫?ⵏⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⵢⴰ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺝ؟"‬
‫?ⵏⴰⴷⴷⵉ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ؟"‬
‫?ⵏⴼⴷⵓⵢ ⴷ ⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻞ )ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ(؟"‬
‫?ⵏⴰⵏⵏⵉ ⵜ ⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ؟"‬
‫?ⵏⵉⵙⵓⵢ ⴷ ⵓ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ؟"‬

‫ﻭﻳُﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵏⴰⵎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻈﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﺄﰐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪216‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵉⴱⴱⵉ ⵏⵏ ⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⴰ ⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﺐ‬
‫?ⴷⴰ ⵙⵙⴰⵍⴰⵎⵉ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ؟"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵖⵙⵉ ⵜⴹⵓⵟⵟⵎⴰⵜ ⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺕ‬
‫?ⴰⵔⴽⴰⵏⴰⵜ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺑﻴﺔ؟"‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ) ⵎⴰ :‬ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ⴷⴰ ﺃﻭ ⵢⴰ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ⵏⵉⵎ ﻭⵏⵢⴰⵎ ﻭⵉⵎ ﻭⵓ "ﻣﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ"‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫?ⵎⴰⵛⵛⵜ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﻠﺘﻢ؟"‬
‫?ⴷⵉⵖⵙⵜ ⵢⴰ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⵉⵏⵏⵜ ⵏⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ؟"‬
‫?ⵜⵏⵉⵡⵉ ⴷ ⵏⵢⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﱭ؟"‬
‫?ⴷⵉⵕⵥⵜ ⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ؟"‬
‫?ⵜⵏⵉⵕⵥ ⵓ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻳﻦ؟"‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻲ ⵏⴰⵎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫?ⴷⵉⵔⵜ ⴷⴰ ⵕⴰⵏⵏⵥⴰ ⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻱ ﺳﻠﻬﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ؟"‬

‫‪217‬‬
 ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ⴰⵎ ﺃﻭ ⵓ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵉⵎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺩ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﳍﺎ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ⴰⵎ‬

‫ⵉⵎ ⵉ "ﳌﻦ"‪ ،‬ﻭ ⵉⵎ ⵙ ⴰⵎ "ﲟﺎﺫﺍ"‪ ،‬ﻭ ⵉⵎ ⴼⵅ ⴰⵎ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ"‬

‫‪ⵉⵡⵛⴰ ⵉⵇⴰⵕⵉⴹⵏ ⵉ ⵄⵍⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ"‬
‫?ⵏⴹⵕⴰⵇⵉ ⴰⵛⵡⵉ ⵉⵎ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﳌﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⴽⴽⵓⵙ ⵅⴼ ⵜⵥⵕⴱⵉⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺑﻴﺔ"‬
‫?ⵙⵓⴽⴽⵙⵉ ⴼⵅ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ؟"‬

‫ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ⴰⵎ ﻭ ⵓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﻤﺎ ⵉⵎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﻰ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ )ⵉⵎ ⴰⵎ( ﻭⵉⵎ ⵓ "ﳌﻦ"(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵉⵎ )ⵉⵎ ⵉ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵎⵍⴰⵏ ⴰⴱⵔⵉⴷ ⵉ ⵓⵏⵎⴰⴷⴷⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﺩﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ"‬
‫?ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ ⵏⴰⵍⵎ ⵉⵎ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺩﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ؟"‬
‫?ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ ⵏⴰⵍⵎ ⵉⵎ ⵓ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺩﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ؟"‬
‫?ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ ⵏⴰⵍⵎ ⵉⵎ ⵉ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺩﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ؟"‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﲑ ⵉ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻑ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻲ )ⵙⴰⵎ "ﲟﺎﺫﺍ"‪" ⵎⴰ ⵖⵔ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ "( ﺃﻭ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬

‫‪218‬‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵎ )ⵉⵎ ⵙ ⵙ(‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﻪ‬ ‫ⵉⵎ‬
‫‪ⵜⴱⴱⵉ ⴰⵥⴰⵍⵉⵎ ⵙ ⵜⵓⵣⵣⴰⵍⵜ.‬‬
‫?ⵎⵉⵍⴰⵥⴰ ⵉⴱⴱⵜ ⵙ ⴰⵎ‬
‫?ⵎⵉⵍⴰⵥⴰ ⵉⴱⴱⵜ ⵉⵣⵏⵉⵎ ⵙ‬
‫?ⵎⵉⵍⴰⵥⴰ ⵉⴱⴱⵜ ⵉⵎ ⵙ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬
‫‪" ⵎⵉⵏⵣⵉ,‬ﲟﺎﺫﺍ"‬
‫"ﻗﻄﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻜﲔ"‬
‫"ﲟﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻞ؟"‬
‫"ﲟﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻞ؟"‬
‫"ﲟﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻞ؟"‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ) ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫• ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ⵯⴳⴰⵏⴰⵎ‬

‫ﻭⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ "ﻣﱴ"‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ⵯⴳⴰⵏⴰⵎ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ⴷⴰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﳐﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﰲ ⴰ‪:‬‬
‫?ⵏⵖⴼⴼ ⴷⴰ ⵯⴳⴰⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ‪ /‬ﺳﻴﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ؟"‬
‫?ⵏⵓⴷⴷ ⴷⴰⵔ ⴷⴰ ⵯⴳⴰⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ؟"‬

‫‪219‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ )ﺃﻭ ⵉⵎⵍⵎ( ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺏ ⵉ ‪ ،ⴰⵢ/‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﳎﺮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﲏ ⴰⵖ ⵉ ‪:ⴰ ⵔⴰ/ ⴰ ⵖⴰ/‬‬

‫?ⵜⵓⵎⵎⵉ ⵢⴰ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﻣﺎﺕ؟"‬

‫?ⵜⵎⴰⴷⴷⵜ ⵢⴰ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﻏﺎﺩﺭﺗﻦ ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⵉⵜⵜⴰⵎⵎⵜ ⴰⵖ ⵉ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻘﻠﻮﻥ؟"‬
‫?ⴹⵡⴰⵢ ⴷ ⴰⵔ ⴰ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﺳﻴﺼﻞ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⵚⵟⵟⵜ ⴰⵖ ⴰ ⵉⵎⵍⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﺳﺘﻨﺎﻣﻮﻥ؟"‬

‫ⴳⴰ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬ ‫ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺏ‬

‫ⵢⴰ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫]ⵜⵓⵎⵎⴳⴰ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ[ → ?ⵜⵓⵎⵎⵉ ⵢⴰ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﱴ ﻣﺎﺕ؟"‬

‫• ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ "ﺃﻳﻦ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪:‬‬
‫?ⵖⴷⵣⵉ ⴳ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ؟"‬
‫?ⵏⵓⵏⵏ ⵎⵔⵖⵉ ⴰⵍⵍⵉ ⴳ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﺮﻳﺘﻜﻢ؟"‬

‫‪220‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫•‬

‫?ⴷⵉⴷⴷⵜ ⵔⵖ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ )ﺓ(؟"‬

‫?ⵍⵡⵔⵉ ⵙ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﺏ؟"‬
‫• ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‬
‫?ⴷⵉⴳⵜ ⴳⵣ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ؟"‬
‫?ⴽⴽⵛ ⵙ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫ﺖ؟"‬
‫"ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻧ َ‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‪:‬‬

‫?ⵃⴰⵕⵉ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⴰⵍⵍⵜ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻭﻥ‪ /‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ؟ "‬
‫?ⴰⴼⵓⵢ ⵜ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﺪﻩ؟‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻈﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ‪:‬‬

‫?ⴷⵉⵔⴱⴰ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ؟"‬
‫?ⴽⵏⵏ ⵍⵯⴽⴽⴰⴷⴷⵎⴰ ⵉⵏⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻚ؟"‬
‫?ⵜ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻨﻪ؟"‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ⵉⵏⴰⵎ ‪) +‬ﺣﺮﻑ( ‪ +‬ﻓﻌﻞ ⵉⵍⵉ‬

‫?ⵏⵓⵛⴰⵡⵍ ⵏⴰⵍⵍ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ؟"‬

‫‪221‬‬
 ‫?ⵙⴰⵔⴰⵖⵓ ⴰⵍⵍⵉ ⴳ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ؟"‬

‫"ﺃﻳﻦ" ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫ⴰⵣⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ‪:‬‬
‫?ⴽⵏⵏ ⴰⵡⵔⴰⵜ ⴰⵣⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻙ؟"‬
‫?ⵜ ⴰⵣⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻨﻪ؟"‬
‫?ⵉⵎⵉ ⴰⵣⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ؟"‬

‫• ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ⵎⴰⵏⵉⴽ :‬ﻭⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ ﻭⴽⵎⵎⴰⵎ ﻭⴰⴽⴰⵎ ﻭⵛⵎⵉⵎ‬

‫ﻭⵛⵏⴰⵎ "ﻛﻴﻒ" ‪:‬‬

‫?ⵎⵔⴽⵙⵜ ⴷⴰ ⴽⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻴﻒ ﻓﻌﻠﺘﻢ؟"‬
‫?ⴷⵉⴳⵜ ⴷⴰ ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﻚ؟"‬
‫?ⴷⵎⵉⵇⵇⵜ ⵢⴰ ⴰⴽⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﻋﻚ(؟"‬
‫?ⴳⵏ ⴰⵖ ⵢⴰ ⴰⴽⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻨﻨﺘﺼﺮﻑ؟"‬

‫ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺏ ⵢⴰ ‪ ⴰⴷ/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﲔ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﺰﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ⵎⵏⵛⴽ :‬ﻭⴰⵜⵛⵎ ﻭⵍⴰⵃⵛⵎ ﻭⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ "ﻛﻢ"‪:‬‬
‫‪222‬‬
 ‫• ⴽⵛⵏⵎ ﻭⴰⵜⵛⵎ ﻭⵍⴰⵃⵛⵎ‬

‫ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ⵏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﱴ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﺍﲰﺎ ‪:‬‬

‫?ⵏⵉⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ ⵏ ⵍⴰⵃⵛⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ؟"‬
‫?ⵏⵎⴰⵅⵉ ⵏ ⴰⵜⵛⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ؟"‬
‫?ⵢⴰⵜⴰⵡ ⵏ ⴽⴽⵛⵏⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ؟"‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻼ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺄﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ⵢⴰ ‪ ⴰⴷ /‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺘﻬﻤﺎ ⴰ‪:‬‬
‫?ⵏⵎⵉⵇⵇⵉ ⵢⴰ ⵍⴰⵃⵛⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﺑﻘﻲ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⴰⵖⵙⵜ ⴷⴰ ⴽⵛⵏⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻢ؟"‬
‫?ⵎⴰⵍⵍⵜ ⵙ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵜⵛⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪﺩﻛﻢ؟"‬
‫• ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬

‫ﻳُﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ‪.‬‬
‫?ⵏⴰⵙⵙⵓⵡ ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ؟"‬
‫?ⵏⵉⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ ⵜⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ؟"‬

‫‪223‬‬
 ‫• ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻳُﻠﺠﺄ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪) ⵎⴰⵅⴼ:‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗُﺨﺘﺰﻝ ﰲ ⴼⴰⵎ ‪ ،(ⵎⴰⵅ/‬ﺃﻭⵔⴰⵖⴰⵎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ⵉⵎⵎⵢⴰⵎ )ⵉⵎⵎⵅⴰⵎ( "ﳌﺎﺫﺍ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ⵅⴰⵎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭ ﹸﺓ ⴳⵉⵍⵍ ⵢⴰ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﻬﺗﺎ ) ‪ⴰⵢ ⵍⵍⵉⵅ/‬‬

‫ⵖⵉⵍⵍ ⵢⴰⵎ( ‪ ،‬ﻋﻜﺲ ⴼⴰⵎ ﻭⵔⴰⵖⴰⵎ‪.‬‬

‫?ⴷⵍⵡⵔⵜ ⵖⵉⵍⵍ ⵢⴰ ⵅⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻫﺮﺑﺖ ؟"‬
‫?ⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⴳⵉⵍⵍ ⵢⴰ ⵅⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺝ؟"‬
‫?ⵉⴷⴷⵉ ⵔⵓ ⴼⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ؟"‬
‫?ⴷⵃⴰⵕⵜ ⴷⴰ ⴷⵉⴳⵓⵜ ⵔⴰⵖⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟"‬
‫?ⵓⵎⵎⴰ ⴷⵉⴳⴳⵜ ⵔⴰⵖⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ؟"‬

‫‪ .4 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﱪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ )ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺄﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻏﻀﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﺭ‪...‬ﺇﱁ( ﺃﻭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﺎﻃﻔﻲ ﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫!ⵍⵡⵔⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﺮﺏ!"‬
‫!ⵏⴰⴷⴷ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ!"‬
‫!ⴰⵥⵕⵉ‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﺴﺮ‪ /‬ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺮ!"‬

‫‪224‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗُﺒﲎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳝﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﱯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴷⴷⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ )ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺙ("‬
‫!ⵏⴰⴷⴷ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ! ) ﺗﻌﺠﺐ("‬
‫?ⵏⴰⴷⴷ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ؟ )ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ("‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ‬

‫ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ )ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ(‬

‫‪ .1 .4 .8‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫!ⵜⵜ ⴰⴼⵓⵢ‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺪﻫﺎ!"‬
‫!ⴰⴷⵓⵖⵜ‬ ‫" ﲨﻴﻠﺔ!"‬
‫!ⵏⴰⵔⵇⵇⵎⴰ ⴷ‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﻛﺒﲑ!"‬
‫!ⵔⵓⵇⵇⵎⵉ‬ ‫" ﻛﺒﲑ!"‬

‫‪225‬‬
 ‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﲰﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﱪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫• ⵊⵊⵉ‪" ⵢⴰⵏ/‬ﺃﺣﺪ"‪" ⵉⵛⵜ/ ⵢⴰⵜ ،‬ﺇﺣﺪﻯ"‬
‫!ⵏⵉⵊⴰⵟⵟ ⵏⴰⵢ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺟﲔ !"‬
‫!ⴰⵔⵖⵎⵜ ⵜⴰⵢ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻠﺔ !‪ /‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺱ! "‬

‫• ⴰⵛ ‪" ⴽⵔⴰ/‬ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﺎ"‬

‫!ⵉⴽⵍⵓⴼⴰⵡ ⵏ ⴰⵔⴽ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲨﺎﻝ !"‬
‫!ⵉⴼⴹⴰⵜ ⵏ ⴰⵔⴽ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﺔ !"‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ⴰⵀ‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻐﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻐﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺠﺒﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫!ⴰⵔⴰⵎⴰⵜ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺸﻘﺔ! "‬
‫!ⵏⵉⵔⴰⵖⵎⵉⵜ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﲝﻖ!"‬
‫!ⵍⴰⵡⴰ ⵏⵏ ⴰⵀ‬ ‫"ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﻮﻝ!"‬

‫‪ .2 .4 .8‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ‪ ،(2.3.8‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪226‬‬
 ‫• ⴰⵜⵜⴰⵎ "ﻣﺎ"‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺓ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻻﻥ ‪ 1‬ﻭ‪ (2‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻌﺔ )ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ‪:(3‬‬
‫!ⴰⵜⵜⴰⵎ ⵏⵉⵣⵣ ⴰⵜⵜⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲨﺎﻝ!"‬
‫!ⴰⵜⵜⴰⵎ ⵏⵉⵡⵉⵔⵖⵎⵉⵜ ⴰⵜⵜⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺱ!"‬
‫!ⵜ ⴰⵖⵙⵉ ⵙⵉⵢⵢⴰ ⴰⵜⵜⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎ ﺃﲨﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻩ!"‬
‫!ⴷⴰ ⵜⵔⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ ⴰⵜⵜⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪ )ﺳﻴﺊ( !"‬

‫• ⴰⵏⴰⵎ "ﻳﺎﻟﻪ‪ /‬ﻳﺎﳍﺎ"‬

‫!ⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⵓ ⵏ ⴰ ⵙⵉⵖⵉⵎⵓ ⴰⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺫﻛﻲ!"‬

‫• ⵏⵉⵎ "ﻛﻢ"‬

‫!ⴽⵉⵎⵎⴻⵎ ⵔⴰⵖⵎⵉ ⵏⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻛﱪ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ !"‬

‫!ⴰⵍⴳⴰⵡ ⵉⵣ ⵙⵔⴰⵖ ⵏⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺛﺮﻭﺗﻪ !"‬

‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‪" ⵎⴰⵎⴽ، ⵎⴰⵏⵉⴽ ،‬ﻛﻢ"‬ ‫•‬

‫!ⴹⵓⵚⴽⵉⵜⵜⵉ ⴷⴰ ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺒﺎﻥ !"‬

‫!ⵎⵓⵎⴰⵢ ⴷⴰ ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺰﻳﻞ !"‬
‫!ⴰ ⵎⵓⵔⵖⵓ ⵃⴱⵚⵉ ⴽⵎⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺬﻳﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺒﺰ !"‬

‫‪227‬‬
 ‫"ﻛﻢ"‬ ‫• ⵏⵢⴰⵎ‬

‫!ⴷⵙⵓⵙⴼⵜ ⵏⵢⴰⵎ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ )ﺓ( !"‬

‫"ﻛﻢ ﺃﻧ َِ‬

‫ⴰⵜⵛⵎ‪" ⵎⵏⵛⴽ،ⵎⵛⵃⴰⵍ،‬ﻛﻢ"‬ ‫•‬

‫!ⵙⵉⵇⵇⵜⵜⵉ ⴰⴷ ⵢⴰ ⵏⵍⴰⵍⵍⵃⵉ ⴷ ⴰⵜⵛⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺫﻳﺐ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ!"‬

‫!ⵍⴼⴷⴰ ⴷ ⵍⴰⵃⵛⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ!"‬
‫!ⵏⴰⵍ ⴷⴰ ⴽⵛⵏⵎ‬ ‫"ﻛﻢ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ!"‬

‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ⴰⵜⵛⵎ ﻭⵍⴰⵃⵛⵎ ﻭⴽⵛⵏⵎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ⵢⴰ‪ ⴰⴷ/‬ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬

‫!ⵏⵉⵏⴰⴷⵓⵖ ⵏⴰⵙⵙⵓⵡ ⵏⴰⵍⵍ ⵉⵏⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻳﻦ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪﺓ !"‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ‪:‬‬

‫!ⴰ ⵙⵙⴰ ⵏⴰⴳⵉ ⴷⴰ ⴷⴰ ⵙⵙⴰ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ !"‬
‫!ⵉⵔⵄⴰ ⴰ ⵉⵔⵄⴰ ⴰ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺓ !"‬

‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ( ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺠﺐ‪:‬‬

‫!ⴼⵓⵢ‬ ‫"ﺃﻓﻀﻞ!"‬
‫!ⴽⴰⴽⴽⴰⵀ‬ ‫")ﺗﻌﺠﺐ("‬

‫‪228‬‬
‫!ⵉⴱⴱⵕ ⴽⴰ ⴷⵓⵖⵔⵉ‬ ‫"ﻫﻨﻴﺌﺎ!"‬
‫!ⵉⵍⵀⴰⵡ‬ ‫"ﻃﺒﻌﺎ! ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ!"‬

‫‪229‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻟﻔﺖ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﲨﻞ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﲨﻞ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵜⵜⵓ ⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⵍⵍⵉ ⴰⵙ ⵜⵏⵏⵉⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ"‬
‫? ⵉⴷⴷⵉ ⵔⵓ ⴷⵖⵏ ⴰⴷⴷⵉ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﻡ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ؟"‬
‫‪ⵜⴽⵛⵎ ⴷ, ⵜⴰⵙⵉ ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵉⵙ, ⵜⴼⴼⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﺑﻨﻬﺎ ﰒ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ"‬

‫ﻓﺎﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﻓﺔ ُﺭﺑﻄﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ⴷⵖⵏ "ﺃﻭ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﱪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﲟﻴﺰﺓ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ )ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻃﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﲨﻞ ﻣﺘﻤﻤﺔ )ﻓﻀﻼﺕ( ﻭﲨﻞ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪ .1 .9‬ﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻓﺎﻋﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .1 .9‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺃﺱ ﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍ ﻭⴰⴷ ﻭⵉ ﻭⵉⵏⵏ ﻭⴰⵏⵏ ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﱯ ﻭﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵚⵃⵉ ⵡⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⵍⵍⵉ ⵜⵏⵏⵉⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺘﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⵏⵏⵉ ⵜⵥⵕⵉⴷ ⵉⵍⵍⵉⵙ ⵏ ⵡⵓⵎⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﺧﻲ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴷⴷⴰ ⵜⴼⵕⵓⵅⵜ ⵏⵏⴰ ⵜⵥⵕⵉⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ"‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫• ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﳊﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻳُﺴﺘﺜﲎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ⵉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﺇﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ⴰⴼⵔⵓⵅ ⵉⵔⵡⵍⵏ ⵉⴳⴳⵯⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻑ"‬

‫‪231‬‬
 ‫‪ⵜⴷⴷⴰ ⵜⴼⵔⵓⵅⵜ ⵜⵥⵕⵉⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⵚⵃⵉ ⵡⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⵜⵏⵏⵉⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺘﻪ"‬

‫• ﺗﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﲣﺼﻴﺺ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ⴰ :‬‬

‫)ﻭﺑﺪﻳﻠﺘﻬﺎ ⵓ( ﻭⵏⵏⴰ ﻭⵏⵏⵉ ﻭⵉⵏⵏ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵜⵖⵓⴷⴰ ⵜⵏⴰⴽⵔⴰ ⴰⴷ ⵍⵍⵉ ⵜⵙⵖⵉⴷ.‬‬
‫ⵏ ⵙⵉⵎⵎ ⴷⵉⵕⵥⵜ ⵉ ⵉⵏⵏ ⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⴰ‬
‫‪ⵡⵓⵍⵜⵎⴰ.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵔⵉⵡ ⵓⵄⴱⴰⵏ ⵏⵏⵉ ⴷⴰ ⵜⵙⵖⵉⴷ.‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ"‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻲ"‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ"‬

‫• ﺫﺍﺕ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ :‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵙⵙⵏⵖ ⴰⵔⴳⴰⵣ ⵏⵏⵉ ⵉⴼⴼⵖⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﺮﺝ"‬
‫ⵏⵙⵓⴽⴽⵙⵉ ⴰⵏⵏ ⵜⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ ⵉ ⵖⵍⵡⴰⵙ‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﺔ‬
‫‪ⴷⵉⵏⵏ.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫ⵏⵉⵏⵙⵓⴽⴽⵙ ⵉⵍⵍ ⵏⵉⵔⴰⵖⵎⵜ ⵉ ⵖⵍⵡⴰⵙ‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ⴷⵉⵏⵏ.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬

‫‪232‬‬
 ‫‪ .2 .1 .9‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﲰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﻋﻼ ﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵀⴰ ⴰⵔⴱⴰ ⵏⵏⵉ ⵉⵔⴰⵏ ⴰⴽⵣⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﺮﻭ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵃⵏⵊⵉⵔ ⵏⵏⵉ ⵉⵔⴰⵃⵏ ⴷ ⵓⵎⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﻲ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵢⴷⵉ ⵍⵍⵉ ⵉⵜⵜⴰⵖⵏ ⵓⵔ ⴰⵔ ⵉⵜⵜⴱⴱⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﺢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺾ"‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻓﺎﻋﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪" ⵉⵔⴰⵏ :‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ" ﻭⵏⵃⴰⵔⵉ "ﺫﻫﺐ" ﻭⵏⵖⴰⵜⵜⵉ‬

‫"ﻧﺒﺢ" ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﹸﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ⴰⵖ ⴰﻭⴰⵖ ⵉ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻮﺽ‬
‫ⴷⴰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵏⵙⵉⵎⵖⵏⵉ ⵏⵉⵏⵉⵢ ⴰⵖ ⵉ ⵏⵉⵜⴰⵔⵔⵉⵛⵉⵜ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺄﺗﲔ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﰐ‬

‫‪ⴷⴷⴰⵏⵜ.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺫﻫﱭ"‬

‫‪233‬‬
 ‫ⵏⵓⵏⵙⵙⵉ ⴰⵖ ⴰ ⴰⵎⵜⵍⵓⵡ ⵉⵍⵍⵜ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺧﱵ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﻌﺪ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵏⵙⵉ ⵉ ⵉⵏⴱⴳⵉⵡⵏ.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻀﻴﻮﻑ"‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻌﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺻﻴﻐﻪ )‪: (.2 .1 .5‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵖⵓⴷⴰ ⵓⴷⵍⵉⵙ ⵏⵏⴰ ⵜⴰⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺒﺘﻪ ﺟﻴﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵙⵖⴰⵔⵜ ⴷⴰ ⵥⵥⴰⵏ ⵜⵓⵎⵥ.‬‬ ‫"ﳕﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻏﺮﺳﻮﺍ"‬
‫ⴰⵖ ⵉⵍⵍ ⴷⵉⵔⴱⵓ ⴰⵇⵇⵛⵉ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺘﺴﻠﻜﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﻋﺮﺓ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⵥⵎ.‬‬
‫ⴰⵖⵙⵜ ⵉⵏⵏ ⴱⴰⵔⵇⴰ ⵙⴰ ⵛⵓ‬
‫"ﺍﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴹⵏⵏⴰⵟ.‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑـ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ ⵉⵎ ﺃﻭ ⵉⵎⵓ "ﺍﻟﺬﻱ"‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⴹⵉⵕⴰⵇⵉ ⵖⵉⴽⴼ ⵉⵎ )ⵉ( ⵅⵓⵔⴼⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺫﻫﺐ "‬
‫‪ⵉⴼⵜⴰ.‬‬

‫ⴷⵉⵛⵓⵜ ⵉⵎⵓ )ⵉ( ⵏⵔⵉⵊⵏⵃⵉ ⵏⵃⴰⵔ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻬﻢ‬

‫‪ⵜⵜⵎⵏⵢⴰⵜ.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻝ"‬

‫‪234‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ⵉⵎ "ﳌﻦ" ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍ ﻭⴰⴷ ﻭⴰⵏⵏ ﻭⵉⵏⵏ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⴹⵉⵕⴰⵇⵉ ⵖⵉⴽⴼ ⵉⵎ ⵉⵍⵍ ⵅⵓⵔⴼⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴼⵜⴰ.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺐ"‬

‫ⵉ‬ ‫د‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﳊﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ⵉⵎ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ(‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ]ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ [ⵎⵉ +‬ﻭ]ⵉⵍⵍ ‪ +‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ[ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫*ⵉⵎ‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪+‬‬

‫‪ⵜⴰⴷⴷⴰⵔⵜ ⴳ ⵎⵉ ⵉⵣⴷⵖ, ⵜⴰⴳⴳⵓⴳ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴷⵉⵏⵜ ⵖⵔ ⵎⵉ ⵉⵔⴰⵃ, ⵜⵚⴱⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵏⵙⵙⵉⵏ ⵎⴷⴷⵏ ⵖⵓⵔ ⵎⵉ ⵉⴷⴷⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺼﺪ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵛⵏⴰ ⵜⵎⵓⵔⵜ ⵣⴳ ⵎⵉ ⴷ ⵢⵓⵙⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﲨﻴﻞ"‬

‫ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ⵉⵎ‬ ‫* ﻫﺎﻣﺶ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺮﲨﲔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬

‫‪235‬‬
‫‪ⵜⵛⵇⵇⴰ ⵜⵎⵙⵍⴰⵢⵜ ⵅⴼ ⵎⵉ ⵉⵙⴰⵡⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵏⵙⵙⵉⵏ ⵉⵡⴷⴰⵏ ⴰⴳⴷ ⵎⵉ ⵉⵔⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵇⵇⵓⵔ ⵓⵥⵕⵓ ⵙ ⵎⵉ ⵜ ⵢⵓⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ"‬

‫‪ .II‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪ +‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﳕﻮﺫﺝ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵛⵡⴰ ⵡⴰⵢⵢⵉⵙ ⵏⵏⴰ ⵅⴼ ⵉⵙⵙⵓⴷⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻛﺒﻪ ﲨﻴﻞ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴷⵉⵏⵜ ⵏⵏⵉ ⵣⵉ ⴷ ⵢⵓⵙⴰ ⵜⴰⴳⴳⵓⴳ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵏⵓ ⵍⵍⵉ ⴳ ⵏⵏ ⵉⴹⵕ ⵉⴷⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺑﺌﺮ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ"‬

‫‪ .3 .1 .9‬ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺼﺪ ﲜﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﲰﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫!ⵏⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⵉⵍⵍⴰⵡ ⵉ ⵔⵖ‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺝ"‬
‫!ⴷⵉⵔⵜ ⵉⵍⵍ ⵏⵉⵡ ⵉⵙⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺌﺖ"‬

‫ⵏⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⵉⵍⵍⴰⵡ ﻭⴷⵉⵔⵜ ⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑﺍ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﲰﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺘﺎﻥ ﺑـ ⵉⵍⵍⴰⵡ ﻭⵏⵉⵡ ﺍﻟﻠﺘﲔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﲔ )ⵉⵡ ‪ .(ⵡⴰ,‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫‪236‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪:‬‬

‫ⵉⵍⵍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ +‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵉⵍⵍⴰⵡ‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ"‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺗﻠﻚ"‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻻﺋﻚ"‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻻﺋﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ"‬

‫ⴰⴷ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ +‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴰⴷⴰⵡ‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ"‬
‫ⴰⴷⴰⵜ‬ ‫"ﺗﻠﻚ"‬
‫ⴰⴷⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻻﺋﻚ"‬
‫ⴰⴷⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻻﺋﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ"‬

‫ⴰⵏⵏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ +‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⴰⵏⵏⴰⵡ‪ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵉ/‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⵏⵜ‪ⵜⴰⵏⵏⵉ/‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻠﻚ"‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ"‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ"‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ"‬
‫‪237‬‬
 ‫ⵉⵏⵏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ +‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫•‬

‫ⵉⵏⵏⵡ ‪ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵉ /‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ"‬

‫ⵉⵏⵏⵜ ‪ⵜⴰⵏⵏⵉ /‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻠﻚ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫"ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻧﺚ"‬
‫ⵉⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺫﻟﻚ"‬
‫!ⵏⴰⵔⵉ ⵜ ⵉⵍⵍⴰⵡ ⵉ ⵜ ⴽⴼ‬ ‫"ﺍﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ"‬
‫‪ⵡⵉⵍⵍⵉ ⵜⵥⵕⵉⴷ ⴷ ⵉⵄⵔⵔⵉⵎⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ"‬
‫!ⵜ ⵉⵏⵉⵢ ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⵏⴰⵔⵖⵉ ⴰⵏⵏⴰⵡ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ"‬
‫!ⵜ ⵏⵉⵏⵉ ⵏⵉⵏⵍⵉⴱⵇ ⵔⵓ ⴰⵏⵏⵉⵡ‬ ‫"ﻟﻴﻌﱪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻓﻀﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻀﻬﻢ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵢⵏⵏⴰ ⵜⵏⵏⵉⴷ ⵉⴳⴰ ⵍⵄⵉⴱ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ"‬

‫‪238‬‬
 ‫‪ .4 .1 .9‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⵍⵍⵉ ⴰⵙ ⵜⵏⵏⵉⴷ ⵉⵇⵙⵃ.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻌﺐ"‬‫"ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻠ َ‬
‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⵓⵎⵙⴰⵖ ⵏⵏⴰ ⵜⵏ ⵉⵙⵜⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﻢ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵏⵙⵙⵉⵏ ⵡⵏⵏⵉ ⵉ ⴰⵙ ⵜⵏ ⵢⵓⴽⵔⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻗﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ"‬
‫ⵖⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬ ‫ⵉ‬ ‫ⴰⵏⵏⵡ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⵣⵏⵣⵣⵉ‬ ‫"ﲢﺪﺛﺖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵔⵜ.‬‬

‫‪ .2 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺪﳎﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﳓﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﲰﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻓﺘﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ⵉⵙ :‬ﻭⴰⵇⵇⴰ ﻭⴷⴰ ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ‬
‫ﳏﺪﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪239‬‬
‫ﻭُﻳﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﱪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑـ ⵙⵉ ﺃﻭ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑـ ⵙⵉ ﺃﻭ ⴰⵎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ⴷⴰ‪.‬‬

‫ⵙⵉ ﻭⴰⵇⵇⴰ ﻭⴷⴰ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪.1 .2 .9‬‬

‫ⵙⵉ‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫• ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﳛﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵏⵏⴰⵏ ⵉⵙ ⵉⵔⵡⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﻇﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﺏ"‬

‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ⴷ ﻭⵏⵏ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ⵙⵉ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⵙⵏ ⵉⵙ ⴰⵙ ⵜⵏ ⵢⵓⵛⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﻟﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵖⴰⵍ ⵉⵙ ⴷ ⴷⴷⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻇﻦ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ"‬

‫‪240‬‬
‫• ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟـ ⵙⵉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﱪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵙⵍⵍⵖ ⵉⵙ ⵉⵜⴰⵀⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﲰﻌﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺰﻭﺝ"‬
‫‪ⵙⵇⵙⴰ ⵉⵙ ⵄⴷⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺃﻣﺮّﻭﺍ"‬

‫ﻭﺭﺩ ⵙⵉ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﱪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻜﺲ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﳒﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ⵙⵉ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ⴰⵙⵇⵙ "ﺍﺳﺄﻝ" ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ⵙⵉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺧﱪﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⵔⵓⵖ ⵔⵓ ⵙⵉ ⵖⵉⵏⵏ‬ ‫"ﻇﻨﻨﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ‪/‬ﳍﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⵔⵔⵉⵛⵉ‬

‫• ﻭﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ⴰⵎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻓﻄﻮﺵ ⵛⵓⵟⵟⴼ ⴷ ⴰⵎ ⵖⵏⵙⵙ ⴷⴰ ⵖⵉⵔ‬
‫‪ⵉ ⵢⵉⵡⵍⵏ.‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺰﻭﺟﺖ‪".‬‬

‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺼﺐ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫‪241‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﰐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔ َﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬
‫? ⵏⴰⴷⴷⵉ ⵢⴰ ⴰⵎ ⴰⵙⵇⵙ‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵙⵇⵙⴰ ⵓⵎⵉ ⵓⵛⴰⵏ ⵜⵎⵏⵢⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﳌﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ"‬
‫"ﺳﺄﻟ ْ‬
‫!ⵏⵖⴼⴼ ⵢⴰ ⵉⵎⵍⵉⵎ ⴰⵙⵇⵙ‬ ‫"ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻣﱴ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ"‬

‫ⴰⵇⵇⴰ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﱪﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵙⵍⵍⵉⵖ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ ⴰⴷ ⴷ ⵉⴷⵡⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﲰﻌﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﲑﺟﻊ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵏⵏⴰ ⵃⵎⴷ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ ⵉⵡⴷⴰⵏ ⵔⴰⵃⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ"‬

‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵙⵉ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳚﺬﺏ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵙⵙⵏⵖ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ ⵉⵡⵛⴰ ⴰⵙ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ"‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴹⵀⵕ ⵉⵀⵔⵛ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ"‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⵉⵖ ⵉⴷⴷⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻇﻨﻨﺘﻪ ﺫﻫﺐ"‬

‫‪242‬‬
 ‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻳﺄﰐ ⴷⴰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﱪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫• ﻳﺪﻝ ⴷⴰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﻗﻨﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴳⴳⵯⴷⵏ ⴰⴷ ⴰⵛⴽⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺎﻓﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ"‬
‫‪ⵔⵉⵖ ⴰⴷ ⵄⴷⵓⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺮّﻭﺍ"‬
‫!ⵔⵓⴳⵓⵢ ⴷⴰ ⵙⴰ ⵉⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⵙⵏ ⴰⴷ ⵢⴰⵔⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵇⵇⴰⵏ ⴰⴷ ⴷⴷⵓⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ"‬

‫• ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ⴷⴰ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﳎﺮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⴰⴱⴰⴱ ⵔⴰⴷ ⵓⴷⴷⵜⵜⵉ ⴷⴰ ⵙⵙⵅⵉ‬
‫"ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ"‬

‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ⴷⴰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪ⵉⵙⵙⵏ ⴰⴷ ⵉⵙⴰⵡⵍ ⵙ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ"‬

‫‪*ⵉⵙⵙⵏ ⵉⵙⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⵙ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ .‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ"‬

‫ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﳊﻦ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺇﱃ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ⴷⴰ‪.‬‬

‫‪243‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ⴷⴰ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ⵙⵉ ‪:‬‬
‫!ⵜⴰⵢⵏⵎⵜⵜ ⵛⵓⵢ ⵏⵙⴰ ⴷⴰ ⵓⵎⵎⵃ ⵉ ⵉⵏⵉ‬ ‫"ﻗﻞ ﳊﻤﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ"‬

‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪.2 .2 .9‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ ﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ‪:ⵉⵙ/‬‬ ‫•‬

‫"ﻗﺎﻝ"‬ ‫)ⵉⵏⵉ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‬
‫ﻭⵏⵙⵙ‪" ⵉⵙⵉⵏ/‬ﻋﺮﻑ"‪ ،(...‬ﺃﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ )ⵕⵉⵥⵉ ‪ⵥⵕ /‬‬

‫"ﻧﻈﺮ" ﻭⵓⵍⵄ "ﻧﻈﺮ" ﻭⴰⵍⵄ "ﻻﺣﻆ" ﻭⵢⴰⵏⵏⴰ "ﻻﺣﻆ" ﻭⵍⵙ‬

‫"ﲰﻊ" ﻭⴷⵍⴼⵙ "ﲰﻊ" ﻭⴷⵖⵙⵙ "ﲰﻊ" ﻭⵍⵎ "ﺃﻋﻠﻢ"‬

‫ﻭⵕⵀⴹ "ﺑﺪﺍ"‪ ،(...‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﺎ )ⵍⴰⵖ "ﻇﻦ"(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ )ⵓⵜⵜ "ﻧﺴﻲ"( ﺃﻭ ﺷﻚ )ⴰⴽⴽⵛ "ﺷﻚ"(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻛـ‬

‫ⴰⵙⵇⴰⵙ‪" ⵙⵇⵙⴰ/‬ﺳﺄﻝ" ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻝ ﺿﻤﻨﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‪ⵥⵕ :‬‬

‫‪244‬‬
‫"ﻧﻈﺮ" ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻭⵍⵇⵇⴰⵎⵙ ‪ⵙⵎⵓⵇⵇⵍ /‬‬ ‫"ﻧﻈﺮ"‬ ‫ﻭⵓⵍⵄ‬ ‫"ﻧﻈﺮ"‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴷⴰ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﻝ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻱ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﲡﺮﻳﺪﻱ )ⵉⵔⵉ "ﺃﺭﺍﺩ"( ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫)ⵍⵡⴰⵇ "ﻭﻋﺪ" ﻭⵏⵎⴹ "ﺿﻤﻦ"( ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ )‬
‫ⵙⵙⵅⵉ ﻭⴽⴽⵓⴼⵉ ﻭⵎⵣⴰⵍⵉ ﻭⵏⴰⵇⵇⵉ "ﻭﺟﺐ"(‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3 .2 .9‬ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻔﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﺪﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵔⵡⴰⵙ ⵉⵙ ⵉⵕⵎⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺐ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵅⵙⵙ ⴰⴷ ⵉⴽⵔⵣ ⵉⴳⵔ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺮﺙ ﺃﺭﺿﻪ"‬
‫"ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻷﺑﻴﻪ‪ⵉⵍⴰⵣⵎ ⴰⴷ ⵢⴰⵣⵏ ⵉⴷⵔⵉⵎⵏ ⵉ ⴱⴰⴱⴰⵙ. ".‬‬

‫‪245‬‬
 ‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫•‬

‫ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵉⵡⵉⵖ ⴷ ⵍⵅⴱⴰⵔ ⵉⵙ ⵉⵔⵡⵍ ⵎⵓⵃⵏⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﲞﱪ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﳏﻨﺪ‪".‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪.3 .9‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺳﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ‬
‫ⴷⴰ ﻭⵢⴰ ﻭⵉ‪" .‬ﺇﻧﻪ‪...‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‪/‬ﻣﻦ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﹸﱪﺯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .3 .9‬ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺌﲑ ﻫﻲ ⴷⴰ ﻭⵢⴰ ﻭⵉ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ⵢⴰ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺋﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺻﻮﰐ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﳍﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴰⵔⴳⴰⵣ ⴰⴷ ⵉⴼⴼⵖⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺝ"‬

‫‪ⵉⵔⴳⴰⵣⵏ ⴰⵢ ⵉⴼⴼⵖⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵉⵎⵖⴰⵔⵉⵏ ⵉ ⵉⴼⴼⵖⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻫﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺟﻦ"‬

‫‪246‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺻﻴﺎﰐ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ⴷⴰ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ⴰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﻞ" ]ⴰⵛⵛⵢⴰⵍⵉⴹⴰ[ → ‪ⴰⴹⵉⵍ ⴰⴷ ⵉⵛⵛⴰ.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵢⴰ ﻟﻔﻈﻴﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻛـ ⴳⴰ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ⴳⵉ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ⴳⵢⴰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ )ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ ،( ⵉ-‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⵎⴻⵎⵜ ⴰⵢ ⵉⵔⴰ ⵓⵎⵓⴹⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⵏⵉⴹⵓⵎⵡⴰⵔⴳⴰⵜⵏⵎⵎⴰⵜ[‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵣⴷⴰⵢⵜ ⴰⵢ ⵉⵥⵥⴰ.‬‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⴰⵥⵥⴳⴰ‪[ⵜⴰⵣⴷⴰⵢⵜⴰⵢⴳ/ⵉⴳ/‬‬
‫"ﳔﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻏﺮﺳﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⴼⵔⵓⵅⵜ ⴰ ⴰⵢ ⵉⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍⵏ.‬‬ ‫→‬ ‫]ⵏⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙⴳⴰ ⴰⵜⵅⵓⵔⴼⴰⵜ[‬
‫"ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ"‬

‫• ﲡﺬﺏ ⴷⴰ ﻭ ⵢⴰ ﻭ ⵉ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﺩ ﰲ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵉⴼⴽⴰ ⴰⵙ ⴰⵊⵊⵉⴳ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺯﻫﺮﺓ "‬

‫‪ⴰⵊⵊⵉⴳ ⴰⴷ ⴰⵙ ⵉⴼⴽⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵢⵓⵙⴰ ⴷ ⵣⵉ ⵓⵊⴷⵉⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺪﻳﺮ"‬

‫‪247‬‬
 ‫‪ⴰⵊⴷⵉⵔ ⴰⵢ ⵣⵉ ⴷ ⵢⵓⵙⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﺀ"‬

‫‪ .2 .3 .9‬ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭﺓ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺄﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ⴷⴰ ﻭⵢⴰ ﻭⵉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬

‫ⵉ ⵙⵉⵢⵢⴰ ⵓⵏⵉ ⵍⵯⴽⴽⴰⴷⴷⵎⵓ ⴰⵖⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ ﻓﺮﺳﺎ‬
‫‪ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺑﻨﻪ"‬
‫ⵉ ⵙⵉⵢⵢⴰ ⵏⴰⵖⵙⵉ ⴷⴰ ⵓⵏⵉ ⵍⵯⴽⴽⴰⴷⴷⵎⴰ‬ ‫"ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫‪ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵏⵜⵜⴰ ⴰⵢ ⵉⵏⵏⴰⵏ ⵉⵣⵍⴰⵏ ⴰⴷ.‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺸﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪ /‬ﺍﻷﻏﺎﱐ"‬

‫ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻓﺘﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ ⵏ…ⵉ ﺇﺫﺍ‬

‫ﺷﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ⵏⴰⵖⵙⵉ‬

‫"ﻣﺸﺘﺮ"‪ ،‬ﻭⵏⴰⵏⵏⵉ "ﻗﺎﺋﻞ" ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﲔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﳛﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪248‬‬
 ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ⵉ ⵓⵎⵎⵃ ⴰⵖⵙⵉ ⵢⴰ ⵙⵉⵢⵢⴰ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﲪﻮ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵉⵙ.‬‬
‫‪ⴰⴷⵍⵉⵙ ⴰⴷ ⴼⴽⴰⵏ ⵉ ⵓⵏⵍⵎⴰⴷ ⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻮﻩ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ"‬

‫ج‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬

‫ﳚﻮﺯ ﰲ ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﻥ‪:‬‬

‫• ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ﺑﺮﻣﺘﻪ ) ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺘﻪ( ﻟﻴﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ⵉⵎⵓ ‪ "ⵎⵉ/‬ﳌﻦ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⵖⴰ ⵃⵎⵎⵓ ⴰⵢⵢⵉⵙ ⵉ ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﺘﺎﻉ ﲪﻮ ﻓﺮﺳﺎ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵉ ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵉⵙ ⴰⵢ ⵎⵉ ⵉⵙⵖⴰ ⵃⵎⵎⵓ ⴰⵢⵢⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺎﻉ ﲪﻮ ﻓﺮﺳﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵉ ⵡⴰⴷⵊⴰⵔ ⵉⵏⵙ ⵉ ⵓⵎⵉ ⵉⵡⵛⴰ ⵜⵉⵙⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﳉﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"‬

‫• ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ "ﻟـ" ﺇﱃ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻴﻢ ⵉⵎⵓ ‪ " ⵎⵉ/‬ﳌﻦ" ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉ ⵙⵉⵢⵢⴰ ⴷⴰ ⵣⴰⴳⵔⵓ ⴰⵖⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﺮﺳﺎ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵎⴻⵎⵎⵉⵙ.‬‬
‫ⵣⴰⴳⵔⵓ ⴰⵖⵙⵉ ⵉⵎ ⴷⴰ ⵙⵉⵎⵎⴻⵎ‬ ‫"ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﺮﺳﺎ"‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ ⴰⵢⵢⵉⵙ.‬‬
‫ⵣⴰⴳⵔⵓ ⴰⵖⵙⵉ ⵉⵎ ⵢⴰ ⵙⵉⵎⵎⴻⵎ‬ ‫"ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﺮﺳﺎ"‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ ⴰⵢⵢⵉⵙ.‬‬

‫‪249‬‬
 ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ⵔⵖ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻏﲑ ⵉ "ﻟـ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭⵔⴰⴷ ﺃﻭⵙ ﺃﻭ ⴳⴰﺃﻭ ⴳⵣ‪) ...‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ .(1.6‬ﻭﺗﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ﰒ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ⵙ ⵓⵥⵕⵓ ⴰⵢ ⵜ ⵉⵇⵇⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫ﳌﺴﻪ"‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﳊﺠﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ⴰⴳ ⵓⵍⵜⵎⴰⵙ ⴰⵢ ⵉⵕⴰⵃ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﺫﻫﺐ"‬
‫‪ⴳ ⵜⵎⴷⵉⵏⵜ ⴰⴷ ⴳ ⵣⴷⵖⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻮﻥ"‬
‫‪ⴷⴰⵔ ⴱⴰⴱⴰⵙ ⴰⴷ ⵙ ⵉⴷⴷⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺫﻫﺐ"‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﰐ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴰⴼⵓⵙ ⴰⵢ ⵙ ⵜ ⵉⴽⴽⵙ.‬‬ ‫)ﻫﺎ("‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻔﻪ‬
‫‪ⴱⴰⴱⴰⵙ ⴰⴷ ⴷⴰⵔ ⵉⴷⴷⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺫﻫﺐ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵢⵜⵎⴰⵙ ⵉ ⵖⵓⵔ ⵉⵇⵇⵉⵎ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﻊ ﺇﺧﻮﺗﻪ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ"‬

‫‪250‬‬
 ‫ﻫـ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﳓﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⴰⵣⴳⴳⵯⴰⵖ ⴰⵢ ⵉⴳⴰ ⵓⵄⴱⴰⵏ ⵏ ⴼⴰⴹⵎⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﺃﲪﺮ ﺛﻮﺏ ﻓﺎﺿﻤﺔ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵎⵍⵍⴰⵍ ⴰⴷ ⵉⴳⴰ ⵡⴰⵢⵢⵉⵙ ⵏ ⵃⵎⵎⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﲪﻮ"‬

‫ﻧُﻘﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﺎﻥ ⵖⵯⴳⴳⵣⴰ ﻭ ⵍⴰⵍⵍⵎⴰ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯﺍ‬

‫ﳍﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺼﺪﺭﺗﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴷⴰ ﺃﻭ ⵢⴰ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ‬
‫‪ⵉⴹⵏⵏⴰⵟ ⴰⵢ ⵜⵙⵖⴰ ⵟⵓⵛⴰ ⴰⵙⴰⴼⴰⵔ.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﻮﺷﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴹⴳⴰⵎ ⴰⴷ ⴷ ⵢⵓⵛⴽⴰ ⵢⵉⵡⵉⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺲ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ‪ /‬ﻫﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵣⵉⴽⴽ ⴰⵢ ⵜⴼⴼⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ"‬

‫• ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺄﺭ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯﺍ ﳌﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ⴰⵔⵉ ⵢⴰ ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⴷⵉⵔⴰⵜ ⵙⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﱯ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ⵉⴱⴱⴰⵎ.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ"‬

‫‪251‬‬
‫ⴷⴰ ⵕⴰⴹⵃⵎⵓ ⵉ ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ ⴷⵛⵓⵜ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫" ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻛﺘﺒﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫‪ⵜⵔⴰ ⴼⴰⴹⵎⴰ.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺿﻤﺔ"‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﱠﺭ‬ ‫ⴷ‬ ‫‪ .3 .3 .9‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ )ﺇﻧﻪ( ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪: …(ⴷ)…ⴰⴷ/ⴰⵢ :‬‬

‫‪(ⴷ) ⵜⵎⵏⵢⴰⵜ ⴰⵢ ⵉⵔⴰ ⵓⵃⵏⵊⵉⵔ.‬‬ ‫")ﺇﻬﻧﺎ( ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ"‬

‫‪(ⴷ)ⵄⵍⵉ ⵉ ⵉⵖⵔⴰⵏ ⵜⴰⴱⵔⴰⵜ.‬‬ ‫" )ﺇﻧﻪ( ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ"‬

‫‪(ⴷ) ⴰⵣⴳⴳⵯⴰⵖ ⴰⴷ ⵉⴳⴰ ⵓⴳⵔⵜⵉⵍ.‬‬ ‫" )ﺇﻧﻪ( ﺃﲪﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺼﲑ"‬

‫ⴷ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺄﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫‪ⴷ ⵉⵙ ⴰⵙ ⵉⴼⴽⴰ ⵜⵓⵎⵥⵉⵏ ⵔⴽⵎⵏⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺷﻌﲑﺍ ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺍ"‬

‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺑﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ⵔⵓ "ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ" ﻭﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ⵙⵉ ﻭ ⴰⵎ "ﻫﻞ" ﺣﲔ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ )ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،(...‬ﺃﻭ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻤﻤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⴱⴰⴱⴰ ⴰⵢ ⴷ ⵢⵓⵙⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﺑﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ"‬
‫?ⵏⵉⵙⵓⵢ ⴷ ⵉ ⴰⵜⵜⵏ ⴷ ⵙⵉ‬ ‫"ﺃﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ؟"‬

‫‪252‬‬
 ‫?ⵜⴰⵔⴱⴰⵜ ⵏⴰⵔⵖⵉ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵜⵜⵏ ⴷ ⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺃﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ؟"‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷ ⵉⵙ ⵉⵛⵛⴰ ⴰⵙⵜⵛⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﳕﺎﱂ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻢ‪".‬‬

‫‪ .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻳﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﲰﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺮﰲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﲢﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺩﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳُﻤﻴﺰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ‪ :‬ﲨﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ⴰⵎⵓⵃ "ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻝ" ﺑﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ⴽⵉⵣ ⵎⴽⵍⵏ ⴷⴰ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ⵍⵣⵣⴰⵜⵜⵏ ⴰⵍ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺒﱢﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵍⴰ ⵏⵜⵜⴰⵣⵣⵍ ⵃⵓⵎⴰ ⴰⴷ ⵏⵍⴽⵎ ⵣⵉⴽ.‬‬ ‫"ﻧﺴﺮﻉ ﻛﻲ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ"‬

‫‪253‬‬
 ‫ﻭﻳُﻤﻴﺰ ﺻﺮﻓﻴﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ⴰⵛⴰⵎ )ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ(‪،‬ﻭ ⵓⴽ )ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭⵙⴰⵖ )ﲟﺠﺮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ⵖⵉ )ﻓﻘﻂ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭⵓⴽⵛⴰ )ﻷﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ⴷⴰⴼ )ﻛﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪) ⵙ ⴳⵏⵏⵉⴼ ⵎⴰ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ(‪"[ⴰⵡⵔⵉⵎⵉⵍ] ⴰⴷ ⵓⵔ ⵉⵎⵉⵍ ،‬ﺭﲟﺎ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻮﻇﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ ) ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﻬﺗﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﱯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺄﰐ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ⴷ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ ⵙⴰ )ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ( ﻭⵜ )ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ( ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ‬

‫ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ⴼⵅⵉⵎ "ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ"‪ ،‬ﻭ ⴳⵉⵍⵍ )ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ(‪ⵖⵎⴽ ⵍⵍⵉ ،‬‬

‫)ⵉⵍⵍ ⴽⵎ( "ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ" ‪:‬‬

‫‪ⵎⵉⵅⴼ ⴷ ⵓⵙⵉⵖ ⵉⵙⵇⵔⵇⴱ ⵅⴰⴼⵉ.‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ )ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻃﹶﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠ ﱠﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ"‬

‫‪254‬‬
 ‫‪ⵉⵙⵓⵙⵎ ⵍⵍⵉⴳ ⴰⵙ ⵓⵛⴰⵏ ⴰⵎⵓⵔ ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻮﻩ ﺣﻘﻪ"‬
‫ⴷⴰ ⴰⵎ ⵖⵏⵙⵙ ⵖⵉⵕⵥ ⵜ ⵉⵍⵍ ⴽⵎⵖ‬ ‫"ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵍⵍⴰⵏ.‬‬

‫‪ .1 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﳛﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ‬
‫ﻳُﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻧﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﱴ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺣﺪﺛﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵉⵎ ⵙⵙⴰ ‪ⵓⵎⵉ, ⴰⴷⴷⴰⵢ,‬‬ ‫"ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﱴ"‬
‫ⴷⵓⴽ ‪ⴽⵓ,‬‬ ‫"ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ"‬
‫ⴷⵃⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻡ"‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⴷⵓⴽ‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ"‬
‫)ⵅⵉⵎ( ⴼⵅⵉⵎ‬ ‫"ﺣﲔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ‪ ،‬ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﺎ"‬
‫)ⵖⵉⵍⵍⴷ( ⴳⵉⵍⵍ‬ ‫"ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﱴ"‬

‫‪255‬‬
 ‫ⵙⵉⵯⴳⴳⵙ ‪ⵙⴳ ⵎⴰ,‬‬ ‫"ﻣﻨﺬ"‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ⵉⵎⵓ ﻭ ⵉⵎ ⵙⵙⴰ ﻭ ⴰⵏⵏⴷⵓⴽ ﻭ ⴼⵅⵉⵎ )ⵅⵉⵎ(‬

‫ﻭⴳⵉⵍⵍ )ⵖⵉⵍⵍ( ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ )ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﻬﺗﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﻼ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴷⵓⴽ ‪ ⴽⵓ/‬ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼﻥ ﻣﻊ ⴰⵎ ⴳⵙ‬

‫ﻭⵙⵉⵯⴳⴳⵙⴰ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵢⴰⴷⴷⴰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ‬
‫‪ⵔⴰⵃⵖ ⵓⵎⵉ ⴷ ⵢⵓⵙⴰ.‬‬
‫‪ⴷⴷⵉⵖ ⵓⵎⵉ ⴷ ⵉⵍⴽⵎ.‬‬
‫‪ⴳⴳⵓⵔⵖ ⴰⵙⵙ ⵎⵉ ⴷ ⵉⵜⵜⴰⵙ.‬‬
‫‪ⵍⵍⵉⵖ ⴰⵔ ⵣⵣⵉⴳⵉⵣⵖ ⴰⵔ ⵙⴰⵡⴰⵍⵏ.‬‬
‫‪ⴽⵓⴷⵏⵏⴰ ⵉⴷⴷⴰ ⵜⵎⵓⵏⴷ ⴷⵉⴷⵙ.‬‬
‫ⵙⴰ ⵛⵓ ‪ⴰⵙⵙ ⵎⵉ ⵉⵔⴰ ⴰⴷ ⵉⴷⴷⵓ,‬‬
‫‪ⵜⵎⵏⵢⴰⵜ.‬‬
‫ⵙⴰ ⵔⴰ ⴱⵉⵅⵎⵓ ⵓⵔⵜⵜⵉ ⵓⴽ‬
‫‪ⵉⵜⵜⵣⴰⵢⴰⴷ ⵕⴱⴱⵉ.‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵛ ⴰⵙ ⵉⵇⴰⵕⵉⴹⵏ ⵎⴰⵃⴷ ⵉⵍⵍⴰ ⴷⴰⵀⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵏⴳⴳⵜⵜ ⴰⵍ ⵓⴷⴱⵏⵓ ⴹⵡⴰⵢ ⵢⴰⴷⴷⴰ‬
‫‪ⵎⵉⴷⴷⵏ ⵜⵉⵎⵖⵔⵉⵡⵉⵏ.‬‬
‫‪256‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ"‬
‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ‪ /‬ﻏﺎﺩﺭﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ"‬
‫"ﺃﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ )ﻋﺎﺩﺓ( "‬
‫"ﺣﲔ ﳝﺸﻮﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪".‬‬
‫"ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻓﻘﻪ"‬
‫"ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻄﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﺩﺍ‪".‬‬
‫"ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻜﻰ‪ /‬ﺍﺷﺘﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺿﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺆﺳﻪ"‬
‫"ﺍﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﻮﺩﺍ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ"‬
‫"ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺱ‪ /‬ﳛﺘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‬
 ‫ⴰⵍ ⵜⴰⵜⵜⵏ ⴹⵡⵉⵜ ⴷ ⵙⵉⵯⴳⴳⵙ‬ ‫"ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺔ"‬
‫‪ⵜⴳⴳⴰⵏ.‬‬

‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻖ‬

‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻖ ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﻧﻈﲑﻩ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⴰⵜ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫"ﻗﺒﻞ"‬
‫ⴰⵎ ⵜⴰⴷ‬ ‫"ﻗﺒﻞ"‬
‫ⴷⵃⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻗﺒﻞ"‬
‫ⵙⴰⵅ‪ⵖⴰⵙ/‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺎﳌﺎ"‬
‫ⵔⵉⵖ‬ ‫"ﺣﺎﳌﺎ"‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻮﻕ‬

‫ﺏ ⴷⴰ )ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺘﻬﺎ ⴰⵖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ⵙⵉⴷ ⴷⴰⵔ ‪ⵖⴰⵙ ⴰⴷ ⵉⴱⴷⴷ,‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺳﺄﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪/‬ﺃﺣﺪﺛﻪ"‬
‫‪ⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍⵖ.‬‬
‫‪ⵖⵉⵔ ⵉⴱⴷⴷ ⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍⵖ ⴰⴽⵉⴷⵙ.‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ"‬
‫ⵏⴰⴽⴽⴰ ⵙⴰ ⵔⴰ ‪ⵖⴰⵙ ⴰⵔ ⴷ ⵉⵍⴽⴽⵎ,‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻠﻴﺒﺎ"‬
‫‪ⴰⴳⵯⴼⴰⵢ.‬‬
‫ⵉ ⵏⵎⵥⵕ ‪ⵖⵉⵔ ⵓⴼⴰⵏ ⴰⵎⵅⵅⴰⵔ,‬‬ ‫"ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﺺ‪ ،‬ﺃﻃﻠﻘﻮﺍ‬
‫‪ⵎⵓⵃⵏⴷ.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﺡ ﻣﻮﺣﻨﺪ"‬

‫‪257‬‬
‫‪ⵓⴼⴰⵏ ⴽⴰ ⴰⵎⵅⵅⴰⵔ ⵕⵥⵎⵏ ⵉ ⵎⵓⵃⵏⴷ.‬‬
‫ⵉⴽⵛⵓⵜ ⴷ ⴰⵜ ⵔⵓ ⵏⵉⵙⴰⵎ ⵖⴼⴼⵉ‬
‫‪ⵜⵍⵉⵍⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵉⴳⵉ ⵔⵓ ⴷⵃⴰⵎ ⵓⵎⵎⵃ ⵉ ⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬
‫‪ⴰⵣⵏⵏⵉⵔ.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⴼⴼⵖ ⴷⴰⵜ ⵎⴰ ⵖⴰ ⵉⴷⴷⵓ ⴱⴰⴱⴰⵙ.‬‬
‫"ﺣﺎﳌﺎ ﻗﺒﻀﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺺ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻃﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﺳﺮﺍﺡ ﻣﻮﺣﻨﺪ"‬
‫"ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﺎﺳﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻠﻴﻼ"‬
‫"ﲢﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﲪﻮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻀﻴﺤﺔ"‬
‫"ﺧﺮﺝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ"‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ‬

‫ﲢﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⴰⵎ ⵔⵉⴼⴼⴷ ‪ⴼⴼⵉⵔ ⵎⴰ/‬‬ ‫"ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ"‬
‫ⴰⵎ ⴼⵉⵏⵏ ⴳⵙ‬ ‫"ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ"‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⴷⵓⴽ‬ ‫"ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ"‬

‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻮﻕ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ )ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﻬﺗﺎ( ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ⵏⴼⴰ ⴰⵖ ⴰⵎ ⵔⵉⴼⴼ ⵏⵓⴷⴷ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵇⴰⵕⵉⴹⵏ.‬‬
‫ⵏⵉⴼⵓ ⴰⵎ ⵔⴼⴼⴷ ⵏⵔⵓⴳⵓ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵉⵏⵄⴰⵛⵉⵏ.‬‬

‫‪258‬‬
 ‫‪ⴰⴷ ⵏⴼⴼⵖ ⴽⵓⴷⵏⵏⴰ ⵢⵉⵡⵉ ⵓⵏⵥⴰⵕ.‬‬
‫ⴰⵙⵙⵉ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵎ ⵉⵡⴰⵢ ⴷⴰⵔ‬
‫‪ⴽⵓⴷⵏⵏⴰ ⵔⴰⴷ ⴷ ⵢⴰⵛⴽ.‬‬
‫ⵏⴳⵉ ⴰⵎ ⴼⵉⵏⵏ ⴳⵙ ⵎⵉⵟⴰⴼ ⵖⴼⴼⵜ‬
‫‪ⵓⵔⴱⴰ.‬‬
‫"ﺳﻨﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ"‬
‫"ﺳﻴﺠﻠﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺄﰐ"‬
‫"ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻓﺎﻃﻴﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ"‬

‫‪ .2 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ (ⵃⵓⵎⴰ) ⵃⵎⴰ :‬ﻭⴰⴼⴰⵜ ﻭⴰⴽⴰ ﻭⴷⴰⴼ ﻭⵛⴰⴱ "ﻷﺟﻞ" ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ )ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻱ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﻬﺗﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ⴷ ⵏⵓⵎⵉ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵎⵃ ⵙⴰ ⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪ /‬ﻛﻠﻤﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫!ⴱⵉⴱⴹⵓ ⵔⵖ ⵙⴰⵎⵜⵍⵓ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ"‬
‫ⴳ ⵓⴷⴷⵜⵜⵉ ⵔⵓ ⴰⴼⴰⵜ ⵙⴰ ⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙ‬ ‫"ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‪ /‬ﻛﻠﻤﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫‪ⵢⵉⴹ.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻼ"‬
‫ⴷⴰ ⴷⴰⴼ ⵙⵏⵏ ⵔⵓⵎⴰ ⵙⴰ ⵏⴰⴽⴼ‬ ‫"ﺃﻋﻄﻮﻩ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﻜﺖ "‬
‫‪ⵉⴼⵙⵙ.‬‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ ⵏⵏⵓⵎⵙ ⴷⴰ ⴰⴽⴰ ⵏⵙⴰ ⴰⵔⵖⵉ‬ ‫"ﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺣﱴ ﳚﻤﻌﻮﺍ‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⵙⵏ.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺿﻬﻢ "‬

‫‪259‬‬
 ‫‪ .3 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵏⵉⵎ‬‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻭⵓⴽⵛⴰ ﻭⵉⵎⵓ ﻭⴰⵎ ⴳⵙ "ﻷﻥ‪ ،‬ﲝﻜﻢ"‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ‬

‫)ﺃﻭﺑﺪﻳﻼﻬﺗﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ⴷⴰ ⵉⵣⵏⵉⵎ ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ ⴳ ⵖⵎⵉⵇⵇ‬
‫‪ⴷ ⵖⵓⵔⵉ ⴰⵙⵏ ⵉⵏⴱⴳⵉⵡⵏ.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵇⵇⵉⵎ ⴳ ⵜⴳⵎⵎⵉ ⵎⵉⵏⵣⵉ ⵢⵓⴹⵏ.‬‬
‫ⵓⴽⵛⴰ ⵜⵔⴰⴷⴷⴰⵜ ⴳ ⵖⵔⵡⴰⴳⴳ‬
‫‪ⵔⴰⴷ ⴷ ⴷⴰⵔⵉ ⴰⵛⴽⵏ ⵉⵏⴱⴳⵉⵡⵏ.‬‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⵉⴷⴷⵉ ⵙ ⵜⵎⵖⵔⴰ ⴰⵛⴽⵓ ⵢⵓⵃⵍ.‬‬
‫ⵉⵍⵉⵜⵜⵉ ⵏⵏⵉⵖ ⵔⴰ ⵓⴽⵛⴰ ⵕⴰⵏⵏⵥⴰ ⵉⵡⴰ‬
‫‪ⵓⵚⵎⵎⵉⴹ.‬‬
‫ⵙⴳⴰⴷ ⵉⵎⵓ ⵟⴰⵏⵏⴹⵉ ⵖⵉⴼⴼⵜ ⵔⵓ‬
‫‪ⵜⵉⵎⵙⵙⵉ.‬‬
‫ⵔⵓⵎⴰ ⵏⵉⵛⵓ ⵙⴰ ⵔⵓ ⴰⵎ ⴳⵙ ⵇⵔⵃⵜ‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬
‫"ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻷﱐ ﺳﺄﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻴﻮﻓﺎ"‬
‫‪".‬ﻇﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ"‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻷﱐ ﺳﺄﺳﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻴﻮﻓﺎ"‬
‫"ﱂ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺱ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﺐ"‬
‫"ﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺲ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺑﺎﺭﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‬
‫"ﱂ ﲣﺮﺝ ﺃﻣﺲ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﺻﻴﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﻰ"‬
‫"ﺣﺰﻧﺖ ﻷﻬﻧﻢ ﱂ ﻳﻌﻄﻮﻫﺎ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ"‬

‫‪260‬‬
 ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴳⵉⵍⵍ "ﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ" ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ⵙⴰⴱⴱⴰ ⴰⵛⵓⵢ ⵙⴰ ⴳⵉⵍⵍ ⵍⴱⵇⵉ‬ ‫"ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵉⴳⵎⵎⵉ.‬‬

‫‪ .4 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﻛﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗُﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫• ⴰⵅⵅⴰⵡ ﻭⵔⴰⵇⵇⴰⵎ "ﺭﻏﻢ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ )ﺃﻭﺑﺪﻳﻼﻬﺗﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ⴷⴰ ⴰⵅⵅⴰⵡ ⵓⵟⵟⵉ ⴳⴰ ⵖⵓⴷⴷ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫"ﺳﺄﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻳﻄﻮ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﺗﺴﺎﻗﻂ‬
‫‪ⵢⵉⵍⵉ ⵓⴷⴼⵍ.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ"‬
‫‪ⴷⴷⵉⵖ ⵖⵓⵔⵙ ⵡⴰⵅⵅⴰ ⵓⴹⵏⵖ.‬‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ)ﺓ("‬
‫ⴰⴷ ⵔⵓ ‪ⵎⵇⵇⴰⵔ ⴰⵙ ⵜⵙⵙⴰⵡⴰⵍⵜ,‬‬ ‫"ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ‪ /‬ﺣﺪﺛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⵙⵖⴰⴷ.‬‬

‫• ⴰⵛⴰⵎ ﻭⴰⵛⵛⴰⵎ ﻭⵍⵉⵎⵉ "ﻟﻜﻦ"‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺏ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ⴷⴰ ⵔⵓ ⴰⵛⴰⵎ ⵎⵔⵖⵉⵢ ⵔⵖ ⴰⴷⴷⵉ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫‪ⵉⴷⴷⵓ ⵖⵔ ⵃⵎⵎⵓ.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﲪﻮ"‬
‫ⵏⵏⵉ ⵜ ⵔⵓ ⴰⵛⴰⵎ ⵙⵔⴰⴷ ⵖⵉⴷⴷ‬ ‫"ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﱂ ﺃﺟﺪﻩ"‬
‫‪ⵓⴼⵉⵖ.‬‬

‫‪261‬‬
 ‫ⵛⵛⴰⵎ ⵎⵔⵖⵉⵢ ⵔⵖ ⵃⴰⵕⵜⵜⵉ ⴰⴷ‬ ‫"ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ‬
‫‪ⵓⵔ ⴷⴰ ⵉⵜⵜⴷⴷⵓ ⵖⵓⵔⵙ.‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺭﻩ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⵖⴰ ⴰⵢⵢⵉⵙ ⵉⵎⵉⵍ ⵓⴽⵔⵏ ⴰⵙ ⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﺑﺘﺎﻉ ﺣﺼﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﺮﻗﻮﻩ ﻟﻪ"‬

‫‪ .5 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ‬

‫ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻃﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺏ ⴷⴰ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﺪﻳﻼﻬﺗﺎ( ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ⴽⵎ )ⵎⴽ(‪ ،‬ﻭⴷⵓⵎ‬ ‫)ⵖⵉ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ⴳⵉ‬ ‫)ⵔⵎ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫ⵉⵔⵎ‬ ‫ⴰⵍⴰⵎ )ⴰⵍⵎ( ﻭ‬
‫ﻭⴰⵜⵎ "ﺇﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ"‬

‫ⴷⴰ ⵙⴰⴱⴰⴱ ⵔⵖ ⵓⴷⴷⵉ ⴷⴰ ⴰⵍⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﺇﻥ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ⴽⵉⴷⵙ ⵎⵓⵏⵖ.‬‬
‫ﺳﺄﺭﺍﻓﻘﻪ‬
‫ⵙⵉⴽ ⴷⴰ ⵙⴰⴱⴰⴱ ⵔⵖ ⴰⴷⴷⵉ ⴰⵍⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻟﻮ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ⵎⵓⵏⵖ.‬‬
‫ﻟﺮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻪ"‬

‫ﺗﻌﱪ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ⵖⵉ )ⴳⵉ( ﻭⴽⵎ )ⵛⵎ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬

‫ﺣﲔ ﳛﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﻥ ⴷⵓⵎ ﻭⴰⵜⵎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ⵖⵙⵉ ⴷⴰ ⵙⴰ ⵉⵏⵉ ⵖⴼⴼⵉ ⴽⵎ‬ ‫"ﺇﺫ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻗﻞ ‪ /‬ﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫‪262‬‬
 ‫‪ⴰⴷⵍⵉⵙ ⴷ ⵉⴼⴼⵖⵏ.‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ"‬
‫ⵏⵙⴰ ⴽⴼⵉ ⴰⵕⵥⵉ ⵏⵜ ⵖⵉ‬ ‫"ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺁﻫﻢ ﻓﻠﻴﻌﻄﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵉⵙⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬
‫ⴷⵍⵡⵉⵙⵙⵜ ⵙⴰ ⴷⴰⵎ‬ ‫"ﻟﻮ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫‪ⴰⵙⵙⵏⵏⴰⵟ ⴰⵔ ⴷ ⴰⴷ ⵉⴳ ⴰⵢⴰ.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ"‬
‫ⴷⴰⵔ ⵔⵓ ‪ⵎⵜⴰ ⵜⵏ ⵥⵕⵉⵖ,‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻮ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﳌﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ"‬
‫‪ⴷⴰⵔⵙ ⴷⴷⵓⵏ.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﺋ ُﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .6 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺣﺪﺛﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳏﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﳊﺪﺙ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ⵉⵎⴰⵍⴰ ﻭ)ⵖⵉⵍⵍⵢⴰ( ⴳⵉⵍⵍⵢⴰ "ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ "‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵜⵙⵙⵉⵡⵍ ⴰⵟⵟⴰⵚ ⴰⵍⴰⵎⵉ ⵜⵡⵃⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻌﺒﺖ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵔⵓ ⵜⵙⵍⵎⵢⴰ ⴰⵢⵍⵍⵉⴳ ⵜⵡⵃⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺑﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻴﻊ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻌﺐ"‬
‫‪ⵜⵛⵛⴰ ⴰⵢⵍⵍⵉⴳ ⵜⴳⵓⵙⵎⴰ.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻠﺖ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺻﻴﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻤﺔ"‬
‫‪ⴰⵔ ⵣⵣⵉⴳⵉⵣⵏ ⴰⵢⵍⵍⵉⵖ ⵕⵎⵉⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺸﻮﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻌﺒﻮﺍ"‬

‫‪ .7 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬

‫‪263‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﲤﻸ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪(ⴰⵎⵉ/ⴰⵎⵓⵅ) ⴰⵎ :‬‬
‫ﻭⵏⵓⵣ "ﻣﺜﻞ" ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ ⴷⴰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⴰⵇⵇⴰ ⵉⵙⵙⴰⵡⴰⵍ ⴰⵎ ⵉⵙⵖⵓⵢⵢⵓ.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﺮﺥ"‬
‫ⵙ ⵖⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙ ⴰ ⵖⵉ ⵏⵓⵣ ⵖⵍⴰⵡⴰⵙ ⵙⵉⵙ ⵔⴰ‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻛﺄﻧﲏ ﺃﻛﻠﻢ ﺣﺎﺋﻄﺎ"‬
‫‪ⵓⵖⵔⴰⴱ.‬‬
‫‪ⵍⴰ ⵉⵜⵜⴷⴷⵓ ⴰⵎⵉ ⵖⵉⴼⵙ ⵜⵜⴰⵣⵣⵍⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﳝﺸﻲ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺩ"‬

‫‪ .8 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ‬

‫ﺗﻌﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﻇﻒ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ⵎⴰ )ⵉⵎⴰ‪ (ⴰⵎⵓⵅ/‬ﻭⵏⵓⵣ )ﻣﺜﻞ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺎ ﺏ ⴷⴰ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⴽⵔ ⵣⵓⵏ ⵉⵖ ⵔⴰⴷ ⵉⴳⵏ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻡ ‪ /‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻡ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴳⴰ ⴰⵎⵉ ⵍⴰ ⵉⵜⵜⴰⵣⵣⴰⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﻱ"‬
‫‪ⵉⴳⴰ ⴰⵎⵓⵅ ⵉⵟⵟⵚ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪ /‬ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻡ"‬
‫‪ⵉⵙⴽⵔ ⵣⵓⵏ ⵉⵎⵎⵓⵜ.‬‬ ‫"ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺕ‪ /‬ﲤﺎﻭﺕ"‬

‫‪264‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ⵜⴼⴼⵖ ⴰⵔ ⵜⵜⴰⵣⵣⴰⵍ.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻭﻫﻲ ﲡﺮﻱ"‬

‫‪265‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺒﻠﻴﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ‬
‫ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬،‫ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ‬،(1991) ،‫ﺷﻔﻴﻖ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
.‫ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‬،‫ﺍﻷﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺔ‬
Abès, M. (1916), Manuel de berbère marocain, S. L., S. E., 147 p.
Aïssati, A. (1990), Nessawal tmazight : A Basic Course Book in
Berber Tarifit, Nimègue.
Akouaou, A. (1976), L'expression de la qualité en berbère : le verbe,
parler de base : le tachelhiyt de Tiznit, Thèse de 3ème cycle,
Paris V / EPHE.
Ameur, M. et al. (2004), Initiation à la langue amazighe, Publications
de l'Institut Royal de la Culture Amazighe, Série : Manuels-N°1,
Imprimerie El Maârif Al Jadida, Rabat.
Ameur, M. et A. Boumalk (Dir.) (2004), Standardisation de
l'amazighe, Actes du séminaire organisé par le Centre de
l'Aménagement Linguistique à Rabat les 8-9 décembre 2003,
Publications de l'Institut Royal de la Culture Amazighe, Série :
Colloques et séminaires-N°3, Imprimerie El Maârif Al Jadida,
Rabat.
Ameur, M. et al. (2006), Graphie et orthographe de l'amazighe,
Publications de l'Institut Royalde la Culture Amazighe, Centre
de l'Aménagement Linguistique, Série : Etudes-N° 6,
Imprimerie El Maârif Al Jadida, Rabat.
Applegate, J. R. (1958), An Outline of the Structure of Shilha, New
York.
Applegate, J. R. (1963), The structure of Kabyle, Los Angeles-Univ.
of California.
Aspignon, R. (1953), Apprenons le berbère : initiation aux dialectes
chleuhs, Rabat, Moncho.
Basset, R. (1887), Manuel de langue kabyle, Paris, Maisonneuve et
Leclerc.
Basset, A. (1929), La langue berbère, morphologie, le verbe, étude de
thèmes, Paris, Librairie Ernest Leroux.
Basset, A. (1948a), "Le système phonologique du berbère", in
G.L.E.C.S, IV. pp : 33-36.
Basset, A. (1948b), "La proposition sans verbe en berbère", in
G.L.E.C.S, IV : 30-32.
Basset, A. (1950), "L'anticipation en berbère", Paris, Mélanges
William Marçais, Maisonneuve, pp. 17-27.
Basset, A. (1952), La langue berbère, Handbook of Africain language,
Par I, London, (réédité en1969).
Ben Si Lounis, A. et Ben Yahia, M. (1897) : Grammaire mozabite,
Paris, Alger.
Bentolila, F. (1981), Grammaire fonctionnelle d'un parler berbère:
Aït Seghrouchen d'Oum Jeniba, Maroc, Paris, SELAF.
Biarnay, S. (1908), Etude sur le dialecte berbère de Ouargla, Paris,
Leroux.
Biarnay, S. (1911), Etude sur le dialecte des Bettioua du viel-Azreu,
Alger, Jourdan.
Biarnay, S. (1917), Etude sur le dialecte berbère du Rif, 2ème éd.,
Paris, Leroux.
Bisson, P. (1940), Leçons de berbère tamazight, dialecte des Aït
Ndhîr, Rabat, Félix Moncho.
Boukhris, F. (1986), Le verbe en tamazight : lexique et morphologie
(Parler des Zemmour), Thèse de 3ème cycle, Université Paris
III, EPHE, 4ème section.
Boukhris, F. (1990), "Les structures interrogatives et le focus de
contraste en tamazight : approche fonctionnelle", in La
linguistique au Maghreb, Rabat, OKAD, pp. 313-328.
Boukhris, F. (1998), Les clitiques en berbère tamazight. Approche
minimaliste (parler Zemmour, Khémisset), Thèse de Doctorat
d'Etat, Université Med V, Faculté des Lettres, Département de
Langue et Littérature Françaises, Rabat.

267
Boukhris, F. (2003), "Tradition berbérisante et prémices de la
standardisation de l'amazighe", in PROLOGUES, Revue
maghrébine du livre, dossier l'Amazighe : les défis d'une
renaissance, coordonné par A. Boukous, n° 27 / 28, pp. 35-38.
Boukhris, F. (2004), "La particule prédicative d en amazighe", in M.
Ameur et A. Boumalk (Dir), Standardisation de l'amazighe,
Actes du séminaire organisé par le Centre de l'Aménagement
Linguistique à Rabat les 8-9 décembre 2003, Publications de
l'Institut Royal de la Culture Amazighe, Série : Colloques et
séminaires - N°3, Imprimerie El Maârif Al Jadida - Rabat, pp.
172-184.
Boukhris, F. (2006), "Structure morphologique de la préposition en
amazighe" in M. Ameur et A. Boumalk (éds), Structures
morphologiques de l'amazighe, Actes du séminaire du Centre de
l'Aménagement Linguistique organisé les 7-8 octobre 2004,
Publications de l'Institut Royal de la Culture Amazighe, Série :
Colloques et séminaires - N°10, Imprimerie El Maârif Al Jadida
- Rabat, pp. 46 - 56.
Boukhris, F. (2009), "l'indéfini iz / idz : étude comparative", in
Bouhjar et Souifi (éds), L'amazighe dans l'Oriental et le Nord
du Maroc: variation et convergence", Actes du colloque
organisé par le Centre de l'Aménagement Linguistique en
collaboration avec la Faculté des Lettres d'Oujda les 10-11
novembre 2005.
Boukouss, A. (1989), "Les études de dialectologie berbère au Maroc",
Langues et société au Maghreb. Bilan et perspectives,
Publications de la Faculté des Lettres de Rabat, pp. 119-134.
Boukouss, A. (2003), "De l'aménagement dans le domaine amazighe",
PROLOGUES, revue maghrébine du livre, dossier L'amazighe :
les défis d'une renaissance, coordonné par Ahmed Boukouss, N°
27/28, pp. 13-20.

268
Boukouss, A. (2004), "La standardisation de l'amazighe : quelques
prémisses", in Ameur et Boumalk (Dir), Standardisation de
l'amazighe, Actes du séminaire organisé par le Centre de
l'Aménagement Linguistique à Rabat les 8-9 décembre 2003,
Publications de l'Institut Royal de la Culture Amazighe, Série :
Colloques et séminaires - N°3, Imprimerie El Maârif Al Jadida -
Rabat, pp. 11-22.
Boumalk, A. (1996), "La négation en berbère marocain", in Chaker S.
et Caubet, D. (éds.), La négation en berbère et en arabe
maghrebin, L'Harmattan, pp. 35-48.
Boumalk, A. (2004), Manuel de conjugaison du tachelhit (langue
berbère du Maroc), Paris, l'Harmattan, CoLL."Tira-Langues,
Littératures et civilisations berbères".
Boumalk, A. (2005), "Le morphème dérivatif s- en berbère", in
Antoine Lonnet et Amina Mettouchi (Dir.), Faits de Langues
26/1, Les langues chamito-sémitiques (afroasiatiques), Editions
Ophrys, p. 231-239.
Bouylmani, A. (1998), Eléments de grammaire berbère. Parler rifain
des Ayt Touzine, Thèse de Doctorat d'Etat-ès Lettres, Faculté des
Lettres et des Sciences Humaines d'El Jadida, Département
d'anglais.
Cadi, K. (1987), Système verbal rifain, forme et sens, Paris, SELAF.
Cadi, K. (2006), Transitivité et diathèse en tarifite. Analyse de
quelques relations de dépendances lexicale et syntaxique,
Publications de l'Institut Royal de la Culture Amazighe, Série :
Thèses et mémoires - N°1, Imprimerie El Maârif Al Jadida -
Rabat.
Chaker, S. (1983), Un parler berbère d'Algérie (Kabylie) : syntaxe,
Publications de l'Université de Provence, Aix-en-Provence,
Diffusion Jeanne Lafitte, Marseille.
Chaker, S. (1984), Textes en linguistique berbère, éd. CNRS, Paris.
Chaker, S. et Caubet, D. (eds.) (1996a), La négation en berbère et en
arabe maghrebin, L'Harmattan.

269
Chaker, S. (1996b), Manuel de linguistique berbère - II. Syntaxe et
diachronie, ENAG-Editions, Alger.
Chami, M. (1979), Un parler amazigh du Rif marocain : approche
phonologique et morphologique, thèse de 3ème cycle,
Université de Paris V.
Cortade, J. M. (1969), Essai de grammaire touarègue, Alger.
Dallet, J.M. et L. de Vincennes (Soeur) (1960), Initiation à la langue
berbère (Kabylie), Algérie, Fort National.
Delaporte, J. H. (ms), Grammaire de la langue berbère.
Delheure, J. (1987), Grammaire de la teggargrent, berbère parlé à
Ouargla, Paris, Pères blancs.
Destaing, E. (1907-1911), Dialecte berbère des Béni Snouss. 2 vol.,
Paris, Leroux.
Destaing, E. (1920), Etude sur le dialecte des Aït Seghrouchen,
(Moyen Atlas marocain), Paris, Leroux.
Drouin, J. et Roth, A. (éds) (1993), A la croisée des études libyco-
berbères, Mélanges offerts à Paulette Galand-Pernet et Lionel
Galand, Geuthner, Paris.
El Moujahid, El. (1979), "Présentation des phonèmes de la langue
tamazighte : le tachelhiyt d'Ighrem", Traces 2, pp. 52-78.
El Moujahid, El. (1981), La classe du Nom dans un parler de la
langue tamazighte, le tachelhiyt d'Ighrem (Souss-Maroc), Thèse
de 3ème cycle, Paris V, Université René Descartes.
El Moujahid, El. (1982), "Un aspect morphologique du nom en
tamazight : l'état d'annexion", Langues et littératures 2,
Publications de la Faculté des Lettres de Rabat, pp. 47-62.
El Moujahid, El. (1989), "La recherche linguistique en tamazight
durant les trois dernières décennies: Morphologie et syntaxe",
Langue et société. Bilan et perspectives, Publications de la
Faculté des Lettres de Rabat, pp. 42-52.
El Moujahid, El. (1990), "La topicalisation en tamazight : dialecte
tachelhiyt", La linguistique au Maghreb, Rabat, Okad, pp. 298-
312.

270
El Moujahid, El. (1995), "Dialectologie comparée : de quelques
similitudes syntaxiques entre le berbère et l'arabe marocain " in
Dialectologie et sciences humaines au Maroc, Publications de la
Faculté des Lettres et des Sciences Humaines-Rabat, Série :
Colloques et séminaires n° 38, Najah El Jadida, Casablanca, pp.
139-153.
El Moujahid, El. (1997), Grammaire générative du berbère.
Morphologie et syntaxe du nom, Publications de la Faculté des
Lettres et des Sciences Humaines-Rabat, Série: Thèses et
Mémoires n° 38, Imprimerie Najah El Jadida, Casablanca.
El Moujahid, El. (2006), "Morphologie du nom de qualité en
amazighe", in M. Ameur et A. Boumalk (éds), Structures
morphologiques de l'amazighe, Actes du séminaire du Centre de
l'Aménagement Linguistique organisé les 7-8 octobre 2004,
Publications de l'Institut Royal de la Culture Amazighe, Série :
Colloques et séminaires - N°10, Imprimerie El Maârif Al Jadida
- Rabat, pp. 151 - 159.
Galand, L. (1955), "Etat et procès : les verbes de qualité en berbère",
Hespéris 1-2, pp. 245-251.
Galand, L. (1957), "Un cas particulier de phrase non verbale:
l'anticipation renforcée et l'interrogation en berbère", Mémorial
André Basset, Paris, Maisonneuve, pp. 27-37.
Galand, L. (1965), "Système sémantique berbère g 'mettre, faire,
être'", Revue de l'Ecole Nationale des langues orientales
vivantes 2, pp. 69-97.
Galand, L. (1966a), "La construction du nom de nombre dans les
parlers berbères", verhandlungen des zweiten internationaln
dialektologe kongressess, I (z.f. Mundartforschung, Beihfte.
NF3), Wiesbaden, pp. 253-259.
Galand, L. (1966b), "Les pronoms personnels en berbère", BSL 61/1,
pp. 286-298.
Galand, L. (1967), "La construction du nom complément du nom en
berbère", G.L.E.C.S., pp. 166-172.
Galand, L. (1977), "Continuité et renouvellement d'un système verbal
: le cas du berbère", BSL 72/1, pp. 275-303.
271
Galand, L. (2002), Etudes de linguistique berbère, Peeters Leuven-
Paris.
Galand-Pernet, P., (1959), "Nom et verbe en berbère", in Travaux de
l'Institut de Linguistique de Paris. IV. pp. 35-47.
Galand-Pernet, P, (1984), "Sur les frontières entre nom et verbe en
berbère". In Modèles Linguistiques VI, pp. 67-81.
Gourliau, E. (1898), Grammaire complète de la langue mozabite,
Algérie, Miliana.
Guerssel, M. (1987), "The Status of Lexical Category Preposition in
Berber : implications for the Nature of the Construct State", in
Studies in Berber Syntax, Guerssel, M. and Halle, K. (eds),
Lexicon Project Working Papers, N° 14, pp. 159-190.
Guerssel, M. (1992), "On Case System of Berber", The Canadian
Journal of Linguistics 37 (2), pp. 113-299.
Hanoteau, A. (1858), Essai de grammaire kabyle, Alger, Jourdan.
(rééd. Amsterdam 1976).
Hanoteau, A. (1896), Essai de grammaire tamachek', Alger, Jourdan.
Hanouz, S. (1986), Grammaire berbère, Paris, Klincksieck.
Hanouz, S. (1990), Nouvelle grammaire berbère. La langue, les
origines du peuple berbère, Paris, la pensée universelle.
Harries-Johnson, J. (1966), Syntactic Structure of Tamazight, Doctoral
Dissertation, U.C., Los Angeles.
Harries, J. (1974), Tamazight basic Course : Aït Mgild Dialects,
Madison, Univ. of Wisconsin.
Ibriszimow, D. et Vossen, R. (2001), Etudes berbères, Actes du 1er
Bayreuth-Frankfurter Kolloquium zur Berberologie, Bulletin
Africaniste de Francfort, FAB-Nummer 13.
Iazzi El. (1991), Morphologie du verbe en tamazight (parler des Aït
Attab, Haut-Atlas Central). Approche prosodique, Mémoire
pour l'obtention du Diplôme d'Etudes Supérieures, Université
Mohamed V, Faculté des lettres, Rabat.

272
Justinard, L. V. (1914), Manuel de berbère marocain (dialecte
chleuh), Paris, E. Guilmoto.
Justinard, L. V. (1926), Manuel de berbère marocain : dialecte rifain,
Paris, Geuthner.
Kossmann, M.G. (1997), Grammaire du parler berbère de Figuig
(Maroc oriental), Paris-Louvain, Peeters.
Kossmann, M.G (2000), Esquisse grammaticale du Rifain oriental,
Paris-Louvain, Peeters.
Laoust, E. (1912), Etude sur le dialecte berbère du Chenoua, comparé
avec ceux de Beni Menacer et des Beni Salah, Paris, Leroux.
Laoust (1918), Etude sur le dialecte berbère des Ntifa : Grammaire,
Textes, Paris, Leroux.
Laoust (1924), Cours de berbère marocain : dialecte du Maroc
central, Paris, Geuthner.
Laoust, E. (1936), Cours de berbère marocain : dialecte du Sous, du
Haut et de l'Anti-Atlas, Paris, Société d'éditions géographiques,
maritimes et coloniales (2ème édition revue et corrigée).
Loubignac, V. (1924), Etude sur le dialecte berbère des Zaën et Aït
Segougou : grammaire, textes, lexique, Paris, Leroux.
Leguil, A. (1992), Structures prédicatives en berbère. Bilan et
perspectives, Paris, l'Harmattan.
Mammeri (1976), Tajerrumt N Tmaziγt (tantala taqbaylit), Paris,
Maspero.
Mammeri (1986), Précis de grammaire berbère (Kabyle), Paris, MSH
(Awal).
Motylinski, G. A. (1904), Le dialecte berbère de R'damès, Paris,
Leroux.
Naït-Zerrad, K. (1995), Tajerrumt n-tmazight tamirant (Grammaire
du berbère contemporain - Kabyle - ), Alger, ENAG.
Naït-Zerrad, K. (2001), Grammaire moderne du kabyle (tajerrumt
tatrart n tqbaylit), Paris, Karthala.

273
Naït-Zerrad, K. (éd.) (2002), Articles de linguistique berbère,
Mémorial Werner Vycichl, l'Harmattan, Tira - Langues,
littératures et civilisations berbères.
Nehlil, M. (1909), Essai sur le dialecte de Ghat, Paris, Leroux.
Ouhalla, J. (1988), The syntax of head movement. A study of berber.
Thèse de PhD. London : University College Londonn.
Penchoen, T.G. (1973a), Tamazight of The Aït Ndhir, Los Angeles,
Undena publ.
Penchoen, T.G. (1973b), Etude syntaxique d'un parler berbère (Aït
Frah de l'Aurès), Naples, Studi magrebeni.
Prasse, K. G. (1972, 1973, 1974), Manuel de grammaire touarègue
(tahaggart), I -III : Phonétique-Ecriture-Pronom ; VI-VII :
Verbe ; IV-V : Nom, Copenhague, Akademisk Forlag,.
Renisio, A. (1932), Etude sur les dialectes berbères des Bni Iznassen,
du Rif et des Senhaja de Sraïr. Grammaire, textes et lexique,
Publications de l'Institut des Hautes Etudes Marocaines, Tome
XXII, Editions Ernest Leroux, Paris.
Sadiqi, F. (1986), Studies in Berber Syntax, Königshausen +
Neumann, Würzburg.
Sadiqi, F. (1997), Grammaire du Berbère, Paris, L'Harmattan.
Sadiqi, F. & M. Ennaji (2004), A Grammar of Amazigh, Fès,
Publications of the Faculty of Letter Dhar el Mehraz.
Sarrionandia, P. (1905), Grammática de la lingua rifena, Tánger, Imp.
Hispano-arabica.
Serhoual, M. (2002), Dictionnaire tarifit-français, Thèse de doctorat
d'Etat, Université de Tétouan, 2 volumes.
Souifi. H. (2002a),"Structures, classements et ordres des unités
significatives de la phrase verbale d'un parler berbère d'Aît
Oujdir", Cahier du Centre Interdisciplinaire des Sciences du
Langage, n° 16, Université de Toulouse Le-Mirail, pp. 23-50.

274
Souifi. H. (2002b), "Les déterminants de la classe du nom dans un
parler berbère d'Aît Oujdir", Revue Franco-Africaine, Langages,
Textes et Sociétés, Université de Toulouse Le-Mirail, pp. 168-
196.
Souifi, H. (2002c), Les unités significatives de la phrase verbale
simple d'un parler berbère de Villa San Jurjo/Alhucemas " Ajdir
" (Rif/Maroc Nord), Lille, Press Universitaires du Septentrion.
Taifi, M. (1991), Dictionnaire tamazight-français, Awal- l'Harmattan,
Paris.
Venture du Paradis, J. M. (1844), Grammaire et dictionnaire abrégés
de la langue berbère, Paris, Impr. Royale (2ème éd. : 1864).

Vycichl, W. (1957), "L'article défini du berbère", Mémorial A. Basset,

Maisonneuve, Paris, pp. 139-146.

275
 ‫اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ‪5 .........................................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪7 ..........................................................................‬‬

‫‪12 ..............................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻳﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪12 ..........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﲤﻬﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻧﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪13 .........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .1‬ﺟﺮﺩ‬

‫‪16 .......................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .1‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺒﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪17 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .1‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻮﺛﺔ ‪17 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .3 .1‬ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬

‫)ﺍﳌﺰﺟﻴﺎﺕ( ‪19 ........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .3 .1‬ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬

‫‪ .3 .3 .1‬ﺍﳌﻔﺨﻤﺎﺕ ‪19 ..........................................................‬‬

‫‪20 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .3 .1‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻔﻬﺔ‬

‫‪21 .........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .3 .1‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﲑﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪21 ................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .6 .3 .1‬ﺍﻟﻠﺜﻎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ‪22 .....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .1‬ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪ .1 .4 .1‬ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ‪22 ..............................................................‬‬

‫‪276‬‬
‫‪23 ..............................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺨﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﻬﺗﺎ‪23 ...................................‬‬ ‫‪ .II‬ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻼﺕ ﰲ ﳐﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺋﺖ ‪25 .....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .4 .1‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﲔ ‪26 ................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺘﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﱵ ‪26 ......................................‬‬ ‫‪ .II‬ﺇﻗﺤﺎﻡ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺻﺎﺋﺖ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﺖ ‪26 ............................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .III‬ﺳﻘﻮﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺽ ‪27 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .4 .1‬ﻣﺪ‬

‫‪29 .............................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪29 .................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .2‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪38 ...........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .2‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﺴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ‪40 ......................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫‪40 ..................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .3‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬

‫‪ .1 .1 .3‬ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‪40 ...............................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ‪41 ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬

‫‪43 .............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ‪44 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺩﻻﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ‬

‫‪277‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪46 .................................... ⵓ-, ⴱⵓ-, ⴰⵢⵜ-‬‬ ‫‪ .II‬ﻣﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪46 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .III‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﳍﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ‬

‫‪47 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .1 .3‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﱂ ‪47 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﲑ( ‪49 ............................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ )ﲨﻊ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺼﺎﻕ ‪50 .............................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ‪50 ........................................... : ⵓ-, ⵓⵍⵜ-‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬

‫ⴷⵉ ‪50 ......................................................‬‬ ‫ﻫـ‪ .‬ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺑـﺎﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ‪52 .................................................‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪ .‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺿﺔ‬

‫‪52 ..................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ‪52 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬

‫‪53 .........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .II‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺠﻤﻲ ‪53 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .III‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﲨﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ ‪53 ........................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .1 .3‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪54 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪57 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‬

‫‪278‬‬
‫‪57 .....................‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ ‪59 .......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪.II‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ‪62 ...........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .3‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‬

‫‪63 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .2 .3‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ‪63 ......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪67 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ‪68 ..................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺔ‪69 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .2 .3‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ‪69 .............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ ‪+ ⵏ +‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ‪70 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ ‪+‬‬

‫‪70...........................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻢ ‪ +‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﺻﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ +‬ﺍﺳﻢ ‪71...........................................................‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ ‪71 ..............................................................‬‬ ‫ﻫـ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪+‬‬

‫‪71 ..................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .3‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬

‫‪72 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .3 .3‬ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ‪73 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .3 .3‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬

‫‪279‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪74 ..............................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .3‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫‪74......................................10‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .4 .3‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 11‬ﺇﱃ ‪76 ......................................... 19‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .4 .3‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪77 ................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .4 .3‬ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪78 ................................................... 20‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .4 .3‬ﻣﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ‬

‫‪79‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .4 .3‬ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺗﺒﻴﺔ ‪...............................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪79 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫‪80 ........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ "ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ"‬

‫‪ .6 .4 .3‬ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ‪80 .............................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‪80 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .3‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﳏﺪﺩ ‪82 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .5 .3‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ ‪82 ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ⴷ ‪83 ........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ‪84 ................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .5 .3‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻑ ‪84 ......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‬

‫‪85‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺓ‪................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ‪85 ............................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺮﻑ‬

‫‪280‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪86 .............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺌﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩﻳﺔ ‪88 .........................................................‬‬ ‫ﻫـ‪ .‬ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻮﺭ‪/‬ﻣﻜﻤﻢ‪90 ................................................‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ‬

‫‪92 ...................................................‬‬ ‫ﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﻀﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵏⴹⵉⵏ ‪92 .............................. ⵢⴰⴹⵏⵉⵏ / ⵢⴰⴹⵏ /‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪93 ......................................‬‬ ‫ﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪94 .............................‬‬ ‫ﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﰲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ‪94 ................................................‬‬ ‫ﻛـ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪94 ...........................................‬‬ ‫ﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻻﲰﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻓﺔ‪95 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .5 .3‬ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‬

‫‪97 ......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‪97 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1.4‬ﺿﻤﲑ‬

‫‪98 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1.1.4‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‪100 .....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .1 .4‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪100 .....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ‪101 ..................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‬

‫‪281‬‬
‫‪103 .....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪105 ..............................................‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪106.....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .4‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ‬

‫‪107........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .4‬ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ‪108......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .4‬ﺿﻤﲑ‬

‫‪111................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .4‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ‪113....................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ‪113.........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .5‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻭﺍﳉﺬﻉ ‪113 .....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .1 .5‬ﺍﳉﺬﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪116 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .1 .5‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫‪116 ........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪117 ....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ ‪118 ..................................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪119 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .1 .5‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ‬

‫‪119 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﺩ‬

‫‪122 ..............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬

‫‪282‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ ‪128 .........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪129 ............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ‬

‫‪ .4 .1 .5‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪134 ..............................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺸﺘﻖ ‪135 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .5‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬

‫‪ .1 .2 .5‬ﺍﳉﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪136 ............................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ‪136 ...................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪.‬‬

‫‪138 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪138 .................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪139 ............................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .II‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪140 ..................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .2 .5‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻐﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ‪140 ...................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪.‬‬

‫‪143 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫‪144 ................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .2 .5‬ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ‪144 ...................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪.‬‬

‫‪145 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪145 .................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬

‫‪283‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ‪146 ............................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .II‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ‪146 ........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .2 .5‬ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻬﻴﺔ ‪147 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .5‬ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪149 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .5‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬

‫‪150 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬

‫)ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ( ‪150 ............................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬

‫‪151 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬

‫‪151 .................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ‪152 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .4 .5‬ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬

‫‪153 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .6 .4 .5‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪157...................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪157 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ⵏ ‪157 .........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬

‫‪ .2 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉ "ﻝ" ‪158 ......................................................‬‬

‫‪ .3 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵙ‪159 ..........................................................‬‬

‫‪ .4 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⴳ ‪160 ..........................................................‬‬

‫‪284‬‬
‫‪ .5 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵉⴷ ‪161 .........................................................‬‬

‫‪ .6 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⴳⵣ ‪161 ........................................................‬‬

‫‪ .7 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ ⵔⵖ ﻭ ⵔⴰⴷ ‪161 ................................................‬‬

‫‪ .8 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⴼⵅ ‪162 ........................................................‬‬

‫‪ .9 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ ⴷⴳⴰ ﻭⴷ ‪163 ..................................................‬‬

‫‪ .10 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵔⴳ ‪163 ......................................................‬‬

‫‪ .11 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⵍⴰ ‪164 ................................................... ⴰⵔ/‬‬

‫‪ .12 .1 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ⴰⵍⴱ ‪164 ......................................................‬‬

‫‪164 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .6‬ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‪166 ...........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.3 .6‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ‪166 .................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .3 .6‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ‪167 ...........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .3 .6‬ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺿﻤﲑ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ‪168 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .6‬ﺩﻻﻻﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ‪169 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .6‬ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪170 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .5 .6‬ﻓﻀﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﰲ ‪171 ...............................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻛﺐ‬ ‫‪.2 .5 .6‬‬

‫‪285‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪171 ................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ‪173 ......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪174 ....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬

‫‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ‪176....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ‪176 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .7‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪179 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .7‬ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬

‫‪182 .........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .7‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻢ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ‪183 ...............................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .7‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ‪/‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪186.............................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ‪186 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪186 .....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪.1 .1 .8‬‬

‫‪186 ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪187 ....................................................................‬‬

‫‪ .II‬ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ‪189 .....................................................................‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ‪192 ................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .III‬ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪193 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .IV‬ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ‬

‫‪286‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‪194 .................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪194 .................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪196 ..................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .II‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ‬

‫‪196 .................................‬‬ ‫‪ .III‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ‪197 ..........................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫‪199 ................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.2 .1 .8‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ⴷ ‪200 ....................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﳏﻤﻮﻝ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪/‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ⴰⵀ ﺃﻭ ⴰⵇⴰⵀ ‪201 ..................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ‪202 ...................................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ‪203..........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ‪203 ......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‬ ‫‪.1 .2 .8‬‬

‫ⵔⵓ ‪204 ..................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻄﻊ ‪205 ............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ‬

‫‪210 .................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪.2 .2 .8‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﻤﺔ‪211 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .2 .8‬ﻧﻔﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ‪211 .............................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪.4 .2 .8‬‬

‫‪287‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪212 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫‪212 ..................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .3 .8‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪212 ...................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪215 .............................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲ ‪216 ..................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .3 .8‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪216 ......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ‪217 ..............................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪218 ......................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ‪219 ..................................................‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ‬

‫‪224 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .8‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻐﻴﻢ ‪225 ...........................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .4 .8‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪226 .................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .4 .8‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪230..............................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪231 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .9‬ﺻﻼﺕ‬

‫‪ .1 .1 .9‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ ‪231 ........................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﺪﻳﺔ ‪233 ...............................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .1 .9‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻻﺕ‬

‫‪288‬‬
‫‪233 ............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ‪234 ......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪234 ..............................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﻏﲑ ⵉ ‪235 .........................................‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻀﻠﺔ ﳊﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ‬

‫‪235 ...............................................................ⵎⵉ +‬‬ ‫‪ .I‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬

‫‪236 .......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .II‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪ +‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ‬

‫‪236 ................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .1 .9‬ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ‪239 .........‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .1 .9‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‬

‫‪239..............................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ .1 .2 .9‬ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪ ⵉⵙ :‬ﻭⴰⵇⵇⴰ ﻭⴷⴰ ‪240 ......................................‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⵙⵉ ‪240 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴰⵇⵇⴰ ‪242 ............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺭﻓﻴﻢ ⴷⴰ ‪243 ..............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪244 ....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪.2 .2 .9‬‬

‫‪245 ..................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .2 .9‬ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭﺓ ‪246 .........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪.3 .9‬‬

‫‪289‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺌﲑ ‪246 ..................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .3 .9‬ﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺄﺭﺓ ‪248 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .3 .9‬ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ‪248 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ‪249 ..........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ‪249 ..................................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪250 .......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪251 ...................................................‬‬ ‫ﻫـ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﺌﲑ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺄﱠﺭ ‪252 .....................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ⴷ‬ ‫‪ .3 .3 .9‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ‪253 ........................................................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬

‫‪255 ..................................‬‬ ‫‪ .1 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫‪255 .............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬

‫‪257 ............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻖ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ ‪258 .............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻗﺔ‬

‫‪259 ................................‬‬ ‫‪ .2 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ‪260 ......................................‬‬ ‫‪ .3 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺿﻴﺔ ‪261 ...........................‬‬ ‫‪ .4 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﻛﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪290‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ‪262 ....................................‬‬ ‫‪ .5 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ‪263 ...............................‬‬ ‫‪ .6 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪263 ..................................‬‬ ‫‪ .7 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ‪264 ..................................‬‬ ‫‪ .8 .4 .9‬ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺒﻠﻴﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ‪266................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪276....................................................................‬‬

‫‪291‬‬
 ‫نحو ُ‬
‫نحو‬
‫نحو ُ‬
‫نحواألمازيغية‬
‫نحواألمازيغية‬
‫نحواألمازيغية‬
‫ُ ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫اللغة ال‬
‫اللغة ال‬
‫قواعدل‬
‫اللغة ا‬
‫قواعد‬
‫تو�ضيح‬
‫قواعد‬
‫تو�ضيح‬
‫تو�ضيح‬
‫هو هو‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫هذا هو‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫هذا‬
‫أليفأليف‬
‫هذا‬
‫من تا‬‫أليفا‬
‫من ت‬
‫أ�ضا�ضي‬
‫أ�ضا�ضيتا‬
‫أ�ضا�ضيلمن‬
‫الهدف ا‬
‫الهدف ال‬
‫الهدفإنال‬
‫اإن اإن ا‬

‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‪.‬‬
‫خا�ضا‬ ‫أمازيغية‪.‬ل‬
‫خا�ضا‬ ‫نحواا‬
‫اللغة‬
‫نحواال‬
‫خا�ضا‬ ‫اللغة‬
‫قواعد‬
‫نحواال‬
‫ولي�س‬‫اللغة‬
‫قواعد‬
‫ولي�س‬‫تو�ضيح‬
‫قواعد‬
‫تو�ضيح‬
‫املوحدة‬
‫ولي�س‬ ‫هو‬
‫املوحدة‬‫تو�ضيح‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫املغربيةهو‬
‫املوحدة‬ ‫الكتاب‬
‫املغربية‬ ‫املغربيةهو‬
‫هذا‬‫الكتاب‬
‫هذا‬
‫أليف‬
‫أمازيغية‬ ‫أليف‬
‫هذاا‬
‫أمازيغيةت‬
‫منل‬
‫أمازيغية‬ ‫أليفتاا‬
‫منل‬
‫أ�ضا�ضي‬
‫للغة‬ ‫نحواتا‬
‫أ�ضا�ضي‬
‫منل‬
‫للغة ا‬ ‫للغةلا‬
‫أ�ضا�ضي ا‬
‫نحوا‬‫الهدف‬
‫نحوا ال‬
‫كونه‬ ‫الهدف‬
‫يفل‬
‫كونه‬‫الهدفا اإن‬
‫جدته اإن‬
‫كونه‬
‫يف‬
‫جدته‬ ‫وتكمنإن‬
‫يف‬ ‫جدته ا‬
‫وتكمن‬ ‫وتكمن‬
‫خا�ضا‬
‫خا�ضا‬
‫مرجعي‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫خا�ضا‬
‫مرجعي‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫ولي�س‬
‫مرجعي‬
‫نحونحو‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫ولي�س‬
‫املوحدة‬
‫و�ضع‬‫ولي�س‬
‫املوحدة‬
‫نحو‬
‫و�ضع‬ ‫املغربية‬
‫املوحدة‬
‫م�رشوع‬
‫و�ضع‬ ‫املغربية‬
‫م�رشوع‬ ‫املغربية‬
‫أمازيغية‬
‫م�رشوع‬ ‫أمازيغية‬
‫إطارإطار‬ ‫ل‬
‫إطار ايف ا‬‫أمازيغية‬
‫ا‬
‫يف‬‫للغة‬
‫ل‬ ‫ا‬
‫الكتاب‬‫للغة‬
‫نحوا‬
‫ل‬
‫الكتاب ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫الكتاب يف‬‫للغة‬
‫كونه‬
‫هذاهذا‬ ‫نحوا‬
‫كونه‬
‫يف‬
‫ويدخل‬ ‫هذا‬‫كونه‬
‫جدته‬
‫يف‬
‫ويدخل‬ ‫جدته‬
‫يف‬‫وتكمن‬
‫ويدخل‬
‫فروعها‪.‬‬ ‫جدته‬
‫وتكمن‬
‫فروعها‪.‬‬ ‫وتكمن‬
‫فروعها‪.‬‬
‫من من‬ ‫بفرعبفرع‬
‫بفرع من‬
‫مرجعي‬
‫مرجعي‬ ‫نحو‬
‫مرجعي‬ ‫نحو‬
‫و�ضع‬ ‫نحو‬
‫و�ضع‬‫م�رشوع‬
‫و�ضع‬
‫م�رشوع‬‫إطار‬
‫م�رشوع‬
‫إطار‬
‫إطار ايف ا‬
‫يف‬
‫الكتاب‬
‫الكتاب ا‬
‫هذا يف‬ ‫الكتاب‬
‫هذا‬
‫ويدخل‬ ‫ويدخل‬
‫فروعها‪ .‬هذا‬
‫ويدخل‬
‫فروعها‪.‬‬ ‫فروعها‪.‬‬
‫من من‬ ‫بفرعبفرع‬‫بفرع من‬

‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫نحو‬
‫نحو ُ‬
‫نحو ُ‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫أليفه‪ ،‬اا‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫أليفه‪ ،‬ا‬
‫العتبارتتا‬
‫يفا‬
‫يف‬
‫أليفه‪،‬‬
‫العتبارتاتا‬
‫يف‬
‫العتبار‬
‫العتبارتا‬
‫بعنييف‬
‫العتبار‬
‫أخذتبعني‬
‫بعني‬‫أخذت‬
‫بعني‬
‫أخذت‬
‫التي ا‬‫أخذت‬
‫التي ا‬
‫املبادئ‬
‫التي ا‬
‫املبادئ‬‫املبادئ‬
‫بني‬ ‫بني‬
‫ومن‬ ‫ومن‬
‫بني‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫ومن‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬ ‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‬
‫أمازيغية‬
‫أمازيغية‬
‫لل لل لل‬

‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬
‫األمازيغية‬‫نحوُ‬
‫نحو‬
‫نحو ُ‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫أليفه‪ ،‬ا‬
‫إ�ضافة‬
‫أليفه‪،‬‬
‫يف تا‬
‫أليفه‪،‬ا ا‬ ‫بعني يف‬
‫العتبار‬‫بعنيأخذت‬
‫أخذتاالتي ا‬
‫التي‬
‫املبادئ‬
‫املبادئ ا‬
‫بنيالتي‬‫املبادئ‬
‫بني‬
‫ومنومن‬‫بني‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغيةومن‬
‫املعيار‪.‬‬
‫أمازيغية‬‫أمازيغيةل‬
‫لل لل ل‬

‫ُ‬
‫وكذا‬
‫وكذا‬‫وكذا‬‫وكذا‬
‫والبنيات‬
‫والبنيات‬
‫وكذا‬ ‫وكذا‬
‫والبنيات‬
‫والبنيات‬ ‫والبنيات‬
‫والبنيات‬
‫النحوية‬‫النحوية‬
‫النحوية‬
‫النحوية‬
‫أدوات‬‫النحوية‬
‫أدواتل‬
‫النحوية‬
‫أدوات‬ ‫أدوات‬
‫م�ضتوىلا‬
‫م�ضتوى ا‬‫أدواتل ا‬
‫أدواتل‬ ‫م�ضتوى‬
‫علىال‬
‫م�ضتوىا‬
‫م�ضتوى‬
‫علىل‬
‫م�ضتوى ا‬
‫على‬
‫غناها‬ ‫على‬
‫غناها‬
‫على‬ ‫غناها‬
‫على‬ ‫على‬
‫غناها‬‫غناها‬
‫على‬ ‫على‬
‫احلفاظ‬ ‫غناها‬
‫احلفاظ‬
‫على‬ ‫على‬‫احلفاظ‬
‫اللغة‪،‬‬ ‫على‬
‫احلفاظ‬‫احلفاظ‬
‫اللغة‪،‬‬
‫وحدة‬ ‫اللغة‪،‬‬
‫احلفاظ‬
‫اللغة‪،‬‬
‫وحدة‬ ‫اللغة‪،‬إىل‬
‫وحدة‬
‫وحدةا‬
‫إىل‬ ‫اللغة‪،‬ا‬
‫وحدة‬
‫إىلإىل‬
‫وحدة ا‬
‫اإىل اإىل ا‬
‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫للتنوع‪.‬‬ ‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫العقلين‬ ‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫العقلين‬ ‫العقلين‬
‫للتنوع‪.‬‬
‫التدبري‬
‫العقلين‬ ‫العقلين‬
‫التدبري‬ ‫العقلين‬
‫التدبري‬
‫التدبري‬ ‫التدبري‬ ‫التدبري‬

‫ⴰⴳⵉⴰⴳⵉ‬ ‫ⴰⴳⵉ‬‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵉⴰⴳⵉ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰⵏ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⴰⴷ,‬‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ‬‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬ ‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⴷⴰⴷⴰ‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬
‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬ ‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬ ‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵉ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬ ‫ⵙⴰⵜⵜⵡⵓ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵍⵙⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ‬
‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ ⵏ‬ ‫ⵙⵉⵍⴷⵓ‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫‪ⴰⴷ,‬‬ ‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵙⵔⵙⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬
‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬‫‪ⵜⴰⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ.‬‬

‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ ⵏⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ ⵏⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜⵏ ⵏⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵍⴰⵍⵍ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵍ‬‫ⴰⵍⵍ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵍ‬ ‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ ⴰⵍⵍ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬‫ⵍⴰⵎⵎⵉ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⴽⵏⵎⴰⵎ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵔⵓⵡⵙ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⴳ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬‫ⵏⴳⵓⵍⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ‬
‫ⴳ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ ⴳ‬
‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ‬
‫ⴳ‬ ‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜⴷⴰⴳ‬
‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵙⴰⵎⵎⵓⵜ ⴳ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬ ‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ.‬‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ ⴰⴳⵜⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⴷⴰ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵜ ⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⵜ ⵏⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬
‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬
‫ⵜⵉⴱⵉⵔⵖⵎⴰⵜ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬
‫ⵔⵓ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬ ‫ⵔⵓ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬
‫ⵔⵓ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵙⴰⵙⴰⵏ,‬‬‫ⵙⴰⵖ‬
‫ⵔⵓ ⵔⵓ‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵖ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬‫ⵙ‬ ‫ⵊⵊⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬‫ⵙⴰⵖ‬
‫ⵙ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵖⵔⵓ‬ ‫ⵊⵊⵉ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵙ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵥⵜ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵖ‬ ‫ⵏ‬‫ⵊⵊⵉ‬
‫ⵙⴰⵖ ⵙ‬‫ⵊⵊⵉ ⵏⵙ‬
‫ⵊⵊⵉ‬ ‫ⵊⵊⵉ ⵙⵏ‬
‫ⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬
‫ⵏ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬ ‫‪ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬ ‫ⵏ‬ ‫‪ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫ⵏ‬
‫‪ⵏ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⴰⵡ‬ ‫‪ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬
‫‪ⵏ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬
‫‪ⵏ ⵜⵎⴰⵣⵉⵖⵜ,‬‬ ‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬
‫ⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰ‬‫ⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏⵢⴰⵜⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵉⵣ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵣ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵜⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵣ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵍⵥⵉ‬‫ⵉⵣ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬
‫ⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ‬‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵉⵍⴷⵉ ⵉⵣ‬ ‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ ⵏ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ ⵏ‬ ‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ ⵏ‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫‪ⵉⵎⵣⵡⵓⵔⴰ.‬‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬ ‫ⵉⵍⵍⴽⵎ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬ ‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬ ‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬
‫ⴰⴳⵜ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬‫ⴰⵏⵏⵏⴰⵢ‬
‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬ ‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬
‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓ‬
‫ⵏⴰⵢ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬
‫ⵉⵜⵏⵙⵓⴰⵏⵏⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉⴷⴰⴰⵏⵏⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬ ‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏ‬ ‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵅⵉ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬
‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬
‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ‬
‫ⴷⴰ‬ ‫ⴹⵡⴰⵢ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬‫ⵜⴰⵢ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬‫ⵜⴰⵢ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⴰⵢ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵣⵉⵜ ⵏ‬‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⴰⵢ‬
‫ⵜⴰⵢ ⵏ‬ ‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵏⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬
‫ⵜⴰⵢ‬ ‫ⵔⵓⵖ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ ⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⵜ‬ ‫ⵔⵓⵖ‬‫ⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖ ⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖ‬ ‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖ ⴰⵏⵏ‬‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰⴰⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖ‬
‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬ ‫ⵔⵓⵖⴱⴰ‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬ ‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ ⵏⵏⴳ ⵏⵏ‬ ‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜⵏⵏ ⴳ‬
‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ ⴳ‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ ⵙⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉⵙⵏⵏ‬‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉ‬ ‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉⵎⴰ‬
‫ⵎⴰ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ‬‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ ⵎⴰ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬ ‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵏ‬ ‫ⵏ‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫‪ⴰⵅⴰⵜⴰⵔ.‬‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵙⴽⴰⵢⵜⵜⵉ‬
‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⴷ‬ ‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⴷ‬
‫ⴷ ⵏⵏ‬‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⵏⵏⵏⴳ‬
‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉⵏⵏ ⵏⴳ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ ⵏⴳ‬
‫ⴰⵔⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉⵙⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⵙⵏⵏ‬‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵓ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵓⵙⵏⵏ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵡⴰⵏⵏⵎ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵎⴰ‬
‫ⴰⵣⵏⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ ⴰⵍⵓ‬
‫ⵎⴰ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ‬‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ‬
‫ⵍⴰⵙⵔⵉⵜ ⵎⴰ‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⵙ.ⵏⵏⵙ. ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ‬
‫ⵉⵏⵓⵎⵜ ⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵏ ⵏ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵢⴰⵍⵜⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵖⵉⵣⴰⵎⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⴷ‬
‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓ ⴷ‬
‫ⵓⵟⵟⵃⵓⵏ ⴷ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ ⵏ‬
‫ⵏⵙⵙⴰⵎⵉ ⵏ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⵎⴰⵕⵊⵏⵉ‬
‫ⴰⵍⵓ ⴰⵍⵓ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ‬
‫ⵏⵉⵡⵉⴽⵥⵓⵜ ⴰⵍⵓ‬
‫‪ⵏⵏⵙ.ⵏⵏⵙ. ⵏⵏⵙ.‬‬

‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫ⵜⵎⵓⵕⵕⵊⴰⵜ‬
‫بوخريص‬
‫بوخريص‬ ‫بوخريص‬
‫فاطمة‬‫فاطمةفاطمة‬
‫بوخريص‬
‫بوخريص‬
‫بوخريص‬
‫فاطمة‬
‫بومالك‬
‫فاطمة‬
‫بومالك‬‫بومالك‬
‫فاطمة‬
‫اهلل اهلل‬
‫عبدعبد‬
‫عبد اهلل‬
‫بومالك‬
‫بومالك‬
‫بومالك‬
‫املجاهداهلل‬
‫املجاهد‬‫اهلل‬
‫املجاهدعبد‬
‫عبد‬
‫احلسنياهلل‬
‫احلسني‬ ‫احلسنيعبد‬
‫املجاهد‬
‫املجاهد‬
‫املجاهد‬
‫احلسني‬
‫سويفي‬ ‫احلسني‬
‫سويفي‬ ‫احلسني‬
‫سويفي‬
‫حميد‬ ‫حميدحميد‬
‫سويفي‬
‫سويفي‬
‫سويفي‬
‫حميد‬
‫حميد‬
‫حميد‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫رشيد‬
‫رشيد‬
‫رشيد و‬
‫األزرق‬
‫األزرق و‬
‫نورةو‬
‫األزرق‬
‫نورة‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬
‫نورة‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬ ‫‪50 DH‬‬
‫‪50 DH50 DH‬‬

‫لعبدلوي‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫لعبدلوي‬
‫رشيد‬
‫رشيد‬
‫رشيدو‬
‫األزرق‬
‫األزرق و‬
‫نورة و‬
‫األزرق‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬نورة‬
‫نورة‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬
‫ترجمة‪:‬‬ ‫‪50 DH‬‬
‫‪50 DH‬‬
‫‪50 DH‬‬
‫‪2014 2014‬‬
‫‪2014 2014‬‬
‫‪2014 2014‬‬